CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED(VERSION 2.4.0)
#Version
-ADD_DEFINITIONS(-DBT_VERSION=\\\"2.0.beta2\\\")
+ADD_DEFINITIONS(-DBT_VERSION=\\\"2.0\\\")
#Non-English locales to be processed and installed for UI, handbook and howto
LIST(APPEND MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANGS af bg cs da de en_GB es et fi fr hu it ko nl nn_NO no pl pt_br ro ru sk sv ua vi zh_CN zh_TW)
#WARNING: If you modify HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS or HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS,
#also modify the po4a conf files in cmake/docs/ to make sure all languages are processed.
LIST(APPEND HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS cs de fi fr hu nl)
-LIST(APPEND HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS bg cs de fi fr it ko nl pt-br ru)
+LIST(APPEND HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS bg cs de fi fr it hu ko nl pt-br ru)
######################################################
# Find required packages
#
SET(CMAKE_MODULE_PATH "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake")
FIND_PACKAGE(CLucene REQUIRED)
+
+# optional: Try to detect CURL and add it to the linker flags if found, maybe Sword needs it
+FIND_PACKAGE(CURL)
+# optional: Try to detect ICU and add it to the linker flags if found, maybe Sword needs it
+FIND_PACKAGE(ICU)
+# optional: Try to detect ZLib and add it to the linker flags if found, maybe Sword needs it
+FIND_PACKAGE(ZLIB)
+
FIND_PACKAGE(Sword REQUIRED)
######################################################
#This must come before the target definition!
LINK_DIRECTORIES(
${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR}
+ ${SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR}
)
IF(APPLE)
TARGET_LINK_LIBRARIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME}
${QT_LIBRARIES}
${CLUCENE_LIBRARY}
- ${SWORD_LIBS}
+ ${CURL_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${ICU_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${ZLIB_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${SWORD_LIBRARY}
)
ELSE (CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release")
# this will run moc on source files
${QT_LIBRARIES}
${QT_LIBRARIES_DEBUG}
${CLUCENE_LIBRARY}
- ${SWORD_LIBS}
+ ${CURL_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${ICU_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${SWORD_LIBRARY}
)
# Unit Tests
ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(test
FOREACH(HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANG ${HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS} "en")
ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET("handbook_${HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANG}"
- COMMAND xsltproc "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/docs/docs.xsl" "../docbook/index.docbook"
+ COMMAND xsltproc --stringparam l10n.gentext.default.language ${HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANG} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/docs/docs.xsl ../docbook/index.docbook
WORKING_DIRECTORY "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/docs/handbook/${HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANG}/html/")
ADD_DEPENDENCIES("handbook_${HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANG}" "handbook_translations")
ADD_DEPENDENCIES("handbook" "handbook_${HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANG}")
SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR "http://www.bibletime.info")
SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR "2")
SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR "0")
-SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH "0beta2")
+SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH "0")
SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY "BibleTime")
######################################################
ENDFOREACH(QT_FRAME ${QT_FRAMEWORKS_USED})
# Other libraries I need
INSTALL(FILES "${CLUCENE_LIBRARY}" "${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR}/libclucene.0.0.0.dylib" "${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR}/libclucene.0.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libcurl.4.dylib"
- "/opt/local/lib/libssl.0.9.8.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libcrypto.0.9.8.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicui18n.40.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicui18n.40.0.dylib"
- "/opt/local/lib/libicuuc.40.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicuuc.40.0.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicuio.40.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicuio.40.0.dylib"
- "/opt/local/lib/libicudata.40.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicudata.40.0.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libpng12.0.dylib"
+ "/opt/local/lib/libssl.0.9.8.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libcrypto.0.9.8.dylib" #"/opt/local/lib/libicui18n.40.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicui18n.40.0.dylib"
+ #"/opt/local/lib/libicuuc.40.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicuuc.40.0.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicuio.40.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicuio.40.0.dylib"
+ #"/opt/local/lib/libicudata.40.dylib" "/opt/local/lib/libicudata.40.0.dylib"
+ "/opt/local/lib/libpng12.0.dylib"
DESTINATION "${BT_DESTINATION}/../Library")
# Qt Plugins
+2009-05-28 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
+ * release 2.0
+
+2009-05-20 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
+ * release 2.0.rc1
+
+2009-05-16 Gary Holmlund
+ * Fix problem causing Mag window to update when it should not.
+
+2009-05-16 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
+ * release 2.0.beta3, hopefully the last beta
+
+2009-05-11 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
+ * Added detection of curl and icu, which is optional, but may be required by Sword for linking
+
+2009-05-08 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
+ * Rewrote Sword library detection code for compiling in a hopefully platform-independent way
+
+2009-04-26 Gary Holmlund
+ * Change Mag window to use language specific font type and size.
+
2009-04-29 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
* release 2.0.beta2
- The BibleTime Project
-
- - Free Bible study software for KDE -
-
-(C) 1998-2009 by the BibleTime Team (info@bibletime.info)
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
-published by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
+the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+ Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+ `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.
README for BibleTime
====================
-BibleTime is a Bible study application based on KDE.
+BibleTime is a Bible study application based on Qt.
1. INSTALLATION
-1.1 REQUIREMENTS
+1.1 BUILD REQUIREMENTS
-QT 4.4+
-Sword 1.5.9+ (http://crosswire.org/sword)
-CLucene 0.9.16a+ (http://clucene.sf.net)
-Boost header files (libboost-dev)
-cmake 2.4.0+ (http://cmake.org)
-1.2 DEVELOPER-ONLY REQUIREMENTS
+1.2 DOCUMENTATION GENERATION REQUIREMENTS (OPTIONAL)
-po4a
-xsltproc, docbook-xml, docbook-xsl
+ -xml2po (part of the package gnome-doc-utils on some distributions)
+
+These packages are used by BT committers to prepare
+the documentation for the Handbook, Howto and the
+website. This tool set can be used by translators to
+generate, test and validate their work.
+There is no need to rely on these packages to bundle
+BibleTime for distribution as the compiled documentation
+is in the source tree ready for installation.
1.3 PROCEDURE
INCLUDE(FindLibraryWithDebug)
if(NOT CLUCENE_MIN_VERSION)
- set(CLUCENE_MIN_VERSION "0.9.19")
+ set(CLUCENE_MIN_VERSION "0.9.19")
endif(NOT CLUCENE_MIN_VERSION)
IF(EXISTS ${PROJECT_CMAKE}/CLuceneConfig.cmake)
- INCLUDE(${PROJECT_CMAKE}/CLuceneConfig.cmake)
+ INCLUDE(${PROJECT_CMAKE}/CLuceneConfig.cmake)
ENDIF(EXISTS ${PROJECT_CMAKE}/CLuceneConfig.cmake)
IF(MSVC)
- IF(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release")
- SET(WIN_CLUCENE_SEARCH_PATH ../clucene-core-0.9.21b/src/CLucene/Release)
- ELSE(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release")
- SET(WIN_CLUCENE_SEARCH_PATH ../clucene-core-0.9.21b/src/CLucene/debug)
- ENDIF(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release")
- SET(WIN_CLUCENE_INCLUDE_PATH ../clucene-core-0.9.21b/src)
+ IF(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release")
+ SET(WIN_CLUCENE_SEARCH_PATH ../clucene-core-0.9.21b/src/CLucene/Release)
+ ELSE(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release")
+ SET(WIN_CLUCENE_SEARCH_PATH ../clucene-core-0.9.21b/src/CLucene/debug)
+ ENDIF(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release")
+ SET(WIN_CLUCENE_INCLUDE_PATH ../clucene-core-0.9.21b/src)
ELSE(MSVC)
- SET(WIN_CLUCENE_SEARCH_PATH "")
- SET(WIN_CLUCENE_INCLUDE_PATH "")
+ SET(WIN_CLUCENE_SEARCH_PATH "")
+ SET(WIN_CLUCENE_INCLUDE_PATH "")
ENDIF(MSVC)
SET(TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS
- $ENV{CLUCENE_HOME}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
- ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
- /usr/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
- /opt/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
- /usr/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
- /usr/lib64
- /sw/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
- /usr/pkg/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
- ${WIN_CLUCENE_SEARCH_PATH}
- )
+ $ENV{CLUCENE_HOME}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ /usr/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ /opt/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ /usr/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ /usr/lib64
+ /sw/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ /usr/pkg/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ ${WIN_CLUCENE_SEARCH_PATH}
+ )
SET(TRIAL_INCLUDE_PATHS
- $ENV{CLUCENE_HOME}/include
- ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/include
- /usr/local/include
- /usr/include
- /sw/include
- /usr/pkg/include
- ${WIN_CLUCENE_INCLUDE_PATH}
- )
+ $ENV{CLUCENE_HOME}/include
+ ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/include
+ /usr/local/include
+ /usr/include
+ /sw/include
+ /usr/pkg/include
+ ${WIN_CLUCENE_INCLUDE_PATH}
+ )
FIND_LIBRARY_WITH_DEBUG(CLUCENE_LIBRARY
- NAMES clucene clucene-core
- PATHS ${TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS})
+ NAMES clucene clucene-core
+ PATHS ${TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS})
IF (CLUCENE_LIBRARY)
- MESSAGE(STATUS "Found CLucene library: ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY}")
+ MESSAGE(STATUS "Found CLucene library: ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY}")
ENDIF (CLUCENE_LIBRARY)
FIND_PATH(CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR
- NAMES CLucene.h
- PATHS ${TRIAL_INCLUDE_PATHS})
+ NAMES CLucene.h
+ PATHS ${TRIAL_INCLUDE_PATHS})
IF (CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR)
- MESSAGE(STATUS "Found CLucene include dir: ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR}")
+ MESSAGE(STATUS "Found CLucene include dir: ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR}")
ENDIF (CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR)
IF(WIN32)
- SET(TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR})
+ SET(TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR})
ENDIF(WIN32)
SET(CLUCENE_GOOD_VERSION TRUE)
FIND_PATH(CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR
- NAMES CLucene/clucene-config.h PATHS ${TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS} ${TRIAL_INCLUDE_PATHS} NO_DEFAULT_PATH)
+ NAMES CLucene/clucene-config.h PATHS ${TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS} ${TRIAL_INCLUDE_PATHS} NO_DEFAULT_PATH)
IF (CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR)
- MESSAGE(STATUS "Found CLucene library dir: ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR}")
- FILE(READ ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR}/CLucene/clucene-config.h CLCONTENT)
- STRING(REGEX MATCH "_CL_VERSION +\".*\"" CLMATCH ${CLCONTENT})
- IF (CLMATCH)
- STRING(REGEX REPLACE "_CL_VERSION +\"(.*)\"" "\\1" CLUCENE_VERSION ${CLMATCH})
+ MESSAGE(STATUS "Found CLucene library dir: ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR}")
+ FILE(READ ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR}/CLucene/clucene-config.h CLCONTENT)
+ STRING(REGEX MATCH "_CL_VERSION +\".*\"" CLMATCH ${CLCONTENT})
+ IF (CLMATCH)
+ STRING(REGEX REPLACE "_CL_VERSION +\"(.*)\"" "\\1" CLUCENE_VERSION ${CLMATCH})
IF (CLUCENE_VERSION STRLESS "${CLUCENE_MIN_VERSION}")
- MESSAGE(ERROR " CLucene version ${CLUCENE_VERSION} is less than the required minimum ${CLUCENE_MIN_VERSION}")
- SET(CLUCENE_GOOD_VERSION FALSE)
+ MESSAGE(ERROR " CLucene version ${CLUCENE_VERSION} is less than the required minimum ${CLUCENE_MIN_VERSION}")
+ SET(CLUCENE_GOOD_VERSION FALSE)
ENDIF (CLUCENE_VERSION STRLESS "${CLUCENE_MIN_VERSION}")
IF (CLUCENE_VERSION STREQUAL "0.9.17")
- MESSAGE(ERROR "CLucene version 0.9.17 is not supported.")
- SET(CLUCENE_GOOD_VERSION FALSE)
+ MESSAGE(ERROR "CLucene version 0.9.17 is not supported.")
+ SET(CLUCENE_GOOD_VERSION FALSE)
ENDIF (CLUCENE_VERSION STREQUAL "0.9.17")
- ENDIF (CLMATCH)
+ ENDIF (CLMATCH)
ELSE (CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR)
- MESSAGE(STATUS "CLucene library dir not found.")
+ MESSAGE(STATUS "CLucene library dir not found.")
ENDIF (CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR)
IF(CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR AND CLUCENE_LIBRARY AND CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR AND CLUCENE_GOOD_VERSION)
- SET(CLucene_FOUND TRUE)
+ SET(CLucene_FOUND TRUE)
ENDIF(CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR AND CLUCENE_LIBRARY AND CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR AND CLUCENE_GOOD_VERSION)
IF(CLucene_FOUND)
- IF(NOT CLucene_FIND_QUIETLY)
- MESSAGE(STATUS "Found CLucene: ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY}")
- ENDIF(NOT CLucene_FIND_QUIETLY)
+ IF(NOT CLucene_FIND_QUIETLY)
+ MESSAGE(STATUS "Found CLucene: ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY}")
+ ENDIF(NOT CLucene_FIND_QUIETLY)
ELSE(CLucene_FOUND)
- IF(CLucene_FIND_REQUIRED)
- MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "Could not find CLucene.")
- ENDIF(CLucene_FIND_REQUIRED)
+ IF(CLucene_FIND_REQUIRED)
+ MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "Could not find CLucene.")
+ ENDIF(CLucene_FIND_REQUIRED)
ENDIF(CLucene_FOUND)
MARK_AS_ADVANCED(
- CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR
- CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR
- CLUCENE_LIBRARY
- )
+ CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR
+ CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR
+ CLUCENE_LIBRARY
+ )
--- /dev/null
+# Finds the International Components for Unicode (ICU) Library
+#
+# ICU_FOUND - True if ICU found.
+# ICU_I18N_FOUND - True if ICU's internationalization library found.
+# ICU_INCLUDE_DIRS - Directory to include to get ICU headers
+# Note: always include ICU headers as, e.g.,
+# unicode/utypes.h
+# ICU_LIBRARIES - Libraries to link against for the common ICU
+# ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES - Libraries to link against for ICU internationaliation
+# (note: in addition to ICU_LIBRARIES)
+
+# Look for the header file.
+find_path(
+ ICU_INCLUDE_DIR
+ NAMES unicode/utypes.h
+ DOC "Include directory for the ICU library")
+mark_as_advanced(ICU_INCLUDE_DIR)
+
+# Look for the library.
+find_library(
+ ICU_LIBRARY
+ NAMES icuuc cygicuuc cygicuuc32
+ DOC "Libraries to link against for the common parts of ICU")
+mark_as_advanced(ICU_LIBRARY)
+
+# Copy the results to the output variables.
+if(ICU_INCLUDE_DIR AND ICU_LIBRARY)
+ set(ICU_FOUND 1)
+ set(ICU_LIBRARIES ${ICU_LIBRARY})
+ set(ICU_INCLUDE_DIRS ${ICU_INCLUDE_DIR})
+
+ # Look for the ICU internationalization libraries
+ find_library(
+ ICU_I18N_LIBRARY
+ NAMES icuin icui18n cygicuin cygicuin32
+ DOC "Libraries to link against for ICU internationalization")
+ mark_as_advanced(ICU_I18N_LIBRARY)
+ if (ICU_I18N_LIBRARY)
+ set(ICU_I18N_FOUND 1)
+ set(ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES ${ICU_I18N_LIBRARY})
+ else (ICU_I18N_LIBRARY)
+ set(ICU_I18N_FOUND 0)
+ set(ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES)
+ endif (ICU_I18N_LIBRARY)
+else(ICU_INCLUDE_DIR AND ICU_LIBRARY)
+ set(ICU_FOUND 0)
+ set(ICU_I18N_FOUND 0)
+ set(ICU_LIBRARIES)
+ set(ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES)
+ set(ICU_INCLUDE_DIRS)
+endif(ICU_INCLUDE_DIR AND ICU_LIBRARY)
SET (SIMPLE_RENDER_SWORD_VERSION 1.5.10)
SET (MULTIVERSE_SWORD_VERSION 1.5.11.1)
SET (SYSCONF_CHANGED_SWORD_VERSION 1.5.11.98)
-SET (INTERNET_WARNING_SWORD_VERSION 1.5.11.98)
+#SET (INTERNET_WARNING_SWORD_VERSION 1.5.11.98) # same as SYSCONF_CHANGED_SWORD_VERSION, treated together
# This module looks for installed sword
#
# It will define the following values
# SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR
-# SWORD_LIBS
-
-IF (WIN32)
-
- SET(TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS
- $ENV{SWORD_HOME}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
- ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
- /usr/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
- /usr/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
- /sw/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
- ../sword-1.5.11/lib/vcppmake/vc8/ICUDebug
- ../sword-1.5.11/lib/vcppmake/vc8/ICURelease
- )
- SET(TRIAL_INCLUDE_PATHS
- $ENV{SWORD_HOME}/include/sword
- $ENV{SWORD_HOME}/include
- ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/include/sword
- ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/include
- /sw/include
- ../sword-1.5.11/include
- )
-
- FIND_LIBRARY(SWORD_LIBRARY sword
- NAMES libsword
- PATHS ${TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS})
- IF (SWORD_LIBRARY)
- MESSAGE(STATUS "Found Sword library: ${SWORD_LIBRARY}")
- ENDIF (SWORD_LIBRARY)
- FIND_PATH(SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR
- NAMES swmgr.h
- PATHS ${TRIAL_INCLUDE_PATHS})
-
- IF (SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR)
- MESSAGE(STATUS "Found Sword include dir: ${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR}")
- ENDIF (SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR)
-
-ELSE(WIN32)
-
- EXECUTE_PROCESS(COMMAND pkg-config --atleast-version=${REQUIRED_SWORD_VERSION} sword
- RESULT_VARIABLE SWORD_VERSION_OK
- )
- EXECUTE_PROCESS(COMMAND pkg-config --atleast-version=${SIMPLE_RENDER_SWORD_VERSION} sword
- RESULT_VARIABLE SIMPLE_RENDER_SWORD_OK
- )
- EXECUTE_PROCESS(COMMAND pkg-config --atleast-version=${MULTIVERSE_SWORD_VERSION} sword
- RESULT_VARIABLE MULTIVERSE_SWORD_OK
- )
- EXECUTE_PROCESS(COMMAND pkg-config --atleast-version=${SYSCONF_CHANGED_SWORD_VERSION} sword
- RESULT_VARIABLE SYSCONF_CHANGED_SWORD_OK
- )
- EXECUTE_PROCESS(COMMAND pkg-config --atleast-version=${INTERNET_WARNING_SWORD_VERSION} sword
- RESULT_VARIABLE INTERNET_WARNING_SWORD_OK
- )
+# SWORD_LIBRARY
+# SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR
+# SWORD_CFLAGS
+
+IF(MSVC)
+ SET(SWORD_WIN32_LIBRARY_PATH ../sword/lib/vcppmake/vc8/ICUDebug)
+ SET(SWORD_WIN32_INCLUDE_PATH ../sword/include)
+ENDIF(MSVC)
+
+SET(TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS
+ $ENV{SWORD_HOME}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ /usr/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ /opt/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ /usr/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ /usr/lib64
+ /usr/pkg/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ ${SWORD_WIN32_LIBRARY_PATH}
+)
+SET(TRIAL_INCLUDE_PATHS
+ $ENV{SWORD_HOME}/include/sword
+ $ENV{SWORD_HOME}/include
+ ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/include/sword
+ ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/include
+ /usr/local/include/sword
+ /usr/local/include
+ /usr/include/sword
+ /usr/include
+ /sw/include/sword
+ /sw/include
+ /usr/pkg/include/sword
+ /usr/pkg/include
+ ${SWORD_WIN32_INCLUDE_PATH}
+)
+FIND_LIBRARY(SWORD_LIBRARY sword NAMES libsword PATHS ${TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS})
+IF (SWORD_LIBRARY)
+ MESSAGE(STATUS "Found Sword library: ${SWORD_LIBRARY}")
+ SET(SWORD_LIBRARY "sword")
+ELSE (SWORD_LIBRARY)
+ MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "Could not find the Sword library.")
+ENDIF (SWORD_LIBRARY)
+
+FIND_PATH(SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR NAMES libsword.a libsword.la libsword.so libsword.lib PATHS ${TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS} ENV CMAKE_LIBRARY_PATH)
+IF (SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR)
+ MESSAGE(STATUS "Found Sword library dir: ${SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR}")
+ELSE (SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR)
+ MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "Could not find the Sword library dir.")
+ENDIF (SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR)
+
+FIND_PATH(SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR NAMES swmgr.h PATHS ${TRIAL_INCLUDE_PATHS})
+IF (SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR)
+ MESSAGE(STATUS "Found Sword include dir: ${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR}")
+ELSE (SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR)
+ MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "Sword include dir could not be found.")
+ENDIF (SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR)
- EXECUTE_PROCESS(COMMAND pkg-config --modversion sword
- OUTPUT_VARIABLE SWORD_VERSION
- OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE
+#
+# Check for minimum Sword version
+#
+MACRO(CHECK_SWORD_VERSION VERSION)
+ TRY_RUN(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT SWVERSIONTEST_COMPILE_RESULT
+ ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/sword_version_compare.cpp
+ CMAKE_FLAGS
+ "-DINCLUDE_DIRECTORIES:STRING=${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR}"
+ "-DLINK_DIRECTORIES:STRING=${SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR}"
+ "-DLINK_LIBRARIES:STRING=${SWORD_LIBRARY}"
+ COMPILE_OUTPUT_VARIABLE SWVERSIONTEST_COMPILE_OUTPUT
+ RUN_OUTPUT_VARIABLE SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_OUTPUT
+ ARGS ${VERSION}
)
+ IF(NOT SWVERSIONTEST_COMPILE_RESULT)
+ MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "Sword version check program could NOT be compiled: ${SWVERSIONTEST_COMPILE_OUTPUT}")
+ ENDIF(NOT SWVERSIONTEST_COMPILE_RESULT)
+ENDMACRO(CHECK_SWORD_VERSION VERSION)
- IF (SWORD_VERSION_OK EQUAL 0)
+MESSAGE(STATUS "Checking for required Sword version ${REQUIRED_SWORD_VERSION}...")
+CHECK_SWORD_VERSION(${REQUIRED_SWORD_VERSION})
- MESSAGE(STATUS "Sword version ${SWORD_VERSION} is ok")
+IF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0)
+ MESSAGE(STATUS "Installed Sword version is ok. Check program said: ${SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_OUTPUT}")
+ELSE(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0)
+ MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "Installed Sword version is NOT ok! Check program said: ${SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_OUTPUT}")
+ENDIF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0)
+
+#
+# Check for API changes that require compiler definitions
+#
- EXECUTE_PROCESS(COMMAND pkg-config --variable=includedir sword
- OUTPUT_VARIABLE SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR
- OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE
- )
- SET(SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR "${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR}/sword")
- MESSAGE(STATUS "Sword include directory is ${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR}")
+# SIMPLE_RENDER
+CHECK_SWORD_VERSION(${SIMPLE_RENDER_SWORD_VERSION})
+IF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0)
+ SET (SWORD_CFLAGS "${SWORD_CFLAGS} -DSWORD_SIMPLERENDER")
+ MESSAGE(STATUS " Found simple render version of Sword.")
+ENDIF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0)
- EXECUTE_PROCESS(COMMAND pkg-config --libs sword
- OUTPUT_VARIABLE SWORD_LIBS
- OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE
- )
- MESSAGE(STATUS "Sword lib linker flags to be used: ${SWORD_LIBS}")
+# MULTIVERSE
+CHECK_SWORD_VERSION(${MULTIVERSE_SWORD_VERSION})
+IF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0)
+ SET (SWORD_CFLAGS "${SWORD_CFLAGS} -DSWORD_MULTIVERSE")
+ MESSAGE(STATUS " Found multiverse version of Sword.")
+ENDIF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0)
- ELSE (SWORD_VERSION_OK EQUAL 0)
+# SYSCONF_CHANGED and INTERNET_WARNING
+CHECK_SWORD_VERSION(${SYSCONF_CHANGED_SWORD_VERSION})
+IF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0)
+ SET (SWORD_CFLAGS "${SWORD_CFLAGS} -DSWORD_SYSCONF_CHANGED -DSWORD_INTERNET_WARNING")
+ MESSAGE(STATUS " Found sysconf_changed and internet_warning version of Sword.")
+ENDIF(SWVERSIONTEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 0)
- IF (SWORD_VERSION)
- MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "Sword version ${SWORD_VERSION} does not match the required ${REQUIRED_SWORD_VERSION}")
- ELSE (SWORD_VERSION)
- MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "Sword not found")
- ENDIF (SWORD_VERSION)
+MESSAGE(STATUS "SWORD_CFLAGS: ${SWORD_CFLAGS}")
- ENDIF (SWORD_VERSION_OK EQUAL 0)
+#
+# Sword linker flag detection
+#
+MACRO(CHECK_SWORD_LINK_LIBRARIES FLAGS)
+ TRY_COMPILE(SWLINKER_CHECK_COMPILE_RESULT
+ ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/sword_linker_check.cpp
+ CMAKE_FLAGS
+ "-DINCLUDE_DIRECTORIES:STRING=${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR}"
+ "-DLINK_DIRECTORIES:STRING=${SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR};${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR}"
+ "-DLINK_LIBRARIES:STRING=${FLAGS}"
+ OUTPUT_VARIABLE SWLINKER_CHECK_COMPILE_OUTPUT
+)
+ENDMACRO(CHECK_SWORD_LINK_LIBRARIES FLAGS)
-ENDIF (WIN32)
+#CURL_LIBRARIES and ICU_LIBRARIES are optional, empty if not found
+CHECK_SWORD_LINK_LIBRARIES("${CLUCENE_LIBRARY};${SWORD_LIBRARY};${CURL_LIBRARIES};${ICU_LIBRARIES};${ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES};${ZLIB_LIBRARIES}")
+IF(SWLINKER_CHECK_COMPILE_RESULT)
+ MESSAGE(STATUS "Sword linker check compiled ok.")
+ # SWORD_LIBRARY can stay unchanged
+ELSE(SWLINKER_CHECK_COMPILE_RESULT)
+ MESSAGE(STATUS "Sword linker check could NOT be compiled. It seems that you need additional libraries for the linker.")
+ MESSAGE(STATUS "Here is the detailed output of the compilation and linking process:")
+ MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "${SWLINKER_CHECK_COMPILE_OUTPUT}")
+ENDIF(SWLINKER_CHECK_COMPILE_RESULT)
-IF (MULTIVERSE_SWORD_OK EQUAL 0)
- SET (SWORD_CFLAGS "${SWORD_CFLAGS} -DSWORD_MULTIVERSE")
-ENDIF (MULTIVERSE_SWORD_OK EQUAL 0)
-IF (SIMPLE_RENDER_SWORD_OK EQUAL 0)
- SET (SWORD_CFLAGS "${SWORD_CFLAGS} -DSWORD_SIMPLERENDER")
-ENDIF (SIMPLE_RENDER_SWORD_OK EQUAL 0)
-IF (SYSCONF_CHANGED_SWORD_OK EQUAL 0)
- SET (SWORD_CFLAGS "${SWORD_CFLAGS} -DSWORD_SYSCONF_CHANGED")
-ENDIF (SYSCONF_CHANGED_SWORD_OK EQUAL 0)
-IF (INTERNET_WARNING_SWORD_OK EQUAL 0)
- SET (SWORD_CFLAGS "${SWORD_CFLAGS} -DSWORD_INTERNET_WARNING")
-ENDIF (INTERNET_WARNING_SWORD_OK EQUAL 0)
MARK_AS_ADVANCED(
SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR
- SWORD_LIBS
+ SWORD_LIBRARY
+ SWORD_LIBRARY_DIR
SWORD_CFLAGS
)
-
-MESSAGE(STATUS "SWORD_CFLAGS: ${SWORD_CFLAGS}")
--- /dev/null
+/*********
+*
+* This file is part of BibleTime's source code, http://www.bibletime.info/.
+*
+* Copyright 1999-2008 by the BibleTime developers.
+* The BibleTime source code is licensed under the GNU General Public License version 2.0.
+*
+**********/
+
+/*
+ * Use some important Sword classes to see if the linker flags work correctly
+ */
+
+#include <iostream>
+
+#include <swmgr.h>
+#include <installmgr.h>
+#include <ftptrans.h>
+
+int main(int argc, char* argv[])
+{
+ sword::SWMgr mgr;
+ sword::InstallMgr imgr;
+ sword::FTPTransport trans("example.com");
+
+ return 0;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*********
+*
+* This file is part of BibleTime's source code, http://www.bibletime.info/.
+*
+* Copyright 1999-2008 by the BibleTime developers.
+* The BibleTime source code is licensed under the GNU General Public License version 2.0.
+*
+**********/
+
+/*
+ * Check if Sword's current version is equal or larger than the version given to the program (first commandline argument)
+ */
+
+#include <iostream>
+
+#include <swversion.h>
+
+int main(int argc, char* argv[])
+{
+ sword::SWVersion testversion(argv[1]);
+ std::cout << "Your installed Sword version is: " << sword::SWVersion::currentVersion.getText();
+ return (sword::SWVersion::currentVersion >= testversion) ? 0 : 1;
+}
<para> V této sekci najdete úvod k nastavení &bibletime; které najdete pod volbou
<guimenu>Nastavení</guimenu> v hlavním menu.</para>
<sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt">
- <title>Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime</title>
- <para>Uživatelské rozhraní programu &bibletime; může být uzpůsobeno mnoha směry v
-závislosti na vašich potřebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete přistoupit
-výběrem<menuchoice> <guimenu>Nastavení</guimenu> </menuchoice>
+ <title>Dialog Nastavení &bibletime;</title>
+ <para>Uživatelské rozhraní programu &bibletime; může být uzpůsobeno v mnoha
+směrech, v závislosti na vašich potřebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete
+přistoupit výběrem <menuchoice> <guimenu>Nastavení</guimenu> </menuchoice>
<guimenuitem>Natavit &bibletime;</guimenuitem>.</para>
<sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display">
<title>
<para>Zde můžete zvolit jazyk, který bude použit pro jména biblických knih. Pokud
je dostupný, nastavte tuto možnost na váš jazyk, a budete se cítit doma.</para>
- <para>By default, &bibletime; uses the default system display font. You can
-override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be
-displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for
-each language.</para>
+ <para>V základním nastavení používá &bibletime; výchozí systémové písmo. Pokud je
+to nezbytné, můžete to změnit. Některé jazyky vyžadují pro správné zobrazení
+speciální písma, tento dialog vám umožní nastavit vlastní písmo pro každý
+jazyk.</para>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" />
<para>K nápravě vyberte jazyk tohoto díla z rozbalovacího menu. Zaškrtněte použít
vlastní písmo. Nyní vyberte písmo. Například, písmo podporující mnoho znaků
je Code2000. Pokud žádné z nainstalovaných písem neumí zobrazit dílo o které
-se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro teno jazyk.</para>
+se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro tento jazyk.</para>
<sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont">
<title>Instalace písem</title>
<para>Detailní popis instalace písem přesahuje rozsah této příručky. Pro více
<ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads">
SIL unicode fonts</ulink>
</entry>
- <entry>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</entry>
+ <entry>Výborná písma Unicode od " Summer Institute of Linguistics".</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<ulink url="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/">
FreeFont</ulink>
</entry>
- <entry>A new free Unicode font initiative.</entry>
+ <entry>Nová svobodná iniciativa písma Unicode.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<ulink url="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/">
Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</ulink>
</entry>
- <entry>Částečně odpovídající, pro informacese podívejte na odkazovanou stránku.</entry>
+ <entry>Částečně odpovídající, pro informace se podívejte na odkazovanou stránku.</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
<title>
<guimenu>Desk</guimenu>
</title>
- <para>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in
-&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also
-have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no
-specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is
-used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover
-over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to,
-according to the standard Bible you specified.</para>
+ <para>Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžou být v &bibletime;
+uzpůsobeny. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte
+možnost vybrat výchozí díla, která mají být použita, když není žádné dílo
+vybráno odkazem. Například: výchozí Bible je použita k zobrazení obsahu
+"křížových" biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, časopis zobrazí
+náhled obsahu veršů odkazujících na toto místo, ve výchozí Bibli kterou jste
+zvolili.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys">
<title>
<title>Úvod</title>
<sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about">
<title>O &bibletime;</title>
- <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts
-and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and
-
manage. It is built on the <ulink
-url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink> library, which provides
-the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text,
-
searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <ulink
+ <para>&bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible s podporou pro různé texty a
+jazyky. Také velké množství modulů děl, které je snadné nainstalovat a
+
spravovat. Je založen na knihovně <ulink
+url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink>, která poskytuje
+funkcionalitu pro &bibletime;, jako zobrazování biblických textů,
+
vyhledávání atd. Sword je vlajkovou lodí společnosti <ulink
url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>.</para>
<para>&bibletime; je navržen k použití s díly v jednom z formátů podporovaných
<varlistentry>
<term>Knihy</term>
<listitem>
- <para>Dostupné knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The
+ <para>Dostupné knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", a"Josephus: The
Complete Works"</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Komentáře</term>
<listitem>
- <para>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the
-Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians."
-With the <emphasis>Personal</emphasis> commentary you can <link
-linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> record your own personal notes</link> to
-sections of the Bible.</para>
+ <para>Dostupné komentáře zahrnují klasiku jako "Notes on the Bible" Johna
+Wesleyho, komentáře Matthewa Henryho a Lutherův "Komentář ke galatským."
+Pomocí <emphasis>Osobního</emphasis>komentáře můžete<link
+linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> nahrát osobní sešit poznámek</link> do
+biblických sekcí.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Lexikony/slovníky</term>
<listitem>
- <para>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes,
-Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible
-Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible
-Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged
-Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</para>
+ <para>Dostupné lexikony zahrnují: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes,
+Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon a International Standard Bible
+Encyclopedia. Dostupné slovníky zahrnují: Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary,
+Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of
+the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist></para>
<title>Části okna aplikace &bibletime;</title>
<sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">
<title>Knihovna</title>
- <para>Knihona obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a
+ <para>Knihovna obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a
jazyků. Obsahuje také kategorii "Záložky" To je místo, kam můžete uložit své
záložky a poté k nim přistupovat.</para>
<title>Časopis</title>
<para>Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna &bibletime; pasivní. Kdykoli je váš
-kurzor umístěn nad nějakým textem s dalšími informacemi (e.g., Strong's
-numbers), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v okně časopisu, ne v textu
+kurzor umístěn nad nějakým textem s dalšími informacemi (např. Strongova
+čísla), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v okně časopisu, ne v textu
samotném. Prostě to vyzkoušejte.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk">
<title>Plocha</title>
- <para>The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can
-open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link
-linkend="hdbk-op-search">search</link> in them, and even save your
-annotations in the personal commentary module (see <link
-linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">below</link>).</para>
+ <para>Plocha je místo, kde probíhá skutečná práce s &bibletime;. Zde můžete
+otvírat díla z knihovny, číst je, <link
+linkend="hdbk-op-search">hledat</link> v nich a rovnou ukládat vaše poznámky
+v modulu osobních komentářů (podívejte se <link
+linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">dolů</link>).</para>
<sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read">
<title>Čtení děl</title>
<title>Umístění aktivního okna</title>
<para>Samozřejmě můžete mít otevřeno více děl ve stejné době. Máte několik
možností jak umístit okna na ploše. Prosím podívejte se na položku
-<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> v hlavním menu. Tam uviděíte, že umístění oken
-můžete ovládat buď osobně, nebo zvolit automatické umístění &bibletime;. To
-můžete cílit volbou jednoho z automatických můdů umístění, které jsou
-přístupné přes <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód
+<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> v hlavním menu. Tam uvidíte, že umístění oken můžete
+ovládat buď osobně, nebo zvolit automatické umístění &bibletime;. Toho
+docílíte volbou jednoho z automatických módů umístění, které jsou přístupné
+přes <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód
rozvržení</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Prostě to vyzkoušejte, je to snadné a
funguje to.</para>
</sect3>
<title>Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů</title>
<para>Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat
dílo z knihovny <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible
-Society</ulink>, které se jmenuje "Personal commentary".</para>
+Society</ulink>, které se jmenuje "Personal commentary" ("Osobní komentář").</para>
<para>Pokud otevřete osobní komentář kliknutím <mousebutton>levým</mousebutton>
tlačítkem myši na jeho symbol v knihovně, otevře se pro čtení. V tomto módu
<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(jednoduchý gui wysiwyg editor).</para>
<tip>
- <para>If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is
-deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the
-personal commentary.</para>
+ <para>Pokud je položka <menuchoice> <guimenu>Upravit toto dílo</guimenu>
+</menuchoice> deaktivována, prosím zkontrolujte zda máte oprávnění k zápisu
+do souborů osobních komentářů.</para>
</tip>
<tip>
<para>Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně
(např. kapitolu bible, kterou čtete), je to stejné jako v jiných
programech. tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím
-<mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlačítkem myši a vyráním
+<mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlačítkem myši a vybráním
<guimenuitem>Najít...</guimenuitem>, nebo použitím horké klávesy <keycombo
-action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Přečtěte si jak hledat
+action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Přečtěte si jak hledat
v celých dílech.</para>
</sect2>
<sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-scope">
<title>Použití oblastí vyhledávání</title>
<para>Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením určitých částí Bible pomocí jedné z
-definovaných oblastí v seznamv <guimenu>Rozsah hledání</guimenu> Můžete
+definovaných oblastí v seznamu <guimenu>Rozsah hledání</guimenu> Můžete
definovat vlastní vyhledávací rozsahy kliknutím na tlačítko
<guibutton>Nastavit rozsah</guibutton>.></para>
</sect3>
Strongova čísla H8077 použijte 'strong:H8077'</para>
<para>Dostupné předpony:
<table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">
- <title>Search Types</title>
+ <title>Typy vyhledávání</title>
<tgroup cols="2">
<thead>
<row>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>heading:</entry>
- <entry>hledá nadpisy</entry>
+ <entry>hledá hlavičky</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>footnote:</entry>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table></para>
- <para>BibleTime používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho
+ <para>&bibletime; používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho
pokročilých vlastností. Více si o něm můžete přečíst zde: <ulink
url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html">
http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">
<title><guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem></title>
- <para>The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your
-Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove
-existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <menuchoice>
-<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> in the main menu.</para>
+ <para><guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem> je nástroj pro správu
+knihovny. Můžete do vaší knihovny nainstalovat nová díla, nebo aktualizovat
+či odstranit ty existující. Přístupná pod <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Nastavení</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> v hlavním menu.</para>
<sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">
<title>Nastavení cesty ke knihám</title>
- <para>Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard
-drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is
-"~/.sword/".</para>
+ <para>Zde lze nastavit, kam na disk má &bibletime; uložit knihovnu. Můžete použít
+mnoho adresářů. Výchozí je "~/.sword/".</para>
<tip>
- <para>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard
-disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD
-as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all
-works on the CD if it is present.</para>
+ <para>Pokud máte CD sword, ale nechcete všechna díla instalovat na disk, ale
+používat je přímo z CD, pak vložte cestu k CD jako jedno z umístění
+knihovny. Když zapnete &bibletime;, zobrazí se všechna díla, pokud je CD
+vloženo v mechanice.</para>
</tip>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">
<title>Instalace/aktualizace děl</title>
<para>Tímto nástrojem se můžete připojit k repositáři děl (je zvaný "knihovna",
"library") a nahrát jedno nebo více děl do své lokální knihovny. Tyto
-knihovny mohou být lokální (např. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené (např. Crosswire's
-online repository of Sword modules nebo jiné stránky nabízející moduly
-Sword). Své knihovny můžete spravovat pomocí <guibutton>Přidat
+knihovny mohou být lokální (např. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené
+(např. Crosswireonline repositář modulů Sword nebo jiné stránky nabízející
+moduly Sword). Své knihovny můžete spravovat pomocí <guibutton>Přidat
knihovnu</guibutton> a <guibutton>Smazat knihovnu</guibutton>.</para>
<para>Pro zahájení procesu instalace nebo aktualizace vyberte knihovnu ke které se
chcete připojit a umístění lokální knihovny pro instalaci děl. Potom
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Zavře BibleTime.</action> BibleTime se vás zeptá, jestli si přejete
-zapsat neuložené změny na disk.</para>
+ <action>Zavře &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; se vás zeptá, jestli si
+přejete zapsat neuložené změny na disk.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to
-maximize the &bibletime; window.</para>
+ <action>Přepíná zobrazení přes celou obrazovku.</action> Aktivujte tuto
+možnost pokud chcete maximalizovat okno &bibletime;.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window">
<title>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu>
</title>
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenu> Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Ukládá aktuální sezení.</action>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde můžete
na další položku jak uložit nové sezení.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Ukládá aktuální sezení pod novým jménem</action>. Zeptá se na jméno
pro uložení sezení.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Načte existující sezení</action>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde můžete
+vybrat existující sezení a načíst ho.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Vymaže existující sezení</action>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde
+můžete vybrat existující sezení, které má být vymazáno.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Ovládá chování jednoduchého rozvržení oken</action>. V otevřeném
+kontextovém menu můžete zvolit, že se chcete o rozvržení oken starat osobně
+(Ruční mód) nebo použít připravené možnosti &bibletime; (Automatické módy,
+tak je vyzkoušejte!)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <!--- TODO add submen items here -->
+<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Načte existující sezení</action>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde můžete
-vybrat existující sezení a načíst ho.</para>
+ <action>Všechna otevřená okna do kaskády</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
- <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession">
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Vymaže existující sezení</action>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde
-můžete vybrat existující sezení, které má být vymazáno.</para>
+ <action>Automaticky dláždí všechna otevřená okna vertikálně</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
- <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode">
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png"
- format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Ovládá chování jednoduchého rozvržení oken</action>. V otevřeném
-kontextovém menu můžete zvolit, že se chcete o rozvržení oken starat osobně
-(Ruční mód) nebo použít připravené možnosti &bibletime; (Automatické módy,
-tak je vyzkoušejte!)</para>
+ <action>Automaticky dláždí všechna otevřená okna horizontálně.</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Zavře všechna otevřená okna</action>.</para>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">
<title>
<guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení Sword a spraovat svou
-knihovnu</action>. Další inormace naleznete v <link
+ <action>Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení Sword a spravovat
+svou knihovnu</action>. Další inormace naleznete v <link
linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">této sekci</link>.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now.</para>
+ <action>Otevře příručku &bibletime;</action>, kterou právě čtete.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of
-the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the
-scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen
-as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We
-expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If
-you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in
-your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ <action>Otevře průvodce jak studovat Bibli</action>. Přáním týmu &bibletime;
+je, aby toto HowTo podnítilo čtenáře ke studiu posvátných textů, k tomu
+dozvědět se co říkají. Tato příručka byla zvolena proto, že neobhajuje
+doktrínu žádné konkrétní denominace. Očekáváme, že budete číst a studovat
+Písma, abyste jim rozuměli. Když začnete s postojem, že chcete mít semeno
+Páně v srdci, On vás nezklame.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action>
-contains information about &bibletime; software version, project
-contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the
-license agreement.</para>
+ <action>Otevře okno s informacemi o projektu &bibletime;</action> obsahuje
+informace o verzi &bibletime;, přispěvatelích projektu, verzi &sword;, verzi
+&qt; a licenční ujednání.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">
<title>Seznam horkých kláves</title>
- <para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the
-handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to
-directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look
-at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you
-can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</para>
+ <para>Toto je seznam všech horkých kláves a s nimi souvisejícího popisu v
+příručce. Horké klávesy jsou setříděny (přibližně) abecedně. Pokud chcete
+přesně vědět která z horkých kláves odpovídá té které položce menu, můžete
+se podívat přímo do nabídek &bibletime; (vždy se zde zobrazují horké
+klávesy), nebo si prohlédněte <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">tuto
+sekci</link>.</para>
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="2">
<colspec colname="hotkey" />
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Posune zpět v historii aktivního okna.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Posune vpřed v historii aktivního okna.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice>
-<guimenu>Hledat</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hledat ve výchozí
-bibli</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>otevře vyhledávací dialog pro
-vyhledávání ve výchozí bibli.</entry>
+<guimenu>Hledat</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hledat ve výchozí bibli</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link>otevře vyhledávací dialog pro vyhledávání ve výchozí
+bibli.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
+
<entry>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód
rozvržení</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automaticky dlaždice
-vertikálně</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> zapne automatické skládání oken.</entry>
+vertikálně</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> zapnout automatické skládání oken.
+ </entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Uložit jako novou relaci</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>uloží aktuální náhled jako novou relaci.</entry>
+</menuchoice> </link> uloží aktuální náhled jako novou relaci.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Zavřít vše</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-</link>zavře všechna otevřená okna.</entry>
+</link> zavře všechna otevřená okna.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Oddálit. Zmenší velikost písma v aktivním okně.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Přiblížit. Zvětší velikost písma v aktivním okně.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Vybrat vše. Vybere všechen text v aktivním okně.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Kopírovat. Zkopíruje vybraný text do schránky.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Hledat. Vyhledává v textu aktivního okna</entry>
</row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dlaždice vertikálně</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link>.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dlaždice horizontálně</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link>.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Kaskáda</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+</link> obdoba oken.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice>
dílech</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> otevře dialog pro vyhledávání ve
všech otevřených dílech.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Soubor</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ukončit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-</link>ukončí &bibletime;.</entry>
+</link> ukončí &bibletime;.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Zavře aktuální okno.</entry>
</row>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Nápověda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Příručka</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>otevře příručku.</entry>
+</menuchoice> otevře příručku.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm">
<title>Další správci oken</title>
- <para>&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox,
-Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are
-already installed on your computer.</para>
+ <para>&bibletime; může být používán také s dalšími okenními správci jako Gnome,
+BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox nebo Sawfish, pokud jsou požadované knihovny
+nainstalovány na vašem počítači.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom">
<title>Nastavení spuštění</title>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence">
<title>Spouštěcí sekvence.</title>
- <para>Když se &bibletime; spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, nez
+ <para>Když se &bibletime; spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, než
se otevře hlavní okno &bibletime;:</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Upravit vaši knihovnu.</action> Tento dialog vám umožní upravovat
-vaši knihovnu, přidávat nebo mazat díla ve vašem systému.This dialog lets
-you modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. Bude
-zobrazen pouze v případě, že nebude nalezena výchozí knihovna. Prosím
-podívejte se do <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> této sekce</link>
-pokud chcete znát více detailů. Pokud začínáte s prázdnou knihovnou, bude
-užitečné nainstalovat alespoň jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu,
-abyste se rychle seznámili se základními vlastnostmi &bibletime;.</para>
+vaši knihovnu, přidávat nebo mazat díla ve vašem systému. Bude zobrazen
+pouze v případě, že nebude nalezena výchozí knihovna. Prosím podívejte se do
+<link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">této sekce</link>, pokud se chcete
+dozvědět více. Pokud začínáte s prázdnou knihovnou, bude užitečné
+nainstalovat alespoň jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu, abyste se
+rychle seznámili se základními vlastnostmi &bibletime;.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
<copyright>
<year>1999-2009</year>
- <holder>Tým &bibletime;</holder>
+ <holder>tým &bibletime;</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
<para>Příručka &bibletime; je součástí &bibletime;.</para>
<date>2009-04</date>
<releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
- <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para>
+ <para>&bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword.</para>
</abstract>
<keywordset>
<keyword>QT4</keyword>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime </th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime </th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastavení BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys">
HotKeys
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> V této sekci najdete úvod k nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> které najdete pod volbou
-<span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> v hlavním menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime</h2></div></div></div><p>Uživatelské rozhraní programu <span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být uzpůsobeno mnoha směry v
-závislosti na vašich potřebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete přistoupit
-výběrem<span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span>
-<span class="guimenuitem">Natavit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
+<span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> v hlavním menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Dialog Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>Uživatelské rozhraní programu <span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být uzpůsobeno v mnoha
+směrech, v závislosti na vašich potřebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete
+přistoupit výběrem <span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span>
+<span class="guimenuitem">Natavit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Display</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Můžete uzpůsobit chování po spuštění. Vyberte z následujících možností:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Zobrazovat uvítací obrazovku</p></li></ul></div><p>Šablony zobrazení určují způsob zobrazení textu (barvu, velikost
atd.). Přímo dostupných je více šablon. Když jednu z nich zvolíte, objeví se
-náhled v pravém poli.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
+náhled v pravém poli.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Zde můžete zvolit jazyk, který bude použit pro jména biblických knih. Pokud
-je dostupný, nastavte tuto možnost na váš jazyk, a budete se cítit doma.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can
-override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be
-displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for
-
each language.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Dialog nastavení - písma"><div class="caption"><p>Dialog nastavení - Písma</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> umí používat všechna podporovaná písma. Pokud jsou díla o které
+je dostupný, nastavte tuto možnost na váš jazyk, a budete se cítit doma.</p><p>V základním nastavení používá <span class="application">BibleTime</span> výchozí systémové písmo. Pokud je
+to nezbytné, můžete to změnit. Některé jazyky vyžadují pro správné zobrazení
+speciální písma, tento dialog vám umožní nastavit vlastní písmo pro každý
+
jazyk.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Dialog nastavení - písma"><div class="caption"><p>Dialog nastavení - Písma</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> umí používat všechna podporovaná písma. Pokud jsou díla o které
se zajímáte zobrazena správně, není potřeba zde nic měnit.Pokud se dílo
zobrazuje jen jako řetězec otazníků (?????) nebo prázdných čtverců, pak
víte, že standardní písmo neobsahuje znaky užité v tomto díle. </p><p>K nápravě vyberte jazyk tohoto díla z rozbalovacího menu. Zaškrtněte použít
vlastní písmo. Nyní vyberte písmo. Například, písmo podporující mnoho znaků
je Code2000. Pokud žádné z nainstalovaných písem neumí zobrazit dílo o které
-se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro ten
o jazyk.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalace písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailní popis instalace písem přesahuje rozsah této příručky. Pro více
+se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro ten
to jazyk.</p><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalace písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailní popis instalace písem přesahuje rozsah této příručky. Pro více
informací můžete použít <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode
HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud používáte malé písmo jako například Clearlyu (asi 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-poběží rychleji nž s velkým písmem jako napriklad <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(asi 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Získání písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Písma můžete získat z mnoha zdrojů:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Vaše *nixová distribuce.</p></li><li><p>Lokalizační balíčky vaší distribuce.</p></li><li><p>Existující instalace <span class="trademark">Microsoft
+poběží rychleji nž s velkým písmem jako napriklad <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(asi 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Získání písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Písma můžete získat z mnoha zdrojů:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Vaše *nixová distribuce.</p></li><li><p>Lokalizační balíčky vaší distribuce.</p></li><li><p>Existující instalace <span class="trademark">Microsoft
Windows</span>® na stejném počítači.</p></li><li><p>Kolekce písem, jako jsou dostupné od Adobe nebo Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online kolekce písem</p></li></ul></div><p>Písma Unicode podporují více znaků než ostatní písma, některá z nich jsou
dostupná zdarma. Žádné z dostupných písem neobsahuje všechny znaky
definované standardem Unicode, takže budete možná chtít použít různá písma
-pro různé jazyky.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
le 4.1. Písma Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Písma Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
+pro různé jazyky.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
ulka 4.1. Písma Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Písma Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top">
Code2000</a>
</td><td>Možná nejlepší svobodné písmo Unicode, pokrývá široký výběr znaků.</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top">
SIL unicode fonts</a>
- </td><td>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ </td><td>Výborná písma Unicode od " Summer Institute of Linguistics".</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top">
FreeFont</a>
- </td><td>A new free Unicode font initiative.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ </td><td>Nová svobodná iniciativa písma Unicode.</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS" target="_top">
Crosswire's font directory</a>
</td><td>Různá písma přístupná z ftp Crosswire Bible Society.</td></tr><tr><td>
závislosti na jejich velikosti.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Obsaženo v mnoha distribucích. Obsahuje Evropské, Řecké, Hebrejské, Thajské.</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top">
Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a>
- </td><td>Částečně odpovídající, pro informacese podívejte na odkazovanou stránku.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Dobré seznamy písem Unicode na internetu, jako jedno od Christopha Singera(
+ </td><td>Částečně odpovídající, pro informace
se podívejte na odkazovanou stránku.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Dobré seznamy písem Unicode na internetu, jako jedno od Christopha Singera(
<a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Vícejazyčná Unicode TrueType
Fonts na internetu</a>), nebo jedno od Alana Wooda ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> výběr znaků Unicode
-a písma Unicode, která je podporují</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
+a písma Unicode, která je podporují</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Desk</span>
- </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also
-have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no
-specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is
-used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover
-over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to,
-
according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a>
+ </h3></div></div></div><p>Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžou být v <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
+uzpůsobeny. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte
+možnost vybrat výchozí díla, která mají být použita, když není žádné dílo
+vybráno odkazem. Například: výchozí Bible je použita k zobrazení obsahu
+"křížových" biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, časopis zobrazí
+náhled obsahu veršů odkazujících na toto místo, ve výchozí Bibli kterou jste
+
zvolili.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a>
<span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Horké klávesy jsou speciální klávesové příkazy, které můžete použít namísto
položek v menu, nebo ikon. Mnoho příkazů v <span class="application">BibleTime</span> má definovány horké
klávesy (kompletní seznam naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves">této sekci</a>). Většině příkazů
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> zde může přiřadit horké klávesy. To je velmi užitečné pro rychlý
-přístup k funkcím, které nejvíce potřebujete.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Export a tisk </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Odkazy</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+přístup k funkcím, které nejvíce potřebujete.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Export a tisk </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 5. Odkazy</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Úvod</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Úvod</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Úvod</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts
-and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and
-manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides
-the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text,
-
searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je navržen k použití s díly v jednom z formátů podporovaných
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 1. Úvod</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Úvod</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Kapitola 1. Úvod</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je nástroj pro studium Bible s podporou pro různé texty a
+jazyky. Také velké množství modulů děl, které je snadné nainstalovat a
+spravovat. Je založen na knihovně <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a>, která poskytuje
+funkcionalitu pro <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, jako zobrazování biblických textů,
+
vyhledávání atd. Sword je vlajkovou lodí společnosti <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je navržen k použití s díly v jednom z formátů podporovaných
projektem Sword. Kompletní informace o podporovaných formátech dokumentů
naleznete ve<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top">
vývojářské sekci</a> na stránkách projektu Sword, Crosswire Bible
-Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Dostupná díla</h3></div></div></div><p>Přes 200 dokumentů v 50 jazycích jsou dostupné ze stránek <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. To zahrnuje:
+Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Dostupná díla</h3></div></div></div><p>Přes 200 dokumentů v 50 jazycích jsou dostupné ze stránek <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. To zahrnuje:
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bible</span></dt><dd><p>Úplný text Bible, s volitelnými věcmi jako Strongova čísla, nadpisy, nebo
poznámky v textu. Bible jsou dostupné v mnoha jazycích, nejen v moderních
verzích, ale také ve starověkých jako Codex Leningradensis ( Kodex
Leningradský; "WLC", Hebrejsky), nebo Septuaginta ("LXX", Řecky). Toto je
-nejmodernější sekce knihovny projektu Sword.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Knihy</span></dt><dd><p>Dostupné knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The
-Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Komentáře</span></dt><dd><p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the
-Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians."
-With the <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů"> record your own personal notes</a> to
-
sections of the Bible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Denní zamyšlení</span></dt><dd><p>Mnoho lidí oceňuje tyto denní porce Božího slova. Mezi dostupná díla patří
-"Denní světlo na cestu" a "Losungen".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexikony/slovníky</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes,
-Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible
-Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible
-Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged
-
Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivace</h3></div></div></div><p>Přejeme si sloužit Bohu a přispět svým dílem ostatním v růstu ve vztahu s
+nejmodernější sekce knihovny projektu Sword.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Knihy</span></dt><dd><p>Dostupné knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", a"Josephus: The
+Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Komentáře</span></dt><dd><p>Dostupné komentáře zahrnují klasiku jako "Notes on the Bible" Johna
+Wesleyho, komentáře Matthewa Henryho a Lutherův "Komentář ke galatským."
+Pomocí <span class="emphasis"><em>Osobního</em></span>komentáře můžete<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů"> nahrát osobní sešit poznámek</a> do
+
biblických sekcí.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Denní zamyšlení</span></dt><dd><p>Mnoho lidí oceňuje tyto denní porce Božího slova. Mezi dostupná díla patří
+"Denní světlo na cestu" a "Losungen".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexikony/slovníky</span></dt><dd><p>Dostupné lexikony zahrnují: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes,
+Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon a International Standard Bible
+Encyclopedia. Dostupné slovníky zahrnují: Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary,
+Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of
+
the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivace</h3></div></div></div><p>Přejeme si sloužit Bohu a přispět svým dílem ostatním v růstu ve vztahu s
Ním. Chceme, aby byl tento výkonný a kvalitní program stále jednoduchý a
intuitivní. Přejeme si chválit Boha, neboť on je zdroj všeho dobrého.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Každý dobrý dar a každé dokonalé obdarování je shůry, sestupuje od Otce
-nebeských světel. U něho není proměny ani střídání světla a stínu.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakubův 1:17</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Bůh vám žehnej při používání tohoto programu.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příručka BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+nebeských světel. U něho není proměny ani střídání světla a stínu.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakubův 1:17</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Bůh vám žehnej při používání tohoto programu.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příručka BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Správa knih</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Správa knih</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your
-Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove
-existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Nastavení cesty ke knihám</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard
-drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is
-"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard
-disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD
-as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all
-works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalace/aktualizace děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tímto nástrojem se můžete připojit k repositáři děl (je zvaný "knihovna",
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Správa knih</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Správa knih</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> je nástroj pro správu
+knihovny. Můžete do vaší knihovny nainstalovat nová díla, nebo aktualizovat
+či odstranit ty existující. Přístupná pod <span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> v hlavním menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Nastavení cesty ke knihám</h3></div></div></div><p>Zde lze nastavit, kam na disk má <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uložit knihovnu. Můžete použít
+mnoho adresářů. Výchozí je "~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud máte CD sword, ale nechcete všechna díla instalovat na disk, ale
+používat je přímo z CD, pak vložte cestu k CD jako jedno z umístění
+knihovny. Když zapnete <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, zobrazí se všechna díla, pokud je CD
+vloženo v mechanice.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalace/aktualizace děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tímto nástrojem se můžete připojit k repositáři děl (je zvaný "knihovna",
"library") a nahrát jedno nebo více děl do své lokální knihovny. Tyto
-knihovny mohou být lokální (např. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené (např. Crosswire's
-online repository of Sword modules nebo jiné stránky nabízející moduly
-Sword). Své knihovny můžete spravovat pomocí <span class="guibutton">Přidat
+knihovny mohou být lokální (např. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené
+(např. Crosswireonline repositář modulů Sword nebo jiné stránky nabízející
+moduly Sword). Své knihovny můžete spravovat pomocí <span class="guibutton">Přidat
knihovnu</span> a <span class="guibutton">Smazat knihovnu</span>.</p><p>Pro zahájení procesu instalace nebo aktualizace vyberte knihovnu ke které se
chcete připojit a umístění lokální knihovny pro instalaci děl. Potom
klikněte na tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Spojit s knihovnou</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
novější verzi, a tak mohou být aktualizovány. Poté můžete označit všechna
díla, která chcete nainstalovat nebo aktualizovat a kliknout na
<span class="guibutton">Instalovat díla</span>. Ty budou poté nahrány do vaší
-knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Odebrání děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tato možnost dovoluje smazat jedno nebo více děl z vaší knihovny, což uvolní
+knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Odebrání děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tato možnost dovoluje smazat jedno nebo více děl z vaší knihovny, což uvolní
místo na disku. Jednoduše označte položky a klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Odstranit
-díla</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Vyhledávací indexy</h3></div></div></div><p>Tyto možnosti vám umožní vytvářet nové vyhledávací indexy a vymazat opuštěné
+díla</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Vyhledávací indexy</h3></div></div></div><p>Tyto možnosti vám umožní vytvářet nové vyhledávací indexy a vymazat opuštěné
indexy smazaných děl.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3>
If you are having problems with your search function, visit
this feature.
- </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vyhledávání v dílech </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Export a tisk</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vyhledávání v dílech </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Export a tisk</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Export a tisk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Export a tisk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Export a tisk</h2></div></div></div><p>Na mnoha místech můžete vyvolat kontextové menu kliknutím
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Export a tisk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Export a tisk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Export a tisk</h2></div></div></div><p>Na mnoha místech můžete vyvolat kontextové menu kliknutím
<span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši. V závislosti na kontextu
je možné <span class="guimenuitem">Vybrat</span>,
<span class="guimenuitem">Kopírovat</span> (do schránky),
přímočaré, prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p><p>Tisk z <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spíše základní a je zamýšlen jako pomůcka. Pokud
vytváříte dokument nebo prezentaci obsahující text děl z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>,
doporučujeme formátovat dokument za použití systémových nástrojů pro tvorbu
-prezentací, nebo editaci textu, raději než tisknout přímo z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Správa knih </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+prezentací, nebo editaci textu, raději než tisknout přímo z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Správa knih </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Části okna aplikace BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Knihovna</h3></div></div></div><p>Knihona obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Části okna aplikace BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Knihovna</h3></div></div></div><p>Knihovna obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a
jazyků. Obsahuje také kategorii "Záložky" To je místo, kam můžete uložit své
-záložky a poté k nim přistupovat.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Pro otevření díla z knihovny jednoduše klikněte <span class="mousebutton">levým tlačítkem
+záložky a poté k nim přistupovat.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Pro otevření díla z knihovny jednoduše klikněte <span class="mousebutton">levým tlačítkem
myši</span> na požadovanou kategorii (Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony,
Knihy, Zamyšlení nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazení jejího obsahu. Poté klikněte na
jedno z děl k jeho otevření pro čtení. Okno pro čtení díla se objeví na
myši</span> na odkaz verše nebo kapitoly (kurzor se změní v ruku) a
přetáhněte ho do knihovny. Upusťte ho na dílo, které chcete otevřít ,a to
bude otevřeno na požadovaném místě. Můžete také přetánout odkaz verše na
-existující okno, které se přesune na požadované umístění.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Další informace o dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Pokud kliknete <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na symbol
+existující okno, které se přesune na požadované umístění.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Další informace o dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Pokud kliknete <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na symbol
díla, objeví se nabídka s dalšími možnostmi, které jsou relevantní pro toto
dílo. <span class="guimenuitem">"O tomto díle"</span>otevře okno s mnoha
zajímavými informacemi o zvoleném díle. <span class="guimenuitem">"Odemknout toto
dílo"</span> otevře malý dialog pro zabezpečené dokumenty, kde můžete
vložit přístupová kód k otevření díla. Pro další informace o zamčených
dílech se podívejte na <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> tuto
-stránku</a> na webu Crosswire Bible Society.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem
+stránku</a> na webu Crosswire Bible Society.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem
myši</span> na jeho symbol a vybráním položky<span class="guimenuitem">"Hledat v
díle(ch)"</span>. Stiskem klávesy Shift a kliknutím na další díla
můžete vybrat více než jedno. Poté následuje stejný proces s otevřením
vyhledávacího dialogu. Budete vyhledávat ve všech těchto
-dokumentech. Kompletní popis obsluhy vyhledávacích funkcí naleznete <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">zde</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Práce se záložkami</h4></div></div></div><p>
+dokumentech. Kompletní popis obsluhy vyhledávacích funkcí naleznete <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">zde</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Práce se záložkami</h4></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Chyť & pust dílo</p></div><p>
popsáno předtím a vyberte <span class="guimenuitem">"Exportovat
záložky"</span>. To otevře dialog pro uložení vaší kolekce
záložek. Stejným způsobem můžete záložky importovat.</p><p>Klikněte <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na adresáře a
-záložky, pokud chcete změnit jejich jméno nebo popis.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Časopis</h3></div></div></div><p>Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pasivní. Kdykoli je váš
-kurzor umístěn nad nějakým textem s dalšími informacemi (e.g., Strong's
-numbers), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v okně časopisu, ne v textu
-samotném. Prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Plocha</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can
-open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">search</a> in them, and even save your
-
annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Jak <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Čtení děl">už jsme viděli</a>,
+záložky, pokud chcete změnit jejich jméno nebo popis.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Časopis</h3></div></div></div><p>Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pasivní. Kdykoli je váš
+kurzor umístěn nad nějakým textem s dalšími informacemi (např. Strongova
+čísla), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v okně časopisu, ne v textu
+samotném. Prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Plocha</h3></div></div></div><p>Plocha je místo, kde probíhá skutečná práce s <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Zde můžete
+otvírat díla z knihovny, číst je, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">hledat</a> v nich a rovnou ukládat vaše poznámky
+
v modulu osobních komentářů (podívejte se <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů">dolů</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Jak <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Čtení děl">už jsme viděli</a>,
můžete jednoduše otevírat díla pro čtení kliknutím na jejich symbol v
knihovně. Okno díla se otevře na ploše. Každé okno díla má nástrojovou
lištu. Zde najdete nástroje k navigaci propojené s dílem, například tlačítka
-historie jako ve vašem webovém prohlížeči.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Umístění aktivního okna</h4></div></div></div><p>Samozřejmě můžete mít otevřeno více děl ve stejné době. Máte několik
+historie jako ve vašem webovém prohlížeči.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Umístění aktivního okna</h4></div></div></div><p>Samozřejmě můžete mít otevřeno více děl ve stejné době. Máte několik
možností jak umístit okna na ploše. Prosím podívejte se na položku
-<span class="guimenu">Okno</span> v hlavním menu. Tam uviděíte, že umístění oken
-můžete ovládat buď osobně, nebo zvolit automatické umístění <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. To
-můžete cílit volbou jednoho z automatických můdů umístění, které jsou
-přístupné přes <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód
+<span class="guimenu">Okno</span> v hlavním menu. Tam uvidíte, že umístění oken můžete
+ovládat buď osobně, nebo zvolit automatické umístění <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Toho
+docílíte volbou jednoho z automatických módů umístění, které jsou přístupné
+přes <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód
rozvržení</span>. Prostě to vyzkoušejte, je to snadné a
-funguje to.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů</h4></div></div></div><p>Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat
+funguje to.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů</h4></div></div></div><p>Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat
dílo z knihovny <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible
-Society</a>, které se jmenuje "Personal commentary".</p><p>Pokud otevřete osobní komentář kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">levým</span>
+Society</a>, které se jmenuje "Personal commentary"
("Osobní komentář").</p><p>Pokud otevřete osobní komentář kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">levým</span>
tlačítkem myši na jeho symbol v knihovně, otevře se pro čtení. V tomto módu
není možné komentář editovat. Pokud si přejete do něj zapsat poznámku,
musíte ho otevřít pomocí <span class="mousebutton">pravého</span> tlačítka myši a
zvolit <span class="guimenu">Editovat toto dílo</span> a potom také
<span class="guimenuitem">Prostý text</span> (editor zdrojového kódu) nebo
-<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(jednoduchý gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is
-deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the
-personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte & upusťte díla zde. Pusťte odkaz verše a bude vložen jeho
-text.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Operace programu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vyhledávání v dílech</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(jednoduchý gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud je položka <span class="guimenu">Upravit toto dílo</span> deaktivována, prosím zkontrolujte zda máte oprávnění k zápisu
+do souborů osobních komentářů.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte & upusťte díla zde. Pusťte odkaz verše a bude vložen jeho
+text.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 3. Operace programu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vyhledávání v dílech</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vyhledávání v dílech</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vyhledávání v dílech</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</h3></div></div></div><p>Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vyhledávání v dílech</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vyhledávání v dílech</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</h3></div></div></div><p>Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně
(např. kapitolu bible, kterou čtete), je to stejné jako v jiných
programech. tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím
-<span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši a vyráním
-<span class="guimenuitem">Najít...</span>, nebo použitím horké klávesy <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Přečtěte si jak hledat
-v celých dílech.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><p>V díle můžete hledat kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem
+<span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši a vybráním
+<span class="guimenuitem">Najít...</span>, nebo použitím horké klávesy <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Přečtěte si jak hledat
+v celých dílech.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><p>V díle můžete hledat kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem
myši na symbol v <span class="guimenu">knihovně</span> a vybráním <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat
ve vybraných dílech</span>. Přidržením Shift nebo Ctrl a
kliknutím na jména dalších děl můžete vybrat více než jedno dílo. Poté
následuje stejný postup otevření dialogu hledání. Budete hledat ve všech
těchto dílech najednou.</p><p>Vyhledávací dialog spustíte kliknutím na <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> z hlavního menu a vybráním
odpovídající položky.</p><p>Třetí možnost jak spustit vyhledávání je kliknutím na symbol hledání v
-aktuálním okně.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Nastavení vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Výběr děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Nahoře v okně nastavení vyhledávání najdete tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Vybrat (nebo
+aktuálním okně.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Nastavení vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Výběr děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Nahoře v okně nastavení vyhledávání najdete tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Vybrat (nebo
Choose)</span> (díla). Pokud chcete vyhledávat ve více dílech, klikněte
na toto tlačítko, poté vám bude nabídnuto menu s možností výběru děl ve
-kterých chcete vyhledávat.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Použití oblastí vyhledávání</h4></div></div></div><p>Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením určitých částí Bible pomocí jedné z
-definovaných oblastí v seznamv <span class="guimenu">Rozsah hledání</span> Můžete
+kterých chcete vyhledávat.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Použití oblastí vyhledávání</h4></div></div></div><p>Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením určitých částí Bible pomocí jedné z
+definovaných oblastí v seznamu <span class="guimenu">Rozsah hledání</span> Můžete
definovat vlastní vyhledávací rozsahy kliknutím na tlačítko
-<span class="guibutton">Nastavit rozsah</span>.></p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe</h4></div></div></div><p>Vložte výrazy a oddělte je mezerami. Při výchozím nastavení, vyhledávání
+<span class="guibutton">Nastavit rozsah</span>.></p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe</h4></div></div></div><p>Vložte výrazy a oddělte je mezerami. Při výchozím nastavení, vyhledávání
vrátí výsledky, které odpovídají libovolnému z vyhledávaných výrazů (logická
spojka NEBO). pro vyhledání všech výrazů oddělte jednotlivá slova spojkou
AND.</p><p>Můžete využít znaky: '*' odpovídající libovolné posloupnosti znaků, '?'
obsahovat nejméně jedno ze slov v závorce, Ježíš nebo duch, a slovo Bůh.</p><p>Pro vyhledávání jiného než hlavního textu vložte určitou předponu
následovanou'dvojtečkou ':' a hledaným výrazem. Například pro vyhledávání
Strongova čísla H8077 použijte 'strong:H8077'</p><p>Dostupné předpony:
- </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Předpona</th><th>Význam</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>hledá nadpisy</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>hledá poznámky</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>hledání Strongových čísel</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>hledá morfologické kódy</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho
+ </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 3.1. Typy vyhledávání</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Typy vyhledávání" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Předpona</th><th>Význam</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>hledá hlavičky</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>hledá poznámky</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>hledání Strongových čísel</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>hledá morfologické kódy</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho
pokročilých vlastností. Více si o něm můžete přečíst zde: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top">
-http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Výsledky hledání</h3></div></div></div><p>Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného řetězce bylo nalezeno, setříděno podle
+http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Výsledky hledání</h3></div></div></div><p>Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného řetězce bylo nalezeno, setříděno podle
děl. Kliknutí na dílo <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši vám
umožní kopírovat, uložit, nebo tisknout všechny verše které byli v daném
díle nalezeny. To při kliknutí na jeden nebo více odkazů. Kliknutí na určitý
odkaz otevře verš v jeho kontextu v okně náhledu.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na symbol díla v knihovně k otevření díla na
tomto verši v novém okně.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na otevřené okno, které se přesune na
-požadovanou pozici.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>K vytvoření záložek vyberte odkazy a přetáhněte je do knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analýza výsledků hledání</h4></div></div></div><p>Klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Analýza vahledávání</span> pro zobrazení analýzy
+požadovanou pozici.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>K vytvoření záložek vyberte odkazy a přetáhněte je do knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analýza výsledků hledání</h4></div></div></div><p>Klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Analýza vahledávání</span> pro zobrazení analýzy
vyhledávání. Zobrazí jednoduchou grafickou analýzu množství nalezených
-řetězců v každé knize Bible, analýzu můžete uložit.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Části okna aplikace BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Správa knih</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+řetězců v každé knize Bible, analýzu můžete uložit.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Části okna aplikace BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Správa knih</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 3. Operace programu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Operace programu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Operace programu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Správa knih</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Náhled programu</h2></div></div></div><p>Takto vypadá typická relace <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitola 3. Operace programu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Kapitola 3. Operace programu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Správa knih</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Náhled programu</h2></div></div></div><p>Takto vypadá typická relace <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:
</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="Okno aplikace BibleTime"></div><p>
Můžete si jednoduše prohlédnout různé části aplikace. Knihovna na levé
straně se používá pro otevírání děl a správu vašich záložek. Malé okno
čaopisu pod knihovnou se používá pro zobrazení dalších informací vložených
do dokumentů. Když přemístíte myš například nad značku poznámky, časopis
zobrazí aktuální obsah poznámky. Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý přístup
-k důležitým funkcím, na ploše vpravo skutečně pracujete.</p><p>Nyní se podívejme na vzhled různých částí aplikace individuálně.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Spouštěcí sekvence. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Části okna aplikace BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+k důležitým funkcím, na ploše vpravo skutečně pracujete.</p><p>Nyní se podívejme na vzhled různých částí aplikace individuálně.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Spouštěcí sekvence. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Části okna aplikace BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Seznam horkých kláves</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Odkazy"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Seznam horkých kláves</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Odkazy</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Seznam horkých kláves</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the
-handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to
-directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look
-at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you
-can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Odkazy Hlavního menu">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Klávesová zkratka</th><th>Popis</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Seznam horkých kláves</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Seznam horkých kláves</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Seznam horkých kláves</h2></div></div></div><p>Toto je seznam všech horkých kláves a s nimi souvisejícího popisu v
+příručce. Horké klávesy jsou setříděny (přibližně) abecedně. Pokud chcete
+přesně vědět která z horkých kláves odpovídá té které položce menu, můžete
+se podívat přímo do nabídek <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (vždy se zde zobrazují horké
+klávesy), nebo si prohlédněte <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Odkazy Hlavního menu">tuto
+sekci</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Klávesová zkratka</th><th>Popis</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span>
</td><td>Posune zpět v historii aktivního okna.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span>
</td><td>Posune vpřed v historii aktivního okna.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat ve výchozí
-bibli</span> </a>otevře vyhledávací dialog pro
-vyhledávání ve výchozí bibli.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat ve výchozí bibli</span> </a>otevře vyhledávací dialog pro vyhledávání ve výchozí
+bibli.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód
+ <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód
rozvržení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Automaticky dlaždice
-vertikálně</span> zapne automatické skládání oken.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span>
+vertikálně</span> zapnout automatické skládání oken.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód
rozvržení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Automaticky dlaždice
horizontálně</span> zapne automatické skládání oken.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód
rozvržení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Automaticky kaskádovat</span> zapne automatické skládání oken do kaskády.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód
rozvržení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ruční mód</span>
zapne manuální skládání oken.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Uložit jako novou relaci</span> </a>uloží aktuální náhled jako novou relaci.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Uložit jako novou relaci</span> </a> uloží aktuální náhled jako novou relaci.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zavřít vše</span>
-</a>zavře všechna otevřená okna.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span>
+</a> zavře všechna otevřená okna.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span>
</td><td>Oddálit. Zmenší velikost písma v aktivním okně.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span>
</td><td>Přiblížit. Zvětší velikost písma v aktivním okně.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span>
</td><td>Vybrat vše. Vybere všechen text v aktivním okně.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span>
</td><td>Kopírovat. Zkopíruje vybraný text do schránky.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>
</td><td>Hledat. Vyhledává v textu aktivního okna</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dlaždice vertikálně</span> </a>.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dlaždice horizontálně</span> </a>.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kaskáda</span>
+</a> obdoba oken.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat v otevřených
dílech</span> </a> otevře dialog pro vyhledávání ve
všech otevřených dílech.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">Soubor</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ukončit</span>
-</a>ukončí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+</a> ukončí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span>
</td><td>Zavře aktuální okno.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Nápověda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Příručka</span>otevře příručku.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="guimenu">Nápověda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Příručka</span> otevře příručku.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Nápověda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Návod, jak studovat
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit knihovnu</span> </a>zapne zobrazení knihovny.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit časopis</span> </a>zapne zobrazení okna časopisu.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Odkazy </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit časopis</span> </a>zapne zobrazení okna časopisu.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 5. Odkazy </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 5. Odkazy</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Odkazy</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Odkazy</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Odkazy Hlavního menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitola 5. Odkazy</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Kapitola 5. Odkazy</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Odkazy Hlavního menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
File
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view">
View
Settings
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
Help
- </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Odkazy Hlavního menu</h2></div></div></div><p>V této sekci najdete detailní popis všech položek základního menu
+ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Odkazy Hlavního menu</h2></div></div></div><p>V této sekci najdete detailní popis všech položek základního menu
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Jsou roztříděné stejně, jak se objevují v <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, včetně
podřízených položek zaznamenaných pod hlavní položkou menu ke které
náleží. Horké klávesy můžete vidět u každé položky; kompletní seznam všech
horkých kláves naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves">této
-sekci</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
+sekci</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
<span class="guimenu">File</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Zavře BibleTime.</span> BibleTime se vás zeptá, jestli si přejete
-zapsat neuložené změny na disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
- </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
+ <span class="action">Zavře <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> se vás zeptá, jestli si
+
přejete zapsat neuložené změny na disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
+ </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
<span class="guimenu">View</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to
-m
aximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="action">Přepíná zobrazení přes celou obrazovku.</span> Aktivujte tuto
+m
ožnost pokud chcete maximalizovat okno <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Přepíná zobrazení nástrojů.</span> Aktivujte tuto možnost pokud si
<span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Zapne zobrazení časopisu.</span> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí
-nebo vypnutí zobrazení časopisu na levé straně.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
+nebo vypnutí zobrazení časopisu na levé straně.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Search</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Otevírá dialog vyhledávání pouze pro vyhledávání ve výchozí
Bibli</span>. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Otevírá dialog vyhledávání ve všech dílech</span>. Do
-vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
+vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Ukládá aktuální sezení.</span>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde můžete
zvolit již uložené sezení, které bude přepsáno vaším aktuálním. Podívejte se
na další položku jak uložit nové sezení.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Ukládá aktuální sezení pod novým jménem</span>. Zeptá se na jméno
pro uložení sezení.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Načte existující sezení</span>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde můžete
vybrat existující sezení a načíst ho.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Vymaže existující sezení</span>. Otevře kontextové menu, kde
můžete vybrat existující sezení, které má být vymazáno.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Ovládá chování jednoduchého rozvržení oken</span>. V otevřeném
kontextovém menu můžete zvolit, že se chcete o rozvržení oken starat osobně
(Ruční mód) nebo použít připravené možnosti <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (Automatické módy,
-tak je vyzkoušejte!)</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
+tak je vyzkoušejte!)</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Všechna otevřená okna do kaskády</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Automaticky dláždí všechna otevřená okna vertikálně</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Automaticky dláždí všechna otevřená okna horizontálně.</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Zavře všechna otevřená okna</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
+ <span class="action">Zavře všechna otevřená okna</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Otevře hlavní konfigurační dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Můžete
nastavit všechny vlastnosti <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, které potřebujete. Prosím navštivte
-<a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="
Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime">tuto sekci</a> pro více informací.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term">
+<a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="
Dialog Nastavení BibleTime">tuto sekci</a> pro více informací.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení Sword a spraovat svou
-
knihovnu</span>. Další inormace naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih">této sekci</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
+ <span class="action">Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení Sword a spravovat
+
svou knihovnu</span>. Další inormace naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih">této sekci</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Help</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">O
pens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> You are reading it now.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="action">O
tevře příručku <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>, kterou právě čtete.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study Howto</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> It is the hope of
-the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the
-scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen
-as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We
-expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If
-you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in
-your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="action">Otevře průvodce jak studovat Bibli</span>. Přáním týmu <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
+je, aby toto HowTo podnítilo čtenáře ke studiu posvátných textů, k tomu
+dozvědět se co říkají. Tato příručka byla zvolena proto, že neobhajuje
+doktrínu žádné konkrétní denominace. Očekáváme, že budete číst a studovat
+Písma, abyste jim rozuměli. Když začnete s postojem, že chcete mít semeno
+Páně v srdci, On vás nezklame.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span>
-contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project
-contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the
-license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. Nastavení BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Seznam horkých kláves</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ <span class="action">Otevře okno s informacemi o projektu <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> obsahuje
+informace o verzi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, přispěvatelích projektu, verzi <span class="application">Sword</span>, verzi
+<span class="application">Qt</span> a licenční ujednání.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Seznam horkých kláves</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Spouštěcí sekvence.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Operace programu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Spouštěcí sekvence.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Spouštěcí sekvence.</h2></div></div></div><p>Když se <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, nez
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Spouštěcí sekvence.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Spouštěcí sekvence.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Spouštěcí sekvence.</h2></div></div></div><p>Když se <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, než
se otevře hlavní okno <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">
<span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Upravit vaši knihovnu.</span> Tento dialog vám umožní upravovat
-vaši knihovnu, přidávat nebo mazat díla ve vašem systému.This dialog lets
-you modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. Bude
-zobrazen pouze v případě, že nebude nalezena výchozí knihovna. Prosím
-podívejte se do <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"> této sekce</a>
-pokud chcete znát více detailů. Pokud začínáte s prázdnou knihovnou, bude
-užitečné nainstalovat alespoň jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu,
-abyste se rychle seznámili se základními vlastnostmi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+vaši knihovnu, přidávat nebo mazat díla ve vašem systému. Bude zobrazen
+pouze v případě, že nebude nalezena výchozí knihovna. Prosím podívejte se do
+<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih">této sekce</a>, pokud se chcete
+dozvědět více. Pokud začínáte s prázdnou knihovnou, bude užitečné
+nainstalovat alespoň jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu, abyste se
+rychle seznámili se základními vlastnostmi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
<span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Přizpůsobí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>Tento dialog vám dovolí přizpůsobit
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span> vašim potřebám. Prosím podívejte se na <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime">detailní popis</a> tohoto dialogu.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Operace programu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<span class="application">BibleTime</span> vašim potřebám. Prosím podívejte se na <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dialog Nastavení BibleTime">detailní popis</a> tohoto dialogu.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Operace programu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Úvod"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Spuštění BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je spustitelný soubor integrovaný do pracovního
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je spustitelný soubor integrovaný do pracovního
prostředí. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> můžete spustit z menu Start touto ikonou:
</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime spouštěcí ikona"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být spuštěn také z příkazové řádky. Pro spuštění
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> otevřete okno terminálu a napište:
- </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Další správci oken</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox,
-Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are
-
already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Nastavení spuštění</h3></div></div></div><p>Z terminálu můžete použít <span class="application">BibleTime</span> k otevření příslušného verše ve
+ </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Další správci oken</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být používán také s dalšími okenními správci jako Gnome,
+BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox nebo Sawfish, pokud jsou požadované knihovny
+
nainstalovány na vašem počítači.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Nastavení spuštění</h3></div></div></div><p>Z terminálu můžete použít <span class="application">BibleTime</span> k otevření příslušného verše ve
výchozí bibli:
</p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible</pre><p>Pro otevření v dané pasáži, jako například Jan 3:16, použijte:
- </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Jan 3:16"</pre><p>Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Úvod </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Spouštěcí sekvence.</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Jan 3:16"</pre><p>Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 1. Úvod </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Spouštěcí sekvence.</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime
is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 Tým <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> je součástí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Úvod</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operace programu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Správa knih</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Nastavení BibleTime </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime
je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 tým <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> je součástí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Úvod</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operace programu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Správa knih</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Nastavení BibleTime </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastavení BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
Settings
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
Help
- </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Písma Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Úvod</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Seznam tabulek</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Typy vyhledávání</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Písma Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 1. Úvod</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
<para>In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be
found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para>
<sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt">
- <title>BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog</title>
+ <title>Configure &bibletime; Dialog</title>
<para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on
your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> </menuchoice>
programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the
<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting
<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo
-action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how
+action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how
you can search in entire works.</para>
</sect2>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table></para>
- <para>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
+ <para>&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink
url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html">
http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>BibleTime schließen.</action> BibleTime wird Sie fragen, ob Sie
-ungesicherte Änderungen abspeichern möchten.</para>
+ <action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to
+write unsaved changes to disk.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window">
<title>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu>
</title>
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenu> Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a
new session.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask
for a new name to save the session to.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu
+where you can select an existing session to load.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu
+where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the
+opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
+the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it
+for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <!--- TODO add submen items here -->
+<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu
-where you can select an existing session to load.</para>
+ <action>Cascades all open windows</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
- <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession">
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu
-where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para>
+ <action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
- <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode">
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png"
- format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the
-opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
-the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it
-for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para>
+ <action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Closes all open windows</action>.</para>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">
<title>
<guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Moves back in the history of read windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
default bible.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
+
<entry>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry>
+</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
+ </entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry>
+</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
-mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry>
+mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
-mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry>
+mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-</link>equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry>
+</link> equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Select all. This selects all text in read windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window.</entry>
</row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+</link> windows equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
currently opened works.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-</link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry>
+</link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Closes the current window.</entry>
</row>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry>
+</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy
-Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry>
+Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager">
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf
-Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
+Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
Manager.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-</link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry>
+</link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys">
HotKeys
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be
-found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on
+found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on
your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
-<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
+<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Display</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Startverhalten kann angepasst werden. Wählen Sie aus den folgenden
Optionen aus:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Startlogo anzeigen</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various
built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview
-on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
+on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Hier können Sie angeben, welche Sprache für die Buchnamen der Bibel
verwendet werden soll. Stellen Sie (falls verfügbar) ihre Muttersprache ein,
the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that
supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the
work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that
-language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Schriftarten installieren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this
+language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Schriftarten installieren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this
handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode
-HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run
+HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run
faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream
-Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Schriftarten beziehen</h4></div></div></div><p>Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution.</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft
+Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Schriftarten beziehen</h4></div></div></div><p>Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution.</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft
Windows</span>®installation on the same computer.</p></li><li><p>Eine Sammlung von Schriftarten, wie sie z.B. von Adobe oder Bitstream
erhältlich sind.</p></li><li><p>Sammlungen von Schriftarten im Internet.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these
fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all
characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different
-fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
le 4.1. Unicode Schriftarten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode Schriftarten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
+fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
elle 4.1. Unicode Schriftarten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode Schriftarten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top">
Code2000</a>
</td><td>Vielleicht die beste Unicode-Schriftart, sie deckt einen großen
</td><td>Teilweise Abdeckung, siehe die Information auf der angegebenen Seite.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer
( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode
TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character
-ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
+ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Desk</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also
specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is
used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover
over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to,
-according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a>
+according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a>
<span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Tastenkürzel sind spezielle Tastenbefehle, die an Stelle der Menüeinträge
oder Symbole verwendet werden können. Eine Anzahl von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>s Befehlen
hat bereits vordefinierte Tastenkürzel (<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index">dieser Abschnitt</a> enthält eine
komplette Auflistung. Den meisten Befehlen von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kann hier ein
Tastenkürzel zugewiesen werden. Dies ist sehr hilfreich, um die oftbenutzten
-Funktionen schnell zu erreichen.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortieren und Drucken </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Referenz</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Funktionen schnell zu erreichen.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortieren und Drucken </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 5. Referenz</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 1. Einleitung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime starten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Einleitung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Einleitung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitel 1. Einleitung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Einleitung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Kapitel 1. Einleitung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts
and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and
manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides
the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text,
searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats
supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported
document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers
-section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Vorhandene Werke</h3></div></div></div><p>Über 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind auf dem Webserver der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</a>
+section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Vorhandene Werke</h3></div></div></div><p>Über 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind auf dem Webserver der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</a>
verfügbar. Dazu gehören:
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibeln</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings
and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and
Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible
Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible
Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged
-Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their
+Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their
relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality
program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire
that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Alles, was Gott uns gibt, ist gut und vollkommen. Er, der Vater des Lichts,
-ändert sich nicht; niemals wechseln bei ihm Licht und Finsternis.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Gott segne Sie durch Benutzung dieses Programms.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The BibleTime handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. BibleTime starten</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ändert sich nicht; niemals wechseln bei ihm Licht und Finsternis.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Gott segne Sie durch Benutzung dieses Programms.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The BibleTime handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Der Bücherregal Verwalter</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Der Bücherregal Verwalter</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your
Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove
-existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bookshelf path(s) setup</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard
+existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bookshelf path(s) setup</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard
drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is
-"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard
+"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard
disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD
as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all
-works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Install/update work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called
+works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Install/update work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called
"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These
libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online
repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You
in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark
all works that you want to install or update, and click on
<span class="guibutton">Install works</span>. They will then be transferred to your
-Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Werk(e) entfernen</h3></div></div></div><p>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your
+Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Werk(e) entfernen</h3></div></div></div><p>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your
Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on
-<span class="guibutton">Remove works</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned
-index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3>
+<span class="guibutton">Remove works</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned
+index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3>
If you are having problems with your search function, visit
this feature.
- </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">In Werken suchen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortieren und Drucken</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">In Werken suchen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortieren und Drucken</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortieren und Drucken</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortieren und Drucken</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exortieren und Drucken</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortieren und Drucken</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortieren und Drucken</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exortieren und Drucken</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will
allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>,
<span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard),
you are composing a document or presentation containing text from
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or
editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing
-from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Der Bücherregal Verwalter </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Der Bücherregal Verwalter </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Das Bücherregal</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Bücherregal enthält alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Das Bücherregal</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Bücherregal enthält alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache
sortiert. Es enthält auch einen Abschnitt namens "Lesezeichen". Hier können
-sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>Wenn Sie Dokument auswählen wollen, klicken Sie einfach auf die gewünschte
+sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>Wenn Sie Dokument auswählen wollen, klicken Sie einfach auf die gewünschte
Dokumentengruppe (Bibeln, Kommentare, Lexika, Bücher, Andachten oder
Wörterbücher) um den Inhalt der Dokumentengruppe anzuzeigen. Um ein Dokument
-zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the
+zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the
passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the
<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference
(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work
you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified
location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window,
-then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Weitere Informationen über Werke</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the
+then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Weitere Informationen über Werke</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the
symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are
relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a
window with lots of interesting information about the selected work.
<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for
encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the
work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this
-page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
+page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting
<span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and
clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same
procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these
documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features
-can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten</h4></div></div></div><p>
+can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten</h4></div></div></div><p>
- </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p>
+ </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p>
Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark
category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new
folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export
bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save
the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and
-bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Die Lupe</h3></div></div></div><p>Diese kleine Fenster in der linken unteren Ecke von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist rein
+bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Die Lupe</h3></div></div></div><p>Diese kleine Fenster in der linken unteren Ecke von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist rein
passiv. Wann immer der Mauspfeil über Text positioniert ist, welcher
zusätzliche Informationen (z.B. Strongnummern) enthält, dann werden eben
diese in der Lupe dargestellt, nicht jedoch der Text selbst. Probieren sie
-es einfach aus.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Die Arbeitsfläche</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can
+es einfach aus.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Die Arbeitsfläche</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can
open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">search</a> in them, and even save your
-annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Werke lesen">already seen</a>,
+annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Werke lesen">already seen</a>,
you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the
Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has
a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read
window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you
-know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lese-Fenster Anordnung</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several
+know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lese-Fenster Anordnung</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several
possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look
at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see
that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely
yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve
this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have
+mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have
install a certain work from the library of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. This work is
called "Personal commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the
Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit
this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain
text</span>(source code editor) or
-<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is
+<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is
deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the
-personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse
-will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> In Werken suchen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse
+will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> In Werken suchen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>In Werken suchen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">In Werken suchen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>In Werken suchen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">In Werken suchen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter
of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other
programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting
-<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how
-you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
+<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how
+you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the
<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in
work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other
open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the
same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting
the appropriate entry.</p><p>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an
-open read window.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Search configuration</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecting works</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find
+open read window.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Search configuration</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecting works</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find
<span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in
multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where
-you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Using Search Scopes</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by
+you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Using Search Scopes</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by
selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search
scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the
-<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will
+<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will
return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all
the terms separate the terms by AND.</p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?'
matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your
search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by
':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's
number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Available text types:
- </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
+ </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top">
-http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Search results</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted
+http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Search results</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted
by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse
button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a
certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the
references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference
-opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the
-work at that verse in a new read window.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to
-that verse.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
</h3><p>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Search result analysis</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis
+opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the
+work at that verse in a new read window.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to
+that verse.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Search result analysis</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis
display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the
search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the
-analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Der Bücherregal Verwalter</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Der Bücherregal Verwalter</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programmüberblick</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programmüberblick</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like:
</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p>
You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on
the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little
for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the
footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the
Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Wir fahren fort, indem wir nun die verschiedenen Teile der Anwendung einzeln
-betrachten.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Startup sequence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+betrachten.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Startup sequence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HotKeys index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="
Chapter 5. Referenz"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HotKeys index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Referenz</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>HotKeys index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HotKeys index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="
Kapitel 5. Referenz"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HotKeys index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>HotKeys index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the
handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to
directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look
at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you
can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Main menu reference">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hotkey</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span>
</td><td>Moves back in the history of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span>
</td><td>Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
default bible.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span>
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span>
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>
+equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span>
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>
+equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span>
-</a>equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span>
+</a> equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span>
</td><td>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span>
</td><td>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span>
</td><td>Select all. This selects all text in read windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span>
</td><td>Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>
</td><td>Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> </a> equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> </a> equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span>
+</a> windows equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span>
-</a>equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+</a> equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span>
</td><td>Closes the current window.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span>equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy
-Howto</span>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td>
+Howto</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager">
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf
-Manager</span> </a>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
+Manager</span> </a> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
Manager.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span>
-</a>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Referenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 5. Referenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 5. Referenz</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Referenz</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Referenz</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitel 5. Referenz</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Kapitel 5. Referenz</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
File
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view">
View
Settings
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
Help
- </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Main menu reference</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the
+ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Main menu reference</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the
main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they
belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of
all hotkeys can be found in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index">this
-section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
+section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
<span class="guimenu">File</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">BibleTime schließen.</span> BibleTime wird Sie fragen, ob Sie
-
ungesicherte Änderungen abspeichern möchten.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
- </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
+ <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to
+
write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
+ </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
<span class="guimenu">View</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</span> Toggle this
-setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
+setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Search</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible
only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. More
-works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
+works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a
context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be
overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a
new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask
for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu
where you can select an existing session to load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu
where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the
opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle it
-for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
+for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Cascades all open windows</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Closes all open windows</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
+ <span class="action">Closes all open windows</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can
configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your
-needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog">this section</a> for
+needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">this section</a> for
details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and
-manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
+manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Help</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span>
contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project
contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the
-license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. BibleTime einrichten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> HotKeys index</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> HotKeys index</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Startup sequence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="
Chapter 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Programmbedienung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Startup sequence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime starten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Startup sequence</h2></div></div></div><p>As <span class="application">BibleTime</span> launches you may see the following screens before the main
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Startup sequence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="
Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Startup sequence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Startup sequence</h2></div></div></div><p>As <span class="application">BibleTime</span> launches you may see the following screens before the main
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> window opens:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">
<span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog">the
-detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. BibleTime starten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Programmbedienung</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the
+detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 2. BibleTime starten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Einleitung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime starten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You
can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon:
</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type:
- </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Other window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox,
+ </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Other window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox,
Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are
-already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Startup customization</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the
+already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Startup customization</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the
default bible:
</p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible
"<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:
- </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Einleitung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Startup sequence</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Einleitung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Startup sequence</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="
Chapter 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The BibleTime handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>Der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Einleitung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programmbedienung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime einrichten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="
Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The BibleTime handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>Der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Einleitung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programmbedienung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime einrichten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
Settings
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
Help
- </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Schriftarten</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Einleitung</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Schriftarten</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Einleitung</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
which can be found under
<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para>
<sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt">
- <title>Configure BibleTime Dialog</title>
+ <title>Configure &bibletime; Dialog</title>
<para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many
ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration
dialog by selecting
either by clicking with the
<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting
<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can
search in entire works.</para>
</sect2>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table></para>
- <para>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your
+ <para>&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your
searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more
about it here:
<ulink url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Closes BibleTime.</action> BibleTime will ask you
+ <action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you
if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window">
<title>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu>
</title>
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenu> Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This
session.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Saves the current session under a new
session to.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open
load.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will
session that should be deleted.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode">
<term>
<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png"
- format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Controls the basic window arrangement
behaviour</action>. In the opening context menu, you can
either specify that you want to take care of the window
arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime;
- handle it for you (Automatical modes, just try them
+ handle it for you (Automatic modes, just try them
out!).</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+<!--- TODO add submen items here -->
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
+ <guimenu>
+ <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" />
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Cascades all open windows</action>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
+ <guimenu>
+ <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" />
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
+ <guimenu>
+ <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" />
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Automatically tiles all open windows
+ horizontally</action>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Closes all open windows</action>.</para>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">
<title>
<guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Moves back in the history of read windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Moves forward in the history of read
windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible">
<guimenu>Search</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
- </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
+ </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
default bible.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
+
<entry>
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
- <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window
- tiling.</entry>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
+ </entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
<guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window
+ </menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window
tiling.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
<guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window
+ </menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window
cascading.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
<guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>equivalent; toggle manual window
+ </menuchoice> equivalent; toggle manual window
placement.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession">
<guimenu>Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
- </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new
+ </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new
session.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall">
<guimenu>Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
- </link>equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry>
+ </link> equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read
windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read
windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Select all. This selects all text in read
windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Copy. This copies the selected text to the
clipboard.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Search. This lets you search within the text of a
read window.</entry>
</row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically">
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </link> equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally">
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </link> equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade">
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </link> windows equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks">
<guimenu>Search</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
- </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
+ </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
currently opened works.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit">
<guimenu>File</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
- </link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry>
+ </link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Closes the current window.</entry>
</row>
<menuchoice>
<guimenu>Help</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry>
+ </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<menuchoice>
<guimenu>Help</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy
+ </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy
Howto.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
- </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</entry>
+ </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<guimenu>View</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
- </link>equivalent; toggles display of the
+ </link> equivalent; toggles display of the
Bookshelf.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<guimenu>View</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
- </link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying
+ </link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying
glass).</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime
Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
HotKeys
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>,
which can be found under
- <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure
BibleTime Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many
+ <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many
ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration
dialog by selecting
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
either by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting
<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how you can
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how you can
search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accessing the search dialog</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the
type followed by ':', and then the search term. For example, to
search for the Strong's number H8077, use
'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Available text types:
- </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your
+ </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your
searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more
about it here:
<a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top">
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you can look it
up in
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Main menu reference">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hotkey</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span>
</td><td>Moves back in the history of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span>
</td><td>Moves forward in the history of read
windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible">
<span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span>
- </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
+ </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
default bible.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window
- tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window
tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window
cascading.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>equivalent; toggle manual window
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span> equivalent; toggle manual window
placement.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession">
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span>
- </a>equivalent; saves current layout as new
+ </a> equivalent; saves current layout as new
session.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall">
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span>
- </a>equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span>
+ </a> equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span>
</td><td>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read
windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span>
</td><td>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read
windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span>
</td><td>Select all. This selects all text in read
windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span>
</td><td>Copy. This copies the selected text to the
clipboard.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>
</td><td>Search. This lets you search within the text of a
read window.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically">
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span>
+ </a> equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally">
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span>
+ </a> equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade">
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span>
+ </a> windows equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks">
<span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span>
- </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
+ </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit">
<span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span>
- </a>equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+ </a> equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span>
</td><td>Closes the current window.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span>equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy Howto</span>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy
+ <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy Howto</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy
Howto.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager">
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span>
- </a>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ </a> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf">
<span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span>
- </a>equivalent; toggles display of the
+ </a> equivalent; toggles display of the
Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag">
<span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span>
- </a>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying
+ </a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying
glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
</h3></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Closes BibleTime.</span> BibleTime will ask you
+ <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you
if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
<span class="guimenu">View</span>
<span class="guimenu">Search</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard
Bible only</span>. More works can be added in the Search
Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open
works</span>. More works can be added in the Search
Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This
will open a context menu where you can select an existing
session to save to. It will be overwritten with your
current session. See the next item on how to save to a new
session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Saves the current session under a new
name</span>. This will ask for a new name to save the
session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open
a context menu where you can select an existing session to
load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will
open a context menu where you can select an existing
session that should be deleted.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement
behaviour</span>. In the opening context menu, you can
either specify that you want to take care of the window
arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
- handle it for you (Automatical modes, just try them
- out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
+ handle it for you (Automatic modes, just try them
+ out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Cascades all open windows</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows
+ horizontally</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Closes all open windows</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The BibleTime handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook is part of
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword
framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Starting BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Starting BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Program operation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the BibleTime application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The
- Bookshelf Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configuring BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+ Bookshelf Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configuring BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime
Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
asetetaan. Ohjelmassa tämä löytyy päävalikon <guimenu>Asetukset</guimenu>
-kohdasta.</para>
<sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt">
- <title>Aseta &bibletime; -ikkuna</title>
+ <title>Configure &bibletime; Dialog</title>
<para>&bibletime; käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi
mukaan. Pääset asetusikkunaan valitsemalla
<menuchoice><guimenu>Asetukset</guimenu></menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Aseta
programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the
<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting
<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo
-action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how
+action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how
you can search in entire works.</para>
</sect2>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table></para>
- <para>BibleTime käyttää Lucene-hakukonetta hakuihisi. Siinä on monta
-
edistyksellistä ominaisuutta ja voit lukea niistä lisää osoitteessa: <ulink
+ <para>&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
+
many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink
url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html">
http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para>
</sect3>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Sulkee BibleTime-ohjelman.</action> BibleTime kysyy sinulta,
-haluatko tallettaa tallentamattomat muutokset levylle.</para>
+ <action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to
+write unsaved changes to disk.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window">
<title>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu>
</title>
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenu> Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Tallettaa suoraan nykyisen istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa
miten istunnon voi tallettaa uudeksi istunnoksi.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Tallettaa nykyisen istunnon uudella nimellä</action>. Tämä kysyy
uutta nimeä istunnon talletukselle.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Lataa olemassaolevan istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon,
+josta voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon ladattavaksi.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Poistaa olemassaolevan istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa
+kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon poistettavaksi.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the
+opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
+the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it
+for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <!--- TODO add submen items here -->
+<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Lataa olemassaolevan istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon,
-josta voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon ladattavaksi.</para>
+ <action>Cascades all open windows</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
- <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession">
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Poistaa olemassaolevan istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa
-kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon poistettavaksi.</para>
+ <action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
- <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode">
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png"
- format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the
-opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
-the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it
-for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para>
+ <action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</action>.</para>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">
<title>
<guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa taaksepäin.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa eteenpäin</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
default bible.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
+
<entry>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry>
+</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
+ </entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry>
+</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu>
-<guimenuitem>Sijoittelutila</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Sarjoita
-automaattisesti</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> automaattinen ikkunoiden
-sarjoitus pois/päälle.</entry>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
+mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu>
-<guimenuitem>Sijoittelutila</guimenuitem>
-<guimenuitem>Manuaalinen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> aseta ikkunoita
-manuaalisesti.</entry>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
+mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice>
-<guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tallenna uutena
-istuntona</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> tallentaa nykyisen asetelman
-uudeksi istunnoksi.</entry>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice>
-<guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sulje kaikki</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat.</entry>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+</link> equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Loitonna. Tämä pienentää kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Lähennä. Tämä suurentaa kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Valitse kaikki. Tämä valitsee kaikki tekstit lukuikkunassa.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Kopioi. Tämä kopioi valitun tekstin leikepöydälle.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Haku. Tämä etsii lukuikkunan tekstistä.</entry>
</row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+</link> windows equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice>
-<guimenu>Etsi</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Etsi avoimista teoksista</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link> avaa hakuikkunan kaikkiin nyt avattuihin teoksiin.</entry>
+<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
+currently opened works.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice>
-<guimenu>Tiedosto</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lopeta</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-</link> sulkee &bibletime;-sovelluksen.</entry>
+<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+</link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Sulkee nykyisen ikkunan.</entry>
</row>
</keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ohje</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Käsikirja</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> avaa käsikirjan.</entry>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
</keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ohje</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Raamatun tutkimisen
-Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> avaa Raamatun tutkimisen Howto-ikkunan.</entry>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy
+Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager">
-<menuchoice> <guimenu>Asetukset</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Kirjahyllyn
-hallinta</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> avaa kirjahyllyn
-hallintapaneelin.</entry>
+<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf
+Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
+Manager.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice>
-<guimenu>Näytä</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Näytä kirjahylly</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link> näyttää/piilottaa kirjahyllyn.</entry>
+<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice>
-<guimenu>Näytä</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Näytä suurennuslasi</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link> näyttää/piilottaa suurennuslasin.</entry>
+<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+</link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Aseta BibleTime -ikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
HotKeys
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Tässä osiossa on yleiskuvaus, kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetuksia
asetetaan. Ohjelmassa tämä löytyy päävalikon <span class="guimenu">Asetukset</span>
--kohdasta.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Aseta <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -ikkuna</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi
+-kohdasta.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi
mukaan. Pääset asetusikkunaan valitsemalla
<span class="guimenu">Asetukset</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Aseta
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
+<span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Display</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Käynnistyskäyttäytymistä voidaan säätää. Valitse seuraavista valinnoista:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Näytä aloituskuva</p></li></ul></div><p>Näyttömallit määrittelevät tekstin renderöinnin (värit, koko
jne.). Saatavana on erilaisia sisäänrakennettuja mallipohjia. Jos valitset
-yhden sellaisen, näet esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
+yhden sellaisen, näet esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Tässä voit määritellä, mitä kieltä käytetään kirjojen nimissä. Aseta tämä
äidinkieleksesi, jos se on saatavilla. Silloin tunnet olosi kotoisaksi.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can
the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that
supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the
work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that
-language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Kirjasimien asennus</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this
+language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Kirjasimien asennus</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this
handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode
-HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>Jos käytät pientä kirjasinta kuten Clearlyu (noin 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> on
+HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Vihje</h3><p>Jos käytät pientä kirjasinta kuten Clearlyu (noin 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> on
nopeampi kuin suurilla kirjasimilla kuten <span class="trademark">
-Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (noin 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Kirjasimien hankinta</h4></div></div></div><p>Kirjasimia voi hankkia lukuisasta joukosta lähteitä:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit.</p></li><li><p>Olemassaoleva <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>®
+Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (noin 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Kirjasimien hankinta</h4></div></div></div><p>Kirjasimia voi hankkia lukuisasta joukosta lähteitä:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit.</p></li><li><p>Olemassaoleva <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>®
asennus samalla tietokoneella.</p></li><li><p>Kirjasinkokoelma, sellainen kuin on saatavilla Adobella tai Bitstreamilla.</p></li><li><p>Online kirjasinkokoelmat.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode-kirjasimet tarjoavat enemmän merkkejä kuin muut kirjasimet, ja osa
niistä kirjasimista on saatavilla ilmaiseksi. Mikään saatavillaoleva
kirjasin ei sisällä kaikkia Unicode-standardin määrittelemiä merkkejä. Sinun
-tulee siis käyttää eri kirjasimia eri kielille.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Ta
ble 4.1. Unicode-kirjasimet</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode-kirjasimet" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
+tulee siis käyttää eri kirjasimia eri kielille.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Ta
ulu 4.1. Unicode-kirjasimet</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode-kirjasimet" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top">
Code2000</a>
</td><td>Ehkä paras ilmainen Unicode-kirjasin, käsittää laajan joukon merkkejä.</td></tr><tr><td>
</td><td>Osittainen peittävyys, katso tietoja linkitetyltä sivulta.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Netissä on hyviä Unicode-kirjasinluetteloja, kuten Christoph Singerin (
<a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode
TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), tai Alan Woodin (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character
-ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
+ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Desk</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also
specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is
used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover
over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to,
-according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a>
+according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a>
<span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu
items and icons. A number of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands have predefined HotKeys
(see <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo">this section</a> for a
complete listing). Most of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands can be assigned HotKeys
here. This is very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the
-most.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vienti ja tulostus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Viittaus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+most.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vienti ja tulostus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 5. Viittaus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 1. Johdanto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Johdanto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Johdanto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja BibleTime:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Luku 1. Johdanto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Johdanto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Luku 1. Johdanto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja BibleTime:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts
and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and
manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides
the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text,
searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> on suunniteltu käyttämään Sword-projektin mallien mukaisia
teoksia. Tuettujen asiakirjamuotojen täydelliset tiedot löytyvät osoitteesta
Crosswire Bible Societyn Sword-projektin <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top">kehittäjien
-osio</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Saatavana olevat tehtävät</h3></div></div></div><p>Yli 200 asiakirjaa 50 kielellä ovat saatavana <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Societyn</a>
+osio</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Saatavana olevat tehtävät</h3></div></div></div><p>Yli 200 asiakirjaa 50 kielellä ovat saatavana <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Societyn</a>
sivuilta. Nämä sisältävät:
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Raamattuja</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings
and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and
Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible
Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible
Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged
-Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivaatiota</h3></div></div></div><p>Halumme on palvella Jumalaa ja teemme osamme auttaaksemme muita
+Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivaatiota</h3></div></div></div><p>Halumme on palvella Jumalaa ja teemme osamme auttaaksemme muita
Jumalasuhteen kasvussa. Yritämme päästä siihen tehokkaalla, laadukkaalla
ohjelmalla, ja vielä tehdä siitä yksinkertainen ja opastava käytössä. Meidän
halumme on, että Jumalaa ylistettäisiin, sillä hän on kaikkien hyvien
asioiden lähde.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Jokainen hyvä anti ja jokainen täydellinen lahja tulee ylhäältä, taivaan
-tähtien Isältä, jonka luona ei mikään muutu, ei valo vaihdu varjoksi.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jaak 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Jumala siunatkoon sinua käyttäessäsi tätä ohjelmaa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTime-käsikirja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+tähtien Isältä, jonka luona ei mikään muutu, ei valo vaihdu varjoksi.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jaak 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Jumala siunatkoon sinua käyttäessäsi tätä ohjelmaa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTime-käsikirja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirjahyllyn hallinta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirjahyllyn hallinta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your
Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove
-existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard
+existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard
drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is
-"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard
+"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Vihje</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard
disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD
as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all
-works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called
+works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called
"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These
libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online
repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You
in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark
all works that you want to install or update, and click on
<span class="guibutton">Install works</span>. They will then be transferred to your
-Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Poista teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä valmius mahdollistaa yhden tai useamman teoksen poiston kirjahyllystä
+Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Poista teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä valmius mahdollistaa yhden tai useamman teoksen poiston kirjahyllystä
lisätäksesi vapaata levytilan määrää. Yksinkertaisesti merkitse teokset ja
-napsauta <span class="guibutton">Poista teokset</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Etsii indeksejä</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä mahdollistaa uusien hakuindeksien luonnin ja poistettujen teosten
-orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3>
+napsauta <span class="guibutton">Poista teokset</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Etsii indeksejä</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä mahdollistaa uusien hakuindeksien luonnin ja poistettujen teosten
+orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3>
If you are having problems with your search function, visit
this feature.
- </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Etsintä teoksista </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vienti ja tulostus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Etsintä teoksista </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vienti ja tulostus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vienti ja tulostus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vienti ja tulostus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Vienti ja tulostus</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vienti ja tulostus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vienti ja tulostus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Vienti ja tulostus</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will
allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>,
<span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard),
you are composing a document or presentation containing text from
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or
editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing
-from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirjahyllyn hallinta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirjahyllyn hallinta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Kirjahylly</h3></div></div></div><p>Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Kirjahylly</h3></div></div></div><p>Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu
kategorioittain ja kielien mukaan. Se sisältää kategorian
-"Kirjanmerkit". Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejäsi.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>Avataksesi teoksen kirjahyllystä lukemista varten, napsauta
+"Kirjanmerkit". Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejäsi.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>Avataksesi teoksen kirjahyllystä lukemista varten, napsauta
yksinkertaisesti<span class="mousebutton">vasenta hiiren nappia</span> halutussa
kategoriassa (Raamatut, kommentaarit, sanakirjat, kirjat, hartauskirjat tai
sanastot) näyttääksesi sen sisällön. Sitten napsauta yksinkertaisesti yhtä
-teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the
+teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Vihje</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the
passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the
<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference
(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work
you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified
location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window,
-then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Tehtävien lisätiedot</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the
+then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Tehtävien lisätiedot</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the
symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are
relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a
window with lots of interesting information about the selected work.
<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for
encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the
work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this
-page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
+page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting
<span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and
clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same
procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these
documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features
-can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Kirjanmerkkityöskentely</h4></div></div></div><p>
+can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Kirjanmerkkityöskentely</h4></div></div></div><p>
- </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p>
+ </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Vihje</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p>
Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark
category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new
folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export
bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save
the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>Voit napsauttaa hiiren <span class="mousebutton">oikealla</span> painikkeella
-kansioiden päällä ja kirjanmerkit muuttavat niiden nimiä ja kuvauksia.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Suurennuslasi</h3></div></div></div><p>This little window in the lower left corner of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is
+kansioiden päällä ja kirjanmerkit muuttavat niiden nimiä ja kuvauksia.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Suurennuslasi</h3></div></div></div><p>This little window in the lower left corner of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is
purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with
additional information (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional
information will be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just
-try it out.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Työpöytä</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can
+try it out.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Työpöytä</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can
open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">search</a> in them, and even save your
-annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lukutehtäviä">already seen</a>,
+annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lukutehtäviä">already seen</a>,
you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the
Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has
a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read
window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you
-know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lukuikkunan sijoitus</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several
+know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lukuikkunan sijoitus</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several
possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look
at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see
that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely
yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve
this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi</h4></div></div></div><p>Voidaksesi tallentaa omia komenttejasi Ramaatun osiin, sinun tulee asentaa
+mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi</h4></div></div></div><p>Voidaksesi tallentaa omia komenttejasi Ramaatun osiin, sinun tulee asentaa
tietty teos <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible
Societyn</a> sivuilta. Tämä teos on nimeltään "Personal commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the
Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit
this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain
text</span>(source code editor) or
-<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is
+<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Vihje</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is
deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the
-personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Vedä ja pudota toimii tässä. Pudota jakeen viite ja jakeen teksti lisätään.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Etsintä teoksista</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Vedä ja pudota toimii tässä. Pudota jakeen viite ja jakeen teksti lisätään.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Etsintä teoksista</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Etsintä teoksista</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Etsintä teoksista</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Etsintä teoksista</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Etsintä teoksista</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter
of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other
programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting
-<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how
-you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
+<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how
+you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the
<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in
work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other
open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the
same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting
the appropriate entry.</p><p>Kolmas mahdollisuus aloittaa hakuja on napsauttaa hiirellä hakusymbolia
-avoimessa lukuikkunassa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Etsinnän asetukset</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Tehtävien valinta</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find
+avoimessa lukuikkunassa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Etsinnän asetukset</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Tehtävien valinta</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find
<span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in
multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where
-you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Hakualueiden käyttäminen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by
+you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Hakualueiden käyttäminen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by
selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search
scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the
-<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Perushaun syntaksiohje</h4></div></div></div><p>Lisää hakusanat sananvälein eroteltuna. Oletuksena hakutoiminto palauttaa
+<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Perushaun syntaksiohje</h4></div></div></div><p>Lisää hakusanat sananvälein eroteltuna. Oletuksena hakutoiminto palauttaa
tuloksen, joka täsmää mihin tahansa sanaan (TAI). Etsiäksesi kaikkia
hakusanoja, erottele hakusanat AND.</p><p>Voit käyttää jokerimerkkejä: '*' täsmää mihin tahansa merkkijonoon kun taas
'?' täsmää mihin tahansa yksittäiseen merkkiin. Sulkumerkit mahdollistavat
hakusanojen ryhmittelyn. Esim. '(Jeesus OR henki) AND Jumala'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by
':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's
number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Saatavana olevat tekstityypit:
- </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Etuliite</th><th>Merkitys</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>otsikko:</td><td>etsii otsikoita</td></tr><tr><td>alaviite:</td><td>etsii alaviitteitä</td></tr><tr><td>vahvennos:</td><td>etsii Strongin numeroita</td></tr><tr><td>muoto:</td><td>etsii mofologisia koodeja</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime käyttää Lucene-hakukonetta hakuihisi. Siinä on monta
-
edistyksellistä ominaisuutta ja voit lukea niistä lisää osoitteessa: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top">
-http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Etsinnän tulokset</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted
+ </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Etuliite</th><th>Merkitys</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>otsikko:</td><td>etsii otsikoita</td></tr><tr><td>alaviite:</td><td>etsii alaviitteitä</td></tr><tr><td>vahvennos:</td><td>etsii Strongin numeroita</td></tr><tr><td>muoto:</td><td>etsii mofologisia koodeja</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
+
many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top">
+http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Etsinnän tulokset</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted
by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse
button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a
certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the
references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference
-opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se teoksen symboliin kirjahyllyssä avataksesi teoksen
-lukuikkunaan sen jakeen kohdalta.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se avoimeen lukuikkunaan ja lukukohta hyppää sen jakeen
-kohdalle.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>Valitse viitteet ja vedä ne kirjahyllyyn luodaksesi kirjanmerkkejä.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Etsintätulosten analysointi</h4></div></div></div><p>Napsauta <span class="guibutton">Hakuanalyysi</span>avataksesi
+opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Vihje</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se teoksen symboliin kirjahyllyssä avataksesi teoksen
+lukuikkunaan sen jakeen kohdalta.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Vihje</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se avoimeen lukuikkunaan ja lukukohta hyppää sen jakeen
+kohdalle.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Vihje</h3><p>Valitse viitteet ja vedä ne kirjahyllyyn luodaksesi kirjanmerkkejä.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Etsintätulosten analysointi</h4></div></div></div><p>Napsauta <span class="guibutton">Hakuanalyysi</span>avataksesi
hakuanalyysinäytön. Tämä antaa yksinkertaisen graafisen analyysin kuinka
monta kertaa hakusana löytyi kustakin kustakin Raamatun kirjasta ja voit
-tallettaa analyysin.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirjahyllyn hallinta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+tallettaa analyysin.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirjahyllyn hallinta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Tyypillinen <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-istunto näyttää tällaiselta:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Tyypillinen <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-istunto näyttää tällaiselta:
</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime-sovelluksen ikkuna"></div><p>
Voit nähdä helposti sovelluksen eri osat. Vasemmalla puolella olevaa
kirjahyllyä käytetään avoimille teoksille ja kirjanmerkkien
alaviite-merkin ylle, suurennuslasi näyttää viitteen varsinaisen
sisällön. Työkalupalkki antaa sinulle toiminnot nopeasti
käytettäväksi. Työpäytä oikealla puolella on paikka, jossa teet varsinaisen
-työn.</p><p>Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Käynnistyssarja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+työn.</p><p>Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Käynnistyssarja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="
Chapter 5. Viittaus"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Viittaus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="
Luku 5. Viittaus"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the
handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to
directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look
at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you
can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Päävalikon käyttöopas">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pikanäppäin</th><th>Kuvaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span>
</td><td>Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa taaksepäin.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span>
</td><td>Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa eteenpäin</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
default bible.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span>
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sijoittelutila</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sarjoita
-automaattisesti</span> automaattinen ikkunoiden
-sarjoitus pois/päälle.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>
+equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sijoittelutila</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manuaalinen</span> aseta ikkunoita
-manuaalisesti.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>
+equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tallenna uutena
-istuntona</span> </a> tallentaa nykyisen asetelman
-uudeksi istunnoksi.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Ikkuna</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sulje kaikki</span> </a> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span>
+</a> equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span>
</td><td>Loitonna. Tämä pienentää kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span>
</td><td>Lähennä. Tämä suurentaa kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span>
</td><td>Valitse kaikki. Tämä valitsee kaikki tekstit lukuikkunassa.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span>
</td><td>Kopioi. Tämä kopioi valitun tekstin leikepöydälle.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>
</td><td>Haku. Tämä etsii lukuikkunan tekstistä.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> </a> equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> </a> equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span>
+</a> windows equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Etsi</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Etsi avoimista teoksista</span> </a> avaa hakuikkunan kaikkiin nyt avattuihin teoksiin.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
+currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">Tiedosto</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lopeta</span>
-</a> sulkee <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-sovelluksen.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span>
+</a> equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span>
</td><td>Sulkee nykyisen ikkunan.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Ohje</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Käsikirja</span> avaa käsikirjan.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Ohje</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Raamatun tutkimisen
-Howto</span> avaa Raamatun tutkimisen Howto-ikkunan.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy
+Howto</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager">
-<span class="guimenu">Asetukset</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn
-hallinta</span> </a> avaa kirjahyllyn
-hallintapaneelin.</td></tr><tr><td>
+<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf
+Manager</span> </a> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
+Manager.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">Näytä</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Näytä kirjahylly</span> </a> näyttää/piilottaa kirjahyllyn.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Näytä</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Näytä suurennuslasi</span> </a> näyttää/piilottaa suurennuslasin.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Viittaus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span>
+</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 5. Viittaus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 5. Viittaus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Viittaus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Viittaus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Päävalikon käyttöopas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Luku 5. Viittaus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Luku 5. Viittaus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Päävalikon käyttöopas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
File
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view">
View
Settings
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
Help
- </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Päävalikon käyttöopas</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the
+ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Päävalikon käyttöopas</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the
main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they
belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of
all hotkeys can be found in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo">this
-section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
+section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
<span class="guimenu">File</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Sulkee BibleTime-ohjelman.</span> BibleTime kysyy sinulta,
-
haluatko tallettaa tallentamattomat muutokset levylle.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
- </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
+ <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to
+
write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
+ </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
<span class="guimenu">View</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Vaihtaa suurennuslasin näkymisen.</span> Vaihda tätä asetusta
asettaaksesi suurennuslasin vasemmassa paneelissa näkyväksi tai
-piilotetuksi.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
+piilotetuksi.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Search</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Avaa hakuikkunan vain oletusraamatusta hakemiseen</span>. Lisää
teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Avaa hakuikkunan kaikista avoinnaolevista teoksista</span>. Lisää
-teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
+teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Tallettaa suoraan nykyisen istunnon</span>. Tämä avaa
kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon
talletettavaksi. Se korvaataan nykyisellä istunnollasi. Katso seuraavasta,
miten istunnon voi tallettaa uudeksi istunnoksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Tallettaa nykyisen istunnon uudella nimellä</span>. Tämä kysyy
uutta nimeä istunnon talletukselle.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Lataa olemassaolevan istunnon</span>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon,
josta voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon ladattavaksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Poistaa olemassaolevan istunnon</span>. Tämä avaa
kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon poistettavaksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the
opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle it
-for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
+for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Cascades all open windows</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
+ <span class="action">Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can
configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your
-needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Aseta BibleTime -ikkuna">this section</a> for
+needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">this section</a> for
details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and
-manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
+manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Help</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span>
contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project
contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the
-license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. BibleTime:n asetukset </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pikanäppäinten luettelo</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pikanäppäinten luettelo</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Käynnistyssarja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="
Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Käynnistyssarja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Käynnistyssarja</h2></div></div></div><p>Kun <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistyy, näet seuraavat ikkunat ennenkuin <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Käynnistyssarja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="
Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Käynnistyssarja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Käynnistyssarja</h2></div></div></div><p>Kun <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistyy, näet seuraavat ikkunat ennenkuin <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n
pääikkuna avautuu:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">
<span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Räätälöi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n.</span>Tässä ikkunassa voit tehdä
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä sellaisen kuin haluat. Katso linkistä <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Aseta BibleTime -ikkuna">yksityiskohtainen kuvaus</a> lisää tietoa tästä
-ikkunasta.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Ohjelman toiminto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä sellaisen kuin haluat. Katso linkistä <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">yksityiskohtainen kuvaus</a> lisää tietoa tästä
+ikkunasta.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Johdanto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You
can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon:
</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime käynnistyskuvake"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelman voi käynnistää terminaali-ikkunan
komentoriviltä. Käynnistääksesi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelman, avaa terminaali-ikkuna
ja kirjoita:
- </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Muut ikkunamanagerit</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox,
+ </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Muut ikkunamanagerit</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox,
Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are
-already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Käynnistyksen säätäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Voit avata (oletus)Raamatun satunnaisen jakeen kohdalta konsolissa
+already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Käynnistyksen säätäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Voit avata (oletus)Raamatun satunnaisen jakeen kohdalta konsolissa
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>n komennolla:
</p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible
"<random>"</pre><p>Avataksesi Raamatun annetusta tekstikohdasta kuten Joh 3:16 käytä:
- </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"</pre><p>Voit käyttää kirjanniminä tämänhetkistä kielivalintaa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Johdanto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Käynnistyssarja</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"</pre><p>Voit käyttää kirjanniminä tämänhetkistä kielivalintaa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 1. Johdanto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Käynnistyssarja</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime-käsikirja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="
Chapter 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTime-käsikirja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-työryhmä</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja on osa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelmaa.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Johdanto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja BibleTime:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Ohjelman toiminto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime:n asetukset</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Aseta BibleTime -ikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime-käsikirja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="
Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTime-käsikirja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-työryhmä</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja on osa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelmaa.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelmä</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Johdanto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja BibleTime:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Ohjelman toiminto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime:n asetukset</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
Settings
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
Help
- </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode-kirjasimet</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Johdanto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Luettelo tauluista</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode-kirjasimet</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 1. Johdanto</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
<para>In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be
found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para>
<sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt">
- <title>Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime</title>
+ <title>Configure &bibletime; Dialog</title>
<para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on
your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> </menuchoice>
programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the
<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting
<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo
-action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how
+action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how
you can search in entire works.</para>
</sect2>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table></para>
- <para>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
+ <para>&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink
url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html">
http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Ferme &bibletime;</action> &bibletime; vous demandera si vous
-désirez enregistrer les modifications qui ne l'ont pas encore été.</para>
+ <action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to
+write unsaved changes to disk.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window">
<title>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu>
</title>
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenu> Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a
new session.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask
for a new name to save the session to.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu
+where you can select an existing session to load.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu
+where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the
+opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
+the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it
+for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <!--- TODO add submen items here -->
+<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu
-where you can select an existing session to load.</para>
+ <action>Empile les fenêtres de lecture en cascade</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
- <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession">
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu
-where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para>
+ <action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
- <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode">
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png"
- format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the
-opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
-the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it
-for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para>
+ <action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes</action>.</para>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">
<title>
<guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Retourne en arrière dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Avance dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
default bible.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
+
<entry>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry>
+</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
+ </entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry>
+</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
-mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry>
+mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
-mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry>
+mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-</link>equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry>
+</link> equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Diminuer la taille des polices des fenêtres de lecture.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Augmenter la taille des polices des fenêtres de lecture.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Tout sélectionner. Sélectionner tout le texte dans les fenêtres de lecture.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Copier. Copie le texte sélectionné dans le presse-papiers.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Chercher. Permet d'effectuer une recherche dans le texte d'une fenêtre de
lecture.</entry>
</row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+</link> windows equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
currently opened works.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-</link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry>
+</link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Ferme la fenêtre courante.</entry>
</row>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry>
+</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy
-Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry>
+Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager">
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf
-Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
+Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
Manager.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-</link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry>
+</link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
ter 4. Configurer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
itre 4. Configurer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys">
HotKeys
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be
-found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on
+found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on
your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
-<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
+<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Display</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisissez pour le comportement au démarrage parmi les options suivantes :
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Afficher le logo de démarrage</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various
built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview
-on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
+on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Vous pouvez choisir ici la langue utilisée pour afficher les noms de
livres. Choisissez votre langue maternelle. Si elle est disponible vous vous
the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that
supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the
work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that
-language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installer des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this
+language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installer des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this
handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode
-HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run
+HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Astuce</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run
faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream
-Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtenir des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Des polices peuvent être obtenues de plusieurs sources</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft
+Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtenir des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Des polices peuvent être obtenues de plusieurs sources</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft
Windows</span>®installation on the same computer.</p></li><li><p>Une collection de polices, comme celles disponibles chez Adobe ou Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Des collections de polices disponibles en ligne.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these
fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all
characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different
-fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Polices Unicode </b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Polices Unicode " border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
+fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table
au 4.1. Polices Unicode </b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Polices Unicode " border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top">
Code2000</a>
</td><td>Peut-être bien la meilleure police Unicode gratuite, couvrant un large
</td><td>Couverture partielle, voir les informations sur le site en lien.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer
( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode
TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character
-ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
+ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Desk</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also
specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is
used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover
over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to,
-according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a>
+according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a>
<span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Les Racourcis sont des commandes au clavier qui peuvent être utilisée à la
place des menus et des icônes. Plusieurs commandes <span class="application">BibleTime</span> onts des
raccourcis prédéfinis (voir <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis">this
section</a> pour une liste complète). La plupart des commandes
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> epuvent être associées ici à des raccourcis. Cela permet
-d'accéder rapidement aux fonctionnalités dont on a le plus besoin.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporter et imprimer </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Référence</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+d'accéder rapidement aux fonctionnalités dont on a le plus besoin.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporter et imprimer </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 5. Référence</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
ter 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
itre 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapitre 1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts
and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and
manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides
the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text,
searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats
supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported
document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers
-section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Œuvres disponibles</h3></div></div></div><p>Plus de deux cents documents dans cinquante langues sont disponibles auprès
+section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Œuvres disponibles</h3></div></div></div><p>Plus de deux cents documents dans cinquante langues sont disponibles auprès
de la <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible
Society</a>. Parmi ceux-ci:
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibles</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings
Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible
Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible
Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged
-Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their
+Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their
relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality
program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire
that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tout don de valeur et tout cadeau parfait descendent d'en haut, du Père des
-lumières chez lequel il n'y a ni balancement ni ombre due au mouvement.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jacques 1:17, TOB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Dieu vous bénisse dans l'utilisation de ce programma</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le manuel de BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+lumières chez lequel il n'y a ni balancement ni ombre due au mouvement.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jacques 1:17, TOB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Dieu vous bénisse dans l'utilisation de ce programma</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le manuel de BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chap
ter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chap
itre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your
Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove
-existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard
+existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard
drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is
-"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard
+"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Astuce</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard
disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD
as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all
-works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Installer/mettre à jour module</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called
+works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Installer/mettre à jour module</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called
"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These
libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online
repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You
votre bibliothèque; ou que vous avez déjà installés mais dont une nouvelle
version est disponible. Marquez ensuite toutes les modules à installer ou à
mettre à jour et cliquez sur <span class="guibutton">Installer modules</span>. Elles
-seront alors transférées dans votre bibliothèque.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Enlever des modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Vous pouvez enlever une ou plusieurs modules de votre bibliothèque pour
+seront alors transférées dans votre bibliothèque.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Enlever des modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Vous pouvez enlever une ou plusieurs modules de votre bibliothèque pour
libérer de l'espace disque. Marquer les modules à effacer et cliquez
-sur<span class="guibutton">Enlever modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned
-index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3>
+sur<span class="guibutton">Enlever modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned
+index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3>
If you are having problems with your search function, visit
this feature.
- </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rechercher dans des modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporter et imprimer</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rechercher dans des modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporter et imprimer</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporter et imprimer</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chap
ter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporter et imprimer</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporter et imprimer</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporter et imprimer</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chap
itre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporter et imprimer</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporter et imprimer</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will
allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>,
<span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard),
rendre des services simples. Si vous rédigez un document ou une présentation
contenant du texte d'modules de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, nous vous invitons à utiliser
un outil d'édition ou de présentation sur votre système pour mettre en forme
-votre document plutôt que d'imprimer directement à partir de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+votre document plutôt que d'imprimer directement à partir de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chap
ter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>La bibliothèque</h3></div></div></div><p>La bibliothèque donne la liste les modules installées, classées par
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chap
itre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>La bibliothèque</h3></div></div></div><p>La bibliothèque donne la liste les modules installées, classées par
catégories et par langues. La catégorie "Signets" permet de conserver vos
-signets et d'y accéder.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour ouvrir une module, cliquez avec le <span class="mousebutton">bouton gauche de la
+signets et d'y accéder.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour ouvrir une module, cliquez avec le <span class="mousebutton">bouton gauche de la
souris</span> sur la catégorie souhaitée. (Bibles, Commentaires,
Lexiques, Livres, Devotionals ou Glossaires) pour en afficher le
contenu. Cliquez ensuite sur une module pour l'ouvrir. Une fenêtre de
-lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the
+lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Astuce</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the
passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the
<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference
(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work
you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified
location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window,
-then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the
+then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the
symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are
relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a
window with lots of interesting information about the selected work.
<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for
encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the
work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this
-page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
+page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting
<span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and
clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same
procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these
documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features
-can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Utilisez les signets</h4></div></div></div><p>
+can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Utilisez les signets</h4></div></div></div><p>
- </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p>
+ </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Astuce</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p>
Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark
category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new
folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export
bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save
the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and
-bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Le zoom</h3></div></div></div><p>Cette petite fenêtre dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenêtre de
+bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Le zoom</h3></div></div></div><p>Cette petite fenêtre dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenêtre de
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> est complètement passive. Quand le pointeur de la souris est
au-dessus d'un passage avec une information complémentaire (les uméros
Strong par exemple), cette information est affichée dans le zoom, et pas
-dans le texte-même. Essayez.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Le bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can
+dans le texte-même. Essayez.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Le bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can
open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">search</a> in them, and even save your
-annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Éditer votre propre commentaire">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p><a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lire des modules">Comme nous l'avons déjà
+annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Éditer votre propre commentaire">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p><a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lire des modules">Comme nous l'avons déjà
vu</a>, vous pouvez ouvrir des modules pour les lire en cliquant
simplement sur leur icône dans la bibliothèque. Une fenêtre de lecture
s'ouvre alors dans le bureau. Chaque fenêtre de lecture a sa propre barre
d'outils, avec des outils pour naviguer au sein de l'module affichée ainsi
-que des boutons d'historique semblables à ceux de votre navigateur web.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several
+que des boutons d'historique semblables à ceux de votre navigateur web.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several
possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look
at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see
that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely
yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve
this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Éditer votre propre commentaire</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour conserver vos commentaires à propos de passage de la Bible, vous devez
+mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Éditer votre propre commentaire</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour conserver vos commentaires à propos de passage de la Bible, vous devez
au préalable installer une module spécifique de la <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>, appelé
"Commentaire personnel" ("Personal commentary").</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the
Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit
this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain
text</span>(source code editor) or
-<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is
+<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Astuce</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is
deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the
-personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse
-will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rechercher dans des modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Astuce</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse
+will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rechercher dans des modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rechercher dans des modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chap
ter 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rechercher dans des modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rechercher dans des modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chap
itre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rechercher dans des modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter
of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other
programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting
-<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how
-you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accéder au dialogue de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
+<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how
+you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accéder au dialogue de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the
<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in
work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other
open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the
same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting
the appropriate entry.</p><p>Une troisième manière de lancer une recherche consiste à cliquer sur l'icône
-de recherche dans une fenêtre de lecture ouverte.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuration de la recherche</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Sélectionner les modules</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find
+de recherche dans une fenêtre de lecture ouverte.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuration de la recherche</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Sélectionner les modules</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find
<span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in
multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where
-you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Limiter l'étendue de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by
+you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Limiter l'étendue de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by
selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search
scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the
-<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will
+<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will
return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all
the terms separate the terms by AND.</p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?'
matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your
search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by
':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's
number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Available text types:
- </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
+ </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top">
-http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Résultats de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted
+http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Résultats de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted
by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse
button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a
certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the
references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference
-opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur l'icône d'une module dans la
+opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur l'icône d'une module dans la
bibliothèque pour ouvrir cette module à ce verset dans une nouvelle fenêtre
-de lecture.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur une fenêtre de lecture
-ouverte, et elle ira automatiquement à ce verset.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Tip</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la dans un dossier de signets de la
-bibliothèque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis
+de lecture.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur une fenêtre de lecture
+ouverte, et elle ira automatiquement à ce verset.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">
Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la dans un dossier de signets de la
+bibliothèque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis
display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the
search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the
-analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
ter 3. Utilisation du programme</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Vue d'ensemble du programme</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
itre 3. Utilisation du programme</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Vue d'ensemble du programme</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like:
</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p>
You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on
the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little
is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker,
for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the
footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the
-Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Examinons chacune des parties de l'application.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Séquence de démarrage </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Examinons chacune des parties de l'application.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Séquence de démarrage </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Index des raccourcis</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chap
ter 5. Référence"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Index des raccourcis</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Référence</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Index des raccourcis</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Index des raccourcis</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chap
itre 5. Référence"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Index des raccourcis</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Index des raccourcis</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the
handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to
directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look
at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you
can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Référence du menu principal">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Raccourci</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span>
</td><td>Retourne en arrière dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span>
</td><td>Avance dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
default bible.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span>
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span>
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>
+equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span>
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>
+equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span>
-</a>equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span>
+</a> equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span>
</td><td>Diminuer la taille des polices des fenêtres de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span>
</td><td>Augmenter la taille des polices des fenêtres de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span>
</td><td>Tout sélectionner. Sélectionner tout le texte dans les fenêtres de lecture.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span>
</td><td>Copier. Copie le texte sélectionné dans le presse-papiers.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>
</td><td>Chercher. Permet d'effectuer une recherche dans le texte d'une fenêtre de
lecture.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> </a> equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> </a> equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span>
+</a> windows equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span>
-</a>equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+</a> equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span>
</td><td>Ferme la fenêtre courante.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span>equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy
-Howto</span>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td>
+Howto</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager">
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf
-Manager</span> </a>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
+Manager</span> </a> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
Manager.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span>
-</a>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Référence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 5. Référence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
ter 5. Référence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Référence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Référence</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Référence du menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
itre 5. Référence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapitre 5. Référence</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Référence du menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
File
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view">
View
Settings
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
Help
- </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Référence du menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>Dans cette section vous trouverez des descriptions détaillées de toutes les
+ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Référence du menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>Dans cette section vous trouverez des descriptions détaillées de toutes les
entrées du menu principal de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Ils sont classé dans l'ordre où
ils apparaissent dans<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, avec les éléments de sous-menu juste
en-dessous des du menu principal auxquels ils appartiennent. Vous pouvez
-aussi voir le raccourci de chaque élément. Vous pouvez aussi consulter <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis">la liste complète des raccourcis</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
+aussi voir le raccourci de chaque élément. Vous pouvez aussi consulter <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis">la liste complète des raccourcis</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
<span class="guimenu">File</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Ferme <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> vous demandera si vous
-
désirez enregistrer les modifications qui ne l'ont pas encore été.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
- </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
+ <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to
+
write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
+ </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
<span class="guimenu">View</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</span> Permet
-de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
+de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Search</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible
only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. More
-works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
+works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a
context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be
overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a
new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask
for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu
where you can select an existing session to load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu
where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the
opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle it
-for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
+for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Empile les fenêtres de lecture en cascade</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
+ <span class="action">Ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can
configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your
-needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime">this section</a> for
+needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">this section</a> for
details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and
-manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
+manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Help</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span>
contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project
contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the
-license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. Configurer BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Index des raccourcis</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Index des raccourcis</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Séquence de démarrage</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chap
ter 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Séquence de démarrage</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Séquence de démarrage</h2></div></div></div><p>Au démarrage de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, vous pouvez voir les écrans suivant avant que
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Séquence de démarrage</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chap
itre 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Séquence de démarrage</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Séquence de démarrage</h2></div></div></div><p>Au démarrage de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, vous pouvez voir les écrans suivant avant que
la fenêtre principale de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ne s'ouvre:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">
<span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime">the
-detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Utilisation du programme</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the
+detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
ter 2. Lancer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Lancer BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
itre 2. Lancer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You
can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon:
</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type:
- </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox,
+ </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox,
Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are
-already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Configuration du démarrage</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the
+already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Configuration du démarrage</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the
default bible:
</p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible
"<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:
- </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Introduction </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Séquence de démarrage</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 1. Introduction </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Séquence de démarrage</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le manuel de BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chap
ter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le manuel de BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 l'équipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p>Le manuel <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fait partie de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Utilisation du programme</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le manuel de BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chap
itre 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le manuel de BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 l'équipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p>Le manuel <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fait partie de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Utilisation du programme</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
Settings
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
Help
- </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Polices Unicode </a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Liste des tableaux</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Polices Unicode </a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
<para>Ebben a részben áttekintjük a bibletime; beállítását, amit a főmenü
<guimenu>Beállítások</guimenu> menüjében talál.</para>
<sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt">
- <title>A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</title>
+ <title>A &bibletime; Beállítása párbeszédablak</title>
<para>A &bibletime; felhasználói felülete szükség szerint többféleképpen is
módosítható. A beállítási párbeszédablakot elérheti a <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Beállítások</guimenu> </menuchoice> <guimenuitem>&bibletime;
<title>
<guimenu>Languages</guimenu>
</title>
- <para>Itt állíthatja be a nyelvét Biblia könyvcímeinek. Válassza a saját nyelvét,
-ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát.</para>
+ <para>Itt állíthatja be a Biblia könyvcímeinek a nyelvét. Válassza a saját
+nyelvét, ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát.</para>
<para>Alapértelmezetten a &bibletime; az alapértelmezett rendszer szerinti
betűkészletet használja, amit ön felülbírálhat, ha szükséges. Néhány nyelv
<imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>Beállítások - betűkészletek</phrase>
+ <phrase>A betűkészletek beállítása</phrase>
</textobject>
<caption>
<para>A betűkészletek beállítása.</para>
<ulink url="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP">
Code2000</ulink>
</entry>
- <entry>Lehetséges, hogy a legjobb az ingyenes UNICODE készlet, amely sokféle
-karaktert tartalmaz.</entry>
+ <entry>Lehetséges, hogy a legjobb ingyenes UNICODE készlet, amely sokféle karaktert
+tartalmaz.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<ulink url="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/">
Bitstream CyberBit</ulink>
</entry>
- <entry>Tartalmazzák a teljes UNICODE kódokat, de lelassítják a &bibletime; futását
-a méretük miatt.</entry>
+ <entry>Tartalmazzák a teljes UNICODE karaktereket, de lelassítják a &bibletime;
+futását a méretük miatt.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Clearlyu</entry>
</title>
<para>Sok lehetőséget, melyet a Sword keretprogram biztosít, testre lehet szabni a
&bibletime; futtatása közben. Ezek a lehetőségek jelezve vannak a
-párbeszédablakban. Szintén lehetőség van alapértelmezett dokumentumok
-megadására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem konkrét dokumentum van
-meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia van
-megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott vers a
-"Nagyító" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi például
-egy King James fordítású Bibliában.</para>
+párbeszédablakban. Lehetőség van továbbá az alapértelmezett dokumentumok
+meghatározására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem egy konkrét dokumentum
+van meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia
+van megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott
+vers a "Nagyító" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi
+például egy King James fordítású Bibliában.</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys">
<title>
<para>A gyorsbillentyűk speciális billentyűparancsok, melyeket a különböző
menüelemeknél és ikonoknál alkalmazhatunk. Számos &bibletime; parancshoz
tartozik gyorsbillentyű ( <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">itt
-található</link> a teljes lista). A legtöbb &bibletime; parancshoz itt
-hozzárendelhet gyorsbillentyűt, ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt
-funkciók eléréséhez.</para>
+található</link> a teljes lista). A legtöbb &bibletime; parancs rendelkezik
+gyorsbillentyűvel, ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt funkciók
+eléréséhez.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
modullal. Ez a program a <ulink
url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink> keretrendszerre épül,
mely lehetővé teszi a szövegek megjelenítését, keresését stb. A Sword a
-zászlóshajója a <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Biblia
-Társaságnak</ulink>.</para>
+<ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</ulink>
+zászlóshajója.</para>
- <para>A &bibletime; úgy lett tervezve, hogy képes legyen alkalmazni a Sword
-projekt által értelmezhető formátumú dokumentumokat. Teljeskörű információt
-
a támogatott formátumokról a Sword projekt <ulink
+ <para>A &bibletime; arra lett tervezve, hogy a Sword projekt által értelmezhető
+formátumú dokumentumokat alkalmazza. Teljeskörű információt a támogatott
+formátumokról a Sword projekt <ulink
url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp"> fejlesztői
szekciójában</ulink> találhat.</para>
<title>Elérhető dokumentumok</title>
<para>Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a <ulink
url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</ulink>
-honlapján. Ezek tartalmaznak:
+honlapján. Itt találhat:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Bibliákat</term>
<listitem>
<para>A teljes Biblia szövegét, lehetséges kiegészítésekkel, mint Strong's számok,
-fejlécek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák a legtöbb nyelven elérhetők,
-és nem csak a modern verziókat találhatja meg. Ugyanígy fellelhetőek a
-régies szövegváltozatok, mint a Leningrádi Kódex ("WLC", héber) és a
-Septuaginta ("LXX", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb része a Sword projektnek.</para>
+fejlécek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák különféle nyelveken
+elérhetők, és nemcsak a modern verziókat találhatja meg, hanem fellelhetőek
+a régies szövegváltozatok, mint a Westminster Leningrád Kódex ("WLC", héber)
+és a Septuaginta ("LXX", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb része a Sword
+projektnek.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Könyvek</term>
<listitem>
- <para>Alábbi könyveket találhatjuk még "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and
-"Josephus: The Complete Works"</para>
+ <para>Többek közt, ilyen ismert könyveket találhatjuk meg: "Imitation of Christ",
+"Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete Works"</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Kommentárok</term>
<listitem>
- <para>Az elérhető kommentárok tartalmazzák a klasszikus John Wesley "Notes on the
-Bible", Matthew Henry'kommentárját és Luther "Commentary on Galatians." A
-<emphasis>Saját</emphasis> kommentárokkal lehetősége van <link
+ <para>Az elérhető kommentárok között található a klasszikus John Wesley "Notes on
+the Bible", Matthew Henry'kommentárja és Luther "Commentary on Galatians." A
+<emphasis>Saját</emphasis> kommentár modullal lehetősége van <link
linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> rögzíteni saját megjegyzéseit</link> a
Biblia fejezeteihez.</para>
</listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term>Lexikonok/szótárak</term>
<listitem>
- <para>Itt találhatja például: Robinson Morfológiai Elemzési Kódok,
-Brown-Driver-Briggs Héber Lexikon és a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia
-Enciklopédia. Szótárak közül: Strong's Héber Bibliai Szótár, Strong's Görög
-Bibliai Szótár...</para>
+ <para>Itt találhatja például: Robinson Morfológiai Elemzési Kódokat,
+Brown-Driver-Briggs Héber Lexikonát és a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia
+Enciklopédiát. Szótárak közül: Strong's Héber Bibliai Szótár, Strong's Görög
+Bibliai Szótár elérhető...</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist></para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="hdbk-intro-motivation">
- <title>Motiváció</title>
+ <title>Motivációnk</title>
<para>Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, és megtegyünk mindent a részünkről,
hogy segítsünk másoknak növelni a kapcsolatukat Vele. Igyekszünk, hogy egy
minőségi, erőteljes programot készítsünk, ami egyszerű és kézenfekvően
világosságok Atyjától száll alá, a kinél nincs változás, vagy változásnak
árnyéka.</para>
</blockquote>
- <para>Az Úr áldása járja át miközben a programot használja.</para>
+ <para>Az Úr áldja önt, miközben a programot használja.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<title>A program működése</title>
<sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview">
<title>A program áttekintése</title>
- <para>Ilyen ahogyan egy tipikus &bibletime; folyamat kinéz:
+ <para>Így néz ki egy tipikus &bibletime; munkafolyamat:
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" format="PNG" />
<sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">
<title>A Könyvespolc</title>
<para>A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepített dokumentumokat kategóriánként és
-nyelvenként. Itt találhatóak a "Könyvjelzők" kategória is, ahol tárolhatja
-és elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit.</para>
+nyelvenként. Itt található a "Könyvjelzők" kategória is, ahol tárolhatja és
+elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit.</para>
<sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open">
<title>Dokumentumok olvasása</title>
ahol megadhatja a zárolt dokumentumok feloldó kulcsát. A zárolt
dokumentumokról kiegészítő információt olvashat <ulink
url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> ezen az
-oldalon</ulink>, a Crosswire Bibliai Társaság honlapján. </para>
+oldalon</ulink>, a Crosswire Biblia Társaság honlapján. </para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search">
olvasott fejezetben, úgy, ahogy bármely más programban is. Csak kattintson a
<mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal, és válassza a
<guimenuitem>Keresés...</guimenuitem> opciót, vagy használhatja a <keycombo
-action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> billentyű kombinációt
-is. </para>
+action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> billentyű
+kombinációt. Olvasson tovább, hogy megtudja, hogyan kereshet a teljes
+dokumentumokban is. </para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access">
szövegtől eltérő szövegrészt keres, akkor a szövegtípus megadása után ':',
és jöhet a keresési kifejezés. Például, ha a H8077-es Strong's szám
előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. </para>
- <para>Lehetséges szövegtípusok:
+ <para>Lehetséges szövegtípusok:
<table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">
<title>Keresési típusok</title>
<tgroup cols="2">
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table></para>
- <para>A BibleTime a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb
+ <para>A &bibletime; a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb
keresési lehetőséget ajánl. Többet megtudhat erről a <ulink
url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html">
http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink> webcímen.</para>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>BibleTime bezárása</action>. A BibleTime meg fogja kérdezni, hogy
-elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.<action>BibleTime
-bezárása</action>. A BibleTime meg fogja kérdezni, hogy elmentse -e a
-változtatásokat a lemezre.</para>
+ <action>&bibletime; bezárása</action>. A &bibletime; meg fogja kérdezni,
+hogy elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to
-maximize the &bibletime; window.</para>
+ <action>Teljes képernyős mód.</action> Jelölje ezt a módot be,hogy
+maximalizálja a &bibletime; ablakát.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window">
<title>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu>
</title>
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenu> Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>A jelenlegi munkafolyamatot menti</action>. Olyan helyi menüt nyit
kell menteni új folyamatot.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>A jelenlegi folyamatot új néven menti</action>. Megkérdezi a
menti</action>. Megkérdezi a folyamat nevét a mentéshez.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Előzőleg mentett folyamat betöltése</action>. Egy helyi menüt nyit
betöltendő folyamatot.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Mentett folyamat törlése</action>. Olyan menüt nyit meg, ahol
munkafolyamatot.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Az ablakok elrendezését szabályozza</action>. A megnyíló menü
+segítségével eldöntheti, hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a &bibletime;
+állítsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <!--- TODO add submen items here -->
+<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png"
- format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Az ablakok elrendezését szabályozza</action>. A megnyíló menü
-segítségével eldöntheti, hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a &bibletime;
-állítsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).<action>Az ablakok
-elrendezését szabályozza</action>. A megnyíló menü segítségével eldöntheti,
-hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a &bibletime; állítsa be
-önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).</para>
+ <action>Az összes ablakot átlapolja</action>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
+ <guimenu>
+ <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" />
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Az összes ablakot függőleges mozaik elrendezésre váltja</action>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
+ <guimenu>
+ <inlinemediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" />
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Az összes ablakot vízszintes mozaik elrendezésre váltja</action>
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Az összes ablakot bezárja</action></para>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">
<title>
<guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Visszalép az előzményekben az olvasó ablakban.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Előrelép az előzményekben.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link
linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"><menuchoice><guimenu>Keresés</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keresés
az alapértelmezett Bibliában</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüvel
-egyező; keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett Bibliában kereséshez.<link
-linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"><menuchoice><guimenu>Keresés</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keresés
-az alapértelmezett Bibliában</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüvel
egyező; keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett Bibliában kereséshez.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
+
<entry>
- Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok
+ Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok
automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Függőleges mozaik
elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik
-elrendezést.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu>
-<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>
-Függőleges mozaik elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az
-automatikus mozaik elrendezést.</entry>
+elrendezést.
+ </entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok
automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Vízszintes mozaik
elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik
-elrendezést.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu>
-<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>
-Vízszintes mozaik elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az
-automatikus mozaik elrendezést.</entry>
+elrendezést.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok
automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Átlapoló
elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus átlapoló
-elrendezést.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu>
-<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>
-Átlapoló elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus
-átlapoló elrendezést.</entry>
+elrendezést.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok
automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Kézi
-elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az kézi
-elrendezést.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu>
-<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Kézi
elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az kézi elrendezést.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
Megegyezik az <link
linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem>Mentés
új folyamatként</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, menti a
-jelenlegi elrendezést új néven, új folyamatként.Megegyezik az <link
-linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem>Mentés
-új folyamatként</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, menti a
jelenlegi elrendezést új néven, új folyamatként.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
Megegyezik az <link
linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem>
Összes bezárása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, bezárja az
-összes nyitott ablakot.Megegyezik az <link
-linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem>
-Összes bezárása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, bezárja az
összes nyitott ablakot.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Kicsinyít. Csökkenti az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Nagyít. Növeli az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális
ablakban.Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Másolás. A kijelölt szöveget a vágólapra másolja.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Keresés. Az ablakban lévő szövegben keres.</entry>
</row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ Megegyezik az <link
+linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem>
+Összes bezárása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, bezárja az
+összes nyitott ablakot.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ Megegyezik az <link
+linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem>
+Összes bezárása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, bezárja az
+összes nyitott ablakot.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ Megegyezik az <link
+linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem>
+Összes bezárása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, bezárja az
+összes nyitott ablakot.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
Megegyezik a <link
linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><menuchoice><guimenu>Keresés</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keresés
a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>
-menüponttal, keresési ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való
-kereséshez.Megegyezik a <link
-linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><menuchoice><guimenu>Keresés</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keresés
-a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>
menüponttal, keresési ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való kereséshez.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
Megegyezik a <link
linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><menuchoice><guimenu>Fájl</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Kilépés</guimenuitem> </menuchoice></link> ponttal, a
-&bibletime; bezárása.Megegyezik a <link
-linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><menuchoice><guimenu>Fájl</guimenu>
-<guimenuitem>Kilépés</guimenuitem> </menuchoice></link> ponttal, a
&bibletime; bezárása.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Bezárja az aktuális ablakot.</entry>
</row>
<entry>
Megegyezik a <menuchoice><guimenu>Segítség</guimenu><guimenuitem>
Kézikönyv</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a
-kézikönyvet.Megegyezik a
-<menuchoice><guimenu>Segítség</guimenu><guimenuitem>
-Kézikönyv</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a
kézikönyvet.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
Megegyezik a <menuchoice><guimenu>Segítség</guimenu><guimenuitem> Biblia
tanulmányozás "hogyan"</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja a
-segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához.Megegyezik a
-<menuchoice><guimenu>Segítség</guimenu><guimenuitem> Biblia tanulmányozás
-"hogyan"</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja a segédletet a
-Biblia tanulmányozásához.</entry>
+segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
Megegyezik a <link
linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"><menuchoice><guimenu>Beállítások</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Könyvespolc menedzser</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>
-menüponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert.Megegyezik a <link
-linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"><menuchoice><guimenu>Beállítások</guimenu>
-<guimenuitem>Könyvespolc menedzser</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>
menüponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert.</entry>
</row>
<row>
Megegyezik a <link
linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"><menuchoice><guimenu>Nézet</guimenu><guimenuitem>
Könyvespolc mutatása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal,
-láthatóvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".Megegyezik a <link
-linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"><menuchoice><guimenu>Nézet</guimenu><guimenuitem>
-Könyvespolc mutatása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal,
láthatóvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".</entry>
</row>
<row>
Megegyezik a <link
linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><menuchoice><guimenu>Nézet</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nagyító
mutatása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a
-nagyító (információs) ablakot.Megegyezik a <link
-linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><menuchoice><guimenu>Nézet</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nagyító
-mutatása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a
nagyító (információs) ablakot.</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
<sect2 id="hdbk-start">
<title>&bibletime; indítása</title>
<para>A &bibletime; egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel
-az ikonnal:A &bibletime; egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből
-indíthat, evvel az ikonnal:
+az ikonnal:
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase>
+ <phrase>&bibletime; indítóikon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject></para>
- <para>A &bibletime; természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Hogy megtegye írja
-be egy terminál ablakba ezt:A &bibletime; természetesen indítható
-parancssorból is. Hogy megtegye írja be egy terminál ablakba ezt:
+ <para>A &bibletime; természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Indításhoz írja be
+egy terminál ablakba ezt:
<screen>&bibletime;</screen></para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm">
<title>Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</title>
<para>A &bibletime; természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome,
-BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges könyvtárakat telepíti
-hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)A
-&bibletime; természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome,
-BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges könyvtárakat telepíti
+BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges összetevőket telepíti
hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom">
<title>Egyéni indítások</title>
- <para>Terminálból indítva lehetősége van arra, hogy véletlenszerű verssel induljon
-a &bibletime;, melyet az alapértelmezett bibliából választ:Terminálból
-indítva lehetősége van arra, hogy véletlenszerű verssel induljon a
-&bibletime;, melyet az alapértelmezett bibliából választ:
- <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "random"</screen>Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt
-írja:Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt
-írja:
- <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</screen>Megjelenítheti a könyvek (bibliai) neveit a saját nyelvén is.</para>
+ <para>Terminálból véletlenszerű verssel így indítható a &bibletime;:
+ <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "random"</screen>Egy meghatározott verssel induláshoz, mint például a János 3:16 így:
+ <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</screen>Használhatja a könyvek neveit saját nyelvén is.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence">
<title>Indítási folyamat</title>
<para>Mikor a &bibletime; indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő &bibletime; ablak
-betöltése előtt:Mikor a &bibletime; indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő
-&bibletime; ablak betöltése előtt:</para>
+betöltése előtt:</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>
linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> ezt a részt</link> további
információkért. Ha üres könyvespolccal indulnak, hasznos lehet legalább egy
Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv telepítése, hogy gyorsan
-megismerje a &bibletime; alap lehetőségeit.<action>Könyvespolc
-beállítása.</action> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé a könyvespolcának
-beállítását, hozzáadhat, törölhet munkákat a rendszerében. Csak akkor
-jelenik meg ez az ablak, ha nincs alapértelmezett könyvespolc
-beállítva. Tekintse meg <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> ezt a
-részt</link> további információkért. Ha üres könyvespolccal indulnak,
-hasznos lehet legalább egy Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv
-telepítése, hogy gyorsan megismerje a &bibletime; alap lehetőségeit.</para>
+megismerje a &bibletime; alap lehetőségeit.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<para>
<action> &bibletime; testreszabása</action> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé, hogy
a &bibletime; a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <link
-linkend="hdbk-config-bt">lehetőségek</link> részletes leírását.<action>
-&bibletime; testreszabása</action> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé, hogy a
-&bibletime; a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <link
linkend="hdbk-config-bt">lehetőségek</link> részletes leírását.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<date>2009-04</date>
<releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
- <para>&bibletime; egy Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver a Sword keretrendszerre
-alapozva.</para>
+ <para>&bibletime; egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó
+szoftver.</para>
</abstract>
<keywordset>
<keyword>QT4</keyword>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys">
HotKeys
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Ebben a részben áttekintjük a bibletime; beállítását, amit a főmenü
-<span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> menüjében talál.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> felhasználói felülete szükség szerint többféleképpen is
+<span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> menüjében talál.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Beállítása párbeszédablak</h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> felhasználói felülete szükség szerint többféleképpen is
módosítható. A beállítási párbeszédablakot elérheti a <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> <span class="guimenuitem"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-beállítása</span> menüpont kiválasztásával.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
+beállítása</span> menüpont kiválasztásával.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Display</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>A kezdeti megjelenés is beállítható, választhat az alábbi lehetőségek közül:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Indítási logó mutatása</p></li></ul></div><p>A sablonok határozzák meg a szövegek megjelenítését (színek, méretek
stb.). Többféle beépített sablon áll rendelkezésre. Amennyiben kiválaszt
-egyet, láthatja az előnézeti képét a jobb oldalon.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
+egyet, láthatja az előnézeti képét a jobb oldalon.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
- </h3></div></div></div><p>Itt állíthatja be a nyelvét Biblia könyvcímeinek. Válassza a saját nyelvét,
-ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát.</p><p>Alapértelmezetten a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> az alapértelmezett rendszer szerinti
+ </h3></div></div></div><p>Itt állíthatja be a Biblia könyvcímeinek a nyelvét. Válassza a saját
+
nyelvét, ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát.</p><p>Alapértelmezetten a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> az alapértelmezett rendszer szerinti
betűkészletet használja, amit ön felülbírálhat, ha szükséges. Néhány nyelv
speciális betűkészletet igényel a korrekt megjelenítéshez. Ez az ablak
lehetőséget nyújt önnek, hogy egyedi betűkészletet határozzon meg minden
-nyelvhez.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="
Beállítások - betűkészletek"><div class="caption"><p>A betűkészletek beállítása.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> képes az összes támogatott betűkészletet használni. Ha a
+nyelvhez.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="
A betűkészletek beállítása"><div class="caption"><p>A betűkészletek beállítása.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> képes az összes támogatott betűkészletet használni. Ha a
dokumentum amit néz, tökéletesen megjelenik, nem kell tennie semmit,
ellenben ha a dokumentum egy sorozat kérdőjelt (????????), vagy üres
négyzetet tartalmaz, akkor tudhatja, hogy az alapértelmezett betűkészlet nem
jelölőnégyzetet. Például a Code2000 betűkészlet olyan karaktereket
tartalmaz, amit sok nyelv használ. Ha egyetlen telepített betűkészlet sem
képes helyesen megjeleníteni a kívánt dokumentumot, akkor próbálja meg
-telepíteni a kívánt nyelv nyelvi fájljait.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Betűkészlet telepítése</h4></div></div></div><p>A kívánt betűkészlet telepítése túlmutat ezen kézikönyvnek a
+telepíteni a kívánt nyelv nyelvi fájljait.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Betűkészlet telepítése</h4></div></div></div><p>A kívánt betűkészlet telepítése túlmutat ezen kézikönyvnek a
hatáskörén. További információkért keresse fel a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> UNICODE
-HOWTO</a> weboldalt.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ha egy egyszerűbb, kisebb betűkészletet használ, mint a Clearlyu (kb. 22kb),
+HOWTO</a> weboldalt.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>Ha egy egyszerűbb, kisebb betűkészletet használ, mint a Clearlyu (kb. 22kb),
a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> gyorsabban fut, mint egy nagyobb, összetettebb betűkészletnél,
mint a <span class="trademark">Bitstream
-Cyberbit</span>®(kb. 12MB).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Elérhető betűkészletek</h4></div></div></div><p>A betűkészletek különféle forrásokból érhetőek el:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Az ön *nix disztribúciója.</p></li><li><p>Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.</p></li><li><p>Meglévő <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>®telepítés
+Cyberbit</span>®(kb. 12MB).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Elérhető betűkészletek</h4></div></div></div><p>A betűkészletek különféle forrásokból érhetőek el:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Az ön *nix disztribúciója.</p></li><li><p>Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.</p></li><li><p>Meglévő <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>®telepítés
ugyanazon a számítógépen.</p></li><li><p>Betűkészlet-gyűjtemény, például Adobe vagy Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online betűkészlet-gyűjtemények.</p></li></ul></div><p>Az UNICODE betűkészletek többféle karaktert tartalmaznak, mint az egyéb
készletek, és néhány ilyen betűkészlet ingyenesen is elérhető. Egy
betűkészlet sem tartalmazza az összes karaktert, amit az UNICODE szabvány
meghatároz, ezért lehetséges, hogy nyelvenként különböző betűkészleteket
-kell használnia.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
Table 4.1. UNICODE betűkészletek</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="UNICODE betűkészletek" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
+kell használnia.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
4.1. táblázat - UNICODE betűkészletek</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="UNICODE betűkészletek" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top">
Code2000</a>
- </td><td>Lehetséges, hogy a legjobb az ingyenes UNICODE készlet, amely sokféle
-karaktert tartalmaz.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ </td><td>Lehetséges, hogy a legjobb ingyenes UNICODE készlet, amely sokféle karaktert
+tartalmaz.</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top">
SIL unicode fonts</a>
</td><td>Kiváló UNICODE készletek szerezhetőek be a Summer Institute of Linguistics
</td><td>További betűkészletek elérhetőek a Crosswire Bible Society ftp oldaláról.</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top">
Bitstream CyberBit</a>
- </td><td>Tartalmazzák a teljes UNICODE kódokat, de lelassítják a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> futását
-a méretük miatt.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>A legtöbb disztribúcióban megtalálható, tartalmazza az európai, a görög,
+ </td><td>Tartalmazzák a teljes UNICODE karaktereket, de lelassítják a <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
+futását a méretük miatt.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>A legtöbb disztribúcióban megtalálható, tartalmazza az európai, a görög,
héber és thai karaktereket.</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top">
Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a>
</td><td>Részletes tartalmakért tekintse meg az információkat a hivatkozott honlapon.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Jó UNICODE betűkészlet listákat találhat a neten, például egyet Christoph
Singer összeállításában ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Többnyelvű Unicode TrueType
betűkészletek az Interneten</a>), vagy egy másik Alan Woodtól ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode karakter
-összetevők és az Unicode készletek, amelyek tartalmazzák</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
+összetevők és az Unicode készletek, amelyek tartalmazzák</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Desk</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Sok lehetőséget, melyet a Sword keretprogram biztosít, testre lehet szabni a
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> futtatása közben. Ezek a lehetőségek jelezve vannak a
-párbeszédablakban. Szintén lehetőség van alapértelmezett dokumentumok
-megadására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem konkrét dokumentum van
-meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia van
-megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott vers a
-"Nagyító" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi például
-
egy King James fordítású Bibliában.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a>
+párbeszédablakban. Lehetőség van továbbá az alapértelmezett dokumentumok
+meghatározására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem egy konkrét dokumentum
+van meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia
+van megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott
+vers a "Nagyító" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi
+
például egy King James fordítású Bibliában.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a>
<span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>A gyorsbillentyűk speciális billentyűparancsok, melyeket a különböző
menüelemeknél és ikonoknál alkalmazhatunk. Számos <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parancshoz
tartozik gyorsbillentyű ( <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">itt
-található</a> a teljes lista). A legtöbb <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parancshoz itt
-hozzárendelhet gyorsbillentyűt, ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt
-funkciók eléréséhez.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportálás és Nyomtatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+található</a> a teljes lista). A legtöbb <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parancs rendelkezik
+gyorsbillentyűvel, ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt funkciók
+eléréséhez.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportálás és Nyomtatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 1. Bevezetés</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Bevezetés</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Bevezetés</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motiváció</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy könnyen telepíthető és kezelhető Biblia tanulmányozó
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
1. fejezet - Bevezetés</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Bevezetés</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>1. fejezet - Bevezetés</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivációnk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy könnyen telepíthető és kezelhető Biblia tanulmányozó
eszköz, különféle szövegtípussal, nyelvvel, továbbá rengeteg dokumentummal,
modullal. Ez a program a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> keretrendszerre épül,
mely lehetővé teszi a szövegek megjelenítését, keresését stb. A Sword a
-zászlóshajója a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia
-Társaságnak</a>.</p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> úgy lett tervezve, hogy képes legyen alkalmazni a Sword
-projekt által értelmezhető formátumú dokumentumokat. Teljeskörű információt
-
a támogatott formátumokról a Sword projekt <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> fejlesztői
-szekciójában</a> találhat.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Elérhető dokumentumok</h3></div></div></div><p>Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</a>
-honlapján. Ezek tartalmaznak:
+<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</a>
+zászlóshajója.</p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> arra lett tervezve, hogy a Sword projekt által értelmezhető
+formátumú dokumentumokat alkalmazza. Teljeskörű információt a támogatott
+formátumokról a Sword projekt <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> fejlesztői
+szekciójában</a> találhat.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Elérhető dokumentumok</h3></div></div></div><p>Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</a>
+honlapján. Itt találhat:
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibliákat</span></dt><dd><p>A teljes Biblia szövegét, lehetséges kiegészítésekkel, mint Strong's számok,
-fejlécek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák a legtöbb nyelven elérhetők,
-és nem csak a modern verziókat találhatja meg. Ugyanígy fellelhetőek a
-régies szövegváltozatok, mint a Leningrádi Kódex ("WLC", héber) és a
-Septuaginta ("LXX", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb része a Sword projektnek.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Könyvek</span></dt><dd><p>Alábbi könyveket találhatjuk még "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and
-"Josephus: The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kommentárok</span></dt><dd><p>Az elérhető kommentárok tartalmazzák a klasszikus John Wesley "Notes on the
-Bible", Matthew Henry'kommentárját és Luther "Commentary on Galatians." A
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Saját</em></span> kommentárokkal lehetősége van <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése"> rögzíteni saját megjegyzéseit</a> a
-Biblia fejezeteihez.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Napi áhítatok</span></dt><dd><p>Sok ember hálás ezekért a napi adagokért Isten igéjéből.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexikonok/szótárak</span></dt><dd><p>Itt találhatja például: Robinson Morfológiai Elemzési Kódok,
-Brown-Driver-Briggs Héber Lexikon és a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia
-Enciklopédia. Szótárak közül: Strong's Héber Bibliai Szótár, Strong's Görög
-Bibliai Szótár...</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motiváció</h3></div></div></div><p>Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, és megtegyünk mindent a részünkről,
+fejlécek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák különféle nyelveken
+elérhetők, és nemcsak a modern verziókat találhatja meg, hanem fellelhetőek
+a régies szövegváltozatok, mint a Westminster Leningrád Kódex ("WLC", héber)
+és a Septuaginta ("LXX", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb része a Sword
+projektnek.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Könyvek</span></dt><dd><p>Többek közt, ilyen ismert könyveket találhatjuk meg: "Imitation of Christ",
+"Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kommentárok</span></dt><dd><p>Az elérhető kommentárok között található a klasszikus John Wesley "Notes on
+the Bible", Matthew Henry'kommentárja és Luther "Commentary on Galatians." A
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Saját</em></span> kommentár modullal lehetősége van <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése"> rögzíteni saját megjegyzéseit</a> a
+Biblia fejezeteihez.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Napi áhítatok</span></dt><dd><p>Sok ember hálás ezekért a napi adagokért Isten igéjéből.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexikonok/szótárak</span></dt><dd><p>Itt találhatja például: Robinson Morfológiai Elemzési Kódokat,
+Brown-Driver-Briggs Héber Lexikonát és a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia
+Enciklopédiát. Szótárak közül: Strong's Héber Bibliai Szótár, Strong's Görög
+Bibliai Szótár elérhető...</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivációnk</h3></div></div></div><p>Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, és megtegyünk mindent a részünkről,
hogy segítsünk másoknak növelni a kapcsolatukat Vele. Igyekszünk, hogy egy
minőségi, erőteljes programot készítsünk, ami egyszerű és kézenfekvően
használható. Vágyunk, hogy az Úr dicsőítve legyen, ahogyan Tőle származik
minden jó.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Minden jó adomány és minden tökéletes ajándék felülről való, és a
világosságok Atyjától száll alá, a kinél nincs változás, vagy változásnak
-árnyéka.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakab 1:17, Károli</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Az Úr áldása járja át miközben a programot használja.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTime kézikönyv </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+árnyéka.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakab 1:17, Károli</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Az Úr áldja önt, miközben a programot használja.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTime kézikönyv </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Könyvespolc menedzser</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Könyvespolc menedzser</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> egy segédeszköz a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Könyvespolc menedzser</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Könyvespolc menedzser</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> egy segédeszköz a
könyvespolcunk kezeléséhez. Ennek segítségével tud új dokumentumokat
telepíteni a könyvespolcra, frissíteni vagy akár törölni azokat. Megtalálja
-a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> almenüjében.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</h3></div></div></div><p>Itt adható meg, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a
+a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> almenüjében.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</h3></div></div></div><p>Itt adható meg, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a
merevlemezen. Megadhat egyszerre több könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a
".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.Itt adható meg, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hol
tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a merevlemezen. Megadhat egyszerre több
-könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a ".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni,
+könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a ".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni,
lehetősége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha "könyvespolc" lenne, ebben
az esetben a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indításakor az összes dokumentum látható lesz, ha a
CD a gépben van.Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt
feltelepíteni, lehetősége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha
"könyvespolc" lenne, ebben az esetben a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indításakor az összes
-dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</h3></div></div></div><p>Evvel a lehetőséggel élve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum tárolóhelyhez
+dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</h3></div></div></div><p>Evvel a lehetőséggel élve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum tárolóhelyhez
("könyvtárhoz"), és letölthet egy, vagy akár több munkát a saját helyi
könyvespolcára. Ezek a könyvtárak lehetnek helyiek is (pl. Sword CD), vagy
távoliak is, mint a Crosswire online tárolóhelye. Egyszerűen kezelheti
tároló tartalmát, és elkészít egy listát a telepíthető, vagy a meglévő de
frissíthető dokumentumokról. Már csak ki kell jelölnie a telepítendőeket,
majd <span class="guibutton">Telepítés...</span> és a kívánt munkák a könyvespolcára
-kerülnek.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Dokumentum(ok) törlése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa,
+kerülnek.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Dokumentum(ok) törlése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa,
lemezterületet szabadítson fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kívánt
eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon, majd kattintson a
<span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek,
hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, lemezterületet szabadítson
fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kívánt eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon,
-majd kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Keresési indexek</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a
+majd kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Keresési indexek</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a
törölt dokumentumok elárvult indexeit.Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új
indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a törölt dokumentumok elárvult
-indexeit.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3>
+indexeit.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3>
If you are having problems with your search function, visit
this feature.
- </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Keresés a dokumentumokban </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exportálás és Nyomtatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Keresés a dokumentumokban </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exportálás és Nyomtatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</h2></div></div></div><p>Több helyen van lehetősége helyi menüt nyitni a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</h2></div></div></div><p>Több helyen van lehetősége helyi menüt nyitni a
<span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal. Helyzettől függően lehetősége
van <span class="guimenuitem">Kijelölni</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Másolni</span>
(a vágólapra), <span class="guimenuitem">Menteni</span> vagy
ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt készít, melyben <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
szöveget szeretne elhelyezni, javasoljuk, hogy erre külső, önnek megfelelő
eszközt használjon, minthogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> nyomtatási képességeire
-támaszkodjon közvetlenül.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Könyvespolc menedzser </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+támaszkodjon közvetlenül.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Könyvespolc menedzser </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A BibleTime ablak részei</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A BibleTime ablak részei</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Könyvespolc</h3></div></div></div><p>A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepített dokumentumokat kategóriánként és
-nyelvenként. Itt találhatóak a "Könyvjelzők" kategória is, ahol tárolhatja
-
és elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Dokumentum olvasásra megnyitásához egyszerűen kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">bal
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A BibleTime ablak részei</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A BibleTime ablak részei</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Könyvespolc</h3></div></div></div><p>A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepített dokumentumokat kategóriánként és
+nyelvenként. Itt található a "Könyvjelzők" kategória is, ahol tárolhatja és
+
elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit.</p><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Dokumentum olvasásra megnyitásához egyszerűen kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">bal
egérgombbal</span> a kívánt kategóriára (Bibliák, Kommentárok,
Lexikonok...) a tartalmuk kijelzéséhez, majd kattintson a kiválasztott
munkára a megnyitásához. A kívánt dokumentum a Munkaasztal részen lesz
-látható.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p>Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, és meg szeretne nyitni egy másik munkát
+látható.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p>Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, és meg szeretne nyitni egy másik munkát
ugyanannál a résznél, ahol éppen tart, egyszerűen megteheti. Csak kattintson
a <span class="mousebutton">bal egérgombbal</span> a versre, hivatkozásra (a
mutató kéz alakúra vált) és húzza a könyvespolcra. Vigye a kívánt
dokumentumra, az a kívánt helyen fog megnyílni. Ugyanígy húzhat egy
hivatkozást a nyitott dokumentum ablakra, és az a kívánt hivatkozásra fog
-ugrani.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Kiegészítő információk egy adott dokumentumról</h4></div></div></div><p>Amikor <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum
+ugrani.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Kiegészítő információk egy adott dokumentumról</h4></div></div></div><p>Amikor <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum
szimbólumára, egy helyi menüt láthat olyan bejegyzésekkel, ami az adott
munkára érvényes. Az <span class="guimenuitem">"Általános információk"</span> egy
új ablakot nyit meg, a dokumentumra vonatkozó információkkal. A
<span class="guimenuitem">"Feloldás"</span> egy kis párbeszédablakot nyit meg,
ahol megadhatja a zárolt dokumentumok feloldó kulcsát. A zárolt
dokumentumokról kiegészítő információt olvashat <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> ezen az
-oldalon</a>, a Crosswire Biblia
i Társaság honlapján. </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h4></div></div></div><p>Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal
+oldalon</a>, a Crosswire Biblia
Társaság honlapján. </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h4></div></div></div><p>Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal
kattint a dokumentum ikonjára, és kiválasztja a <span class="guimenuitem">"Keresés
itt:"</span> menüpontot. A Shift segítségével másik ikonokra
kattintva hozzáadhat még dokumentumokat a kereséshez, ekkor az összes
-kiválasztott munkában fog keresni. A keresés teljes leírását <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">itt</a> találhatja.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Munka a könyvjelzőkkel</h4></div></div></div><p>
+kiválasztott munkában fog keresni. A keresés teljes leírását <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">itt</a> találhatja.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Munka a könyvjelzőkkel</h4></div></div></div><p>
- </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p>
+ </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p>
Kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal a könyvjelzők
kategóriára, majd válassza az <span class="guimenuitem">"Új mappa
előjön egy párbeszédablak, mely segítségével mentheti a könyvjelzőit. Az
importálás hasonlóképpen történik.</p><p>A <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal kattintás természetesen
alkalmazható a mappák és a könyvjelzők neveinek és leírásainak
-megváltoztatására is.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>A Nagyító</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a kis ablak a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> bal alsó részén alaphelyzetben passzív. Amikor
+megváltoztatására is.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>A Nagyító</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a kis ablak a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> bal alsó részén alaphelyzetben passzív. Amikor
az egérrel egy olyan szövegrész fölé megy, ami kiegészítő információ
(például Strong's számok, hivatkozások) tartozik a szöveghez az ebben a
-részben látható. Tegyen egy próbát...</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>A Munkaasztal</h3></div></div></div><p>A munkaasztal a igazi munkaterülete a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szoftvernek. Ide nyílnak
+részben látható. Tegyen egy próbát...</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>A Munkaasztal</h3></div></div></div><p>A munkaasztal a igazi munkaterülete a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szoftvernek. Ide nyílnak
meg a dokumentumok a könyvespolcról, olvashatja azokat, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">kereshet</a> bennük, és saját megjegyzéseket
-fűzhet és elmentheti azokat ( <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése">ahogyan az itt látható</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahogyan azt már <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Dokumentumok olvasása">láthattuk</a>, a dokumentumokat
+fűzhet és elmentheti azokat ( <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése">ahogyan az itt látható</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahogyan azt már <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Dokumentumok olvasása">láthattuk</a>, a dokumentumokat
egyszerűen megnyithatjuk a Könyvespolcról, az ikonjukra kattintva. A
megnyitási terület a munkaasztalon van. Minden ablak rendelkezik
eszköztárral, amelyen segédeszközöket találhat a navigáláshoz a megnyitott
-munkában.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése</h4></div></div></div><p>Természetesen egyszerre több dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon,
+munkában.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése</h4></div></div></div><p>Természetesen egyszerre több dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon,
ahol több lehetősége van azokat elrendezni. Vessen egy pillantást az
<span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> menüre a főmenüben. Látható, hogy az ablakok
elhelyezkedését ön kézzel is és a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> automatikusan is
szabályozhatja. Ez utóbbi eléréséhez válassza az <span class="guimenu">Ablak
-menü</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus elrendezése</span> menüpontot.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Saját kommentár szerkesztése</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahhoz, hogy a saját kommentárját a Biblia részeként tárolja, szükséges
+menü</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus elrendezése</span> menüpontot.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Saját kommentár szerkesztése</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahhoz, hogy a saját kommentárját a Biblia részeként tárolja, szükséges
telepíteni a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia
Társaság</a> egyik modulját, a "Személyes kommentárt".</p><p>Amikor megnyitja a saját kommentárját az ikonjára
<span class="mousebutton">kattintva</span> a könyvespolcon, olvasási üzemmódban
<span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal kattint, és kiválasztja a
<span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése </span>pontot és az
<span class="guimenuitem">Egyszerű szöveg </span>(forráskód szerkesztő) vagy
-<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(alap wysiwyg szerkesztő).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ha a <span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése</span>
-inaktív, lehetséges, hogy nincs írási joga a személyes kommentárhoz.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>A fogd & vidd működik itt is, csak ejtse egy vers hivatkozását a
-dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. A program működése </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Keresés a dokumentumokban</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(alap wysiwyg szerkesztő).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>Ha a <span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése</span>
+inaktív, lehetséges, hogy nincs írási joga a személyes kommentárhoz.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>A fogd & vidd működik itt is, csak ejtse egy vers hivatkozását a
+dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. fejezet - A program működése </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Keresés a dokumentumokban</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Keresés a dokumentumokban</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Keresés a dokumentumokban</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </h3></div></div></div><p>Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Keresés a dokumentumokban</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Keresés a dokumentumokban</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </h3></div></div></div><p>Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen
olvasott fejezetben, úgy, ahogy bármely más programban is. Csak kattintson a
<span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal, és válassza a
-<span class="guimenuitem">Keresés...</span> opciót, vagy használhatja a <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> billentyű kombinációt
-is. </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </h3></div></div></div><p>Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy
+<span class="guimenuitem">Keresés...</span> opciót, vagy használhatja a <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> billentyű
+kombinációt. Olvasson tovább, hogy megtudja, hogyan kereshet a teljes
+dokumentumokban is. </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </h3></div></div></div><p>Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy
<span class="mousebutton">jobb</span>egérgombbal rákattint az ikonjára a
<span class="guimenu">Könyvespolcon</span>, és kiválasztja a <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés a
dokumentum(ok)ban</span> lehetőséget. A Shift vagy a Ctrl nyomva
munkában fog keresni egyszerre.</p><p>Szintén elérhető a keresési funkció a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> almenüjéből, ahol kiválaszthatja a
megfelelő bejegyzést.</p><p>A harmadik lehetőség a kereséshez a keresés ikonra kattintással érhető el
egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.A harmadik lehetőség a kereséshez a keresés
-ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>A keresés testreszabása </h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Dokumentumok kiválasztása</h4></div></div></div><p>A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy
+ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>A keresés testreszabása </h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Dokumentumok kiválasztása</h4></div></div></div><p>A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy
<span class="guibutton">Választás</span> feliratú gomb. Ha egyszerre több
dokumentumban kíván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a lehetőségekből
kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.A párbeszédablak felső
részében található egy <span class="guibutton">Választás</span> feliratú gomb. Ha
egyszerre több dokumentumban kíván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a
-lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Keresési hatókörök használata</h4></div></div></div><p>Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ
+lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Keresési hatókörök használata</h4></div></div></div><p>Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ
egyet a <span class="guimenu">Hatósugár</span> által felajánlott listából. Ön is
meghatározhat hatókört a <span class="guibutton">Telepítés</span> gombra
kattintva.Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben
választ egyet a <span class="guimenu">Hatósugár</span> által felajánlott listából. Ön
is meghatározhat hatókört a <span class="guibutton">Telepítés</span> gombra
-kattintva.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a> Az alapvető keresési kifejezések bemutatása</h4></div></div></div><p>Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel
+kattintva.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a> Az alapvető keresési kifejezések bemutatása</h4></div></div></div><p>Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel
elválasztva. Alapértelmezetten a keresés eredményeként azok lesznek
felsorolva, amelyekben bármelyik kifejezés előfordul (OR - angolul a VAGY
kifejezés). Ha azokra a találatokra kíváncsi csak, melyben az összes
szám előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. Ha a fő
szövegtől eltérő szövegrészt keres, akkor a szövegtípus megadása után ':',
és jöhet a keresési kifejezés. Például, ha a H8077-es Strong's szám
-előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. </p><p>Lehetséges szövegtípusok:
- </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Keresési típusok</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Keresési típusok" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Előtag</th><th>Jelentés</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading: (fejléc)</td><td>A fejlécekben keres</td></tr><tr><td>footnote: (lábjegyzet)</td><td>a lábjegyzetekben keres</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>a Strong's számok előfordulásait keresi</td></tr><tr><td>morph: (alak)</td><td>alaktani kódokra keres</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>A BibleTime a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb
+előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. </p><p>Lehetséges szövegtípusok:
+ </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>3.1. táblázat - Keresési típusok</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Keresési típusok" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Előtag</th><th>Jelentés</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading: (fejléc)</td><td>A fejlécekben keres</td></tr><tr><td>footnote: (lábjegyzet)</td><td>a lábjegyzetekben keres</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>a Strong's számok előfordulásait keresi</td></tr><tr><td>morph: (alak)</td><td>alaktani kódokra keres</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb
keresési lehetőséget ajánl. Többet megtudhat erről a <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top">
-http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a> webcímen.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Keresési találatok</h3></div></div></div><p>Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, munkánként
+http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a> webcímen.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Keresési találatok</h3></div></div></div><p>Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, munkánként
csoportosítva. <span class="mousebutton">Jobb </span>egérgombbal a munkára
kattintva lehetősége nyílik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az összes
verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik az is,
összes verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik
az is, ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy
nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az előnézeti ablakban láthatóvá
-válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum
+válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum
ikonjára, és a dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.Ragadjon meg egy
hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a
-dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum
+dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum
a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy
-megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra könyvjelzők
+megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip
p</h3><p>Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra könyvjelzők
készítéséhez.Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra
-könyvjelzők készítéséhez.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Keresési találatok elemzése</h4></div></div></div><p>Kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Találatok elemzése</span> gombra, hogy
+könyvjelzők készítéséhez.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Keresési találatok elemzése</h4></div></div></div><p>Kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Találatok elemzése</span> gombra, hogy
megnyissa a találatokat elemző ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést
láthat a találatokról, találatok száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt
az elemzést is el tudja menteni.Kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Találatok
elemzése</span> gombra, hogy megnyissa a találatokat elemző
ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést láthat a találatokról, találatok
-száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt az elemzést is el tudja menteni.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A BibleTime ablak részei </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Könyvespolc menedzser</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt az elemzést is el tudja menteni.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A BibleTime ablak részei </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Könyvespolc menedzser</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. A program működése</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. A program működése</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. A program működése</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A BibleTime ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A Könyvespolc menedzser</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>A program áttekintése</h2></div></div></div><p>Ilyen ahogyan egy tipikus <span class="application">BibleTime</span> folyamat kinéz:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A program működése</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>3. fejezet - A program működése</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A BibleTime ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A Könyvespolc menedzser</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>A program áttekintése</h2></div></div></div><p>Így néz ki egy tipikus <span class="application">BibleTime</span> munkafolyamat:
</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="A BibleTime alkalmazás ablak"></div><p>
Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különböző részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal
oldalon a dokumentumok és a könyvjelzők kezelésére használható. A kisebb
mutatja. Amikor azt egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a
"Nagyító" megmutatja az aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors
elérést biztosít a különböző funkciókhoz, míg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a
-megnyitott dokumentum helye.</p><p>Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Indítási folyamat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A BibleTime ablak részei</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+megnyitott dokumentum helye.</p><p>Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Indítási folyamat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A BibleTime ablak részei</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Gyorsbillentyűk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="
Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Gyorsbillentyűk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Gyorsbillentyűk</h2></div></div></div><p>Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Gyorsbillentyűk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="
5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Gyorsbillentyűk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Gyorsbillentyűk</h2></div></div></div><p>Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás
(többnyire) ABC sorrendnek megfelelő. Ha közvetlenül szeretné megtudni,
melyik kombináció tartozik egyes menükhöz, tekintse meg közvetlenül a
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> menüiben, (ahol jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Főmenü referenciája">ebben a részben</a>. Ne feledje, hogy a
jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Főmenü referenciája">ebben a részben</a>. Ne feledje, hogy a
funkcióbillentűk kivételével (F1-F9) a billentyűk mellé a CTRL billentyű
lenyomása (olykor az ALT is) szükséges.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Gyorsbillentyű</th><th>Leírás</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span>
</td><td>Visszalép az előzményekben az olvasó ablakban.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span>
</td><td>Előrelép az előzményekben.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"><span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés
az alapértelmezett Bibliában</span></a> menüvel
-egyező; keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett Bibliában kereséshez.<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"><span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés
-az alapértelmezett Bibliában</span></a> menüvel
egyező; keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett Bibliában kereséshez.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span>
</td><td>
- Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok
+ Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok
automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Függőleges mozaik
elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik
-elrendezést.Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">
-Függőleges mozaik elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az
-automatikus mozaik elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span>
+elrendezést.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span>
</td><td>
Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok
automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Vízszintes mozaik
elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik
-elrendezést.Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">
-Vízszintes mozaik elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az
-automatikus mozaik elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span>
+elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span>
</td><td>
Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok
automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Átlapoló
elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az automatikus átlapoló
-elrendezést.Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">
-Átlapoló elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az automatikus
-átlapoló elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span>
+elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span>
</td><td>
Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok
automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Kézi
-elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az kézi
-elrendezést.Megegyezik az <span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus igazítása</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Kézi
elrendezéssel</span>, aktiválja az kézi elrendezést.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span>
</td><td>
Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mentés
új folyamatként</span></a> menüponttal, menti a
-jelenlegi elrendezést új néven, új folyamatként.Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mentés
-új folyamatként</span></a> menüponttal, menti a
jelenlegi elrendezést új néven, új folyamatként.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span>
</td><td>
Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">
Összes bezárása</span></a> menüponttal, bezárja az
-összes nyitott ablakot.Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">
-Összes bezárása</span></a> menüponttal, bezárja az
összes nyitott ablakot.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span>
</td><td>Kicsinyít. Csökkenti az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span>
</td><td>Nagyít. Növeli az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span>
</td><td>Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális
ablakban.Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális
ablakban.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span>
</td><td>Másolás. A kijelölt szöveget a vágólapra másolja.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>
</td><td>Keresés. Az ablakban lévő szövegben keres.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">
+Összes bezárása</span></a> menüponttal, bezárja az
+összes nyitott ablakot.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">
+Összes bezárása</span></a> menüponttal, bezárja az
+összes nyitott ablakot.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ Megegyezik az <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">
+Összes bezárása</span></a> menüponttal, bezárja az
+összes nyitott ablakot.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés
a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban</span></a>
-menüponttal, keresési ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való
-kereséshez.Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés
-a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban</span></a>
menüponttal, keresési ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való kereséshez.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span>
</td><td>
Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><span class="guimenu">Fájl</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kilépés</span></a> ponttal, a
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span> bezárása.Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"><span class="guimenu">Fájl</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kilépés</span></a> ponttal, a
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> bezárása.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span>
</td><td>Bezárja az aktuális ablakot.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span>
</td><td>
Megegyezik a <span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">
Kézikönyv</span> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a
-kézikönyvet.Megegyezik a
-<span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">
-Kézikönyv</span> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a
kézikönyvet.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span>
</td><td>
Megegyezik a <span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Biblia
tanulmányozás "hogyan"</span> menüponttal, megnyitja a
-segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához.Megegyezik a
-<span class="guimenu">Segítség</span> → <span class="guimenuitem"> Biblia tanulmányozás
-"hogyan"</span> menüponttal, megnyitja a segédletet a
-Biblia tanulmányozásához.</td></tr><tr><td>
+segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span>
</td><td>
Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"><span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></a>
-menüponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert.Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"><span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></a>
menüponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span>
</td><td>
Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">
Könyvespolc mutatása</span></a> menüponttal,
-láthatóvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">
-Könyvespolc mutatása</span></a> menüponttal,
láthatóvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span>
</td><td>
Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Nagyító
mutatása</span></a> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a
-nagyító (információs) ablakot.Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Nagyító
-mutatása</span></a> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a
-nagyító (információs) ablakot.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+nagyító (információs) ablakot.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Tájékoztatás</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Főmenü referenciája</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Főmenü referenciája</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
File
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view">
View
Settings
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
Help
- </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Főmenü referenciája</h2></div></div></div><p>Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő menüjének összes
+ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Főmenü referenciája</h2></div></div></div><p>Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő menüjének összes
bejegyzéséről, elérésük szerint csoportosítva, az összes
albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk
tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">ebben a részben</a> találja.Ebben a
részben részletes leírást találhat a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő menüjének összes
bejegyzéséről, elérésük szerint csoportosítva, az összes
albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk
-tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">ebben a részben</a> találja.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
+tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">ebben a részben</a> találja.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
<span class="guimenu">File</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">BibleTime bezárása</span>. A BibleTime meg fogja kérdezni, hogy
-elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.<span class="action">BibleTime
-bezárása</span>. A BibleTime meg fogja kérdezni, hogy elmentse -e a
-változtatásokat a lemezre.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
- </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
+ <span class="action"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> bezárása</span>. A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> meg fogja kérdezni,
+hogy elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
+ </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
<span class="guimenu">View</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to
-maxim
ize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="action">Teljes képernyős mód.</span> Jelölje ezt a módot be,hogy
+maxim
alizálja a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablakát.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Eszköztár megjelenítése. </span> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a fő
<span class="action">Nagyító megjelenítése</span>. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyító
(információs ablak) megjelenítését.<span class="action">Nagyító
megjelenítése</span>. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyító (információs ablak)
-megjelenítését.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
+megjelenítését.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Search</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Keresés megnyitása az alapértelmezett Bibliában</span>. További
bibliák adhatók hozzá a párbeszédablakban.<span class="action">Keresés megnyitása az
alapértelmezett Bibliában</span>. További bibliák adhatók hozzá a
párbeszédablakban.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot nyit
meg</span>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a
párbeszédablakban.<span class="action">Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot
-nyit meg</span>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
+nyit meg</span>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">A jelenlegi munkafolyamatot menti</span>. Olyan helyi menüt nyit
meg, ahol meglévő folyamatként mentheti a jelenlegit. A következő elemből
munkafolyamatot menti</span>. Olyan helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol meglévő
folyamatként mentheti a jelenlegit. A következő elemből tudhatja meg, hogyan
kell menteni új folyamatot.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">A jelenlegi folyamatot új néven menti</span>. Megkérdezi a
folyamat nevét a mentéshez.<span class="action">A jelenlegi folyamatot új néven
menti</span>. Megkérdezi a folyamat nevét a mentéshez.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Előzőleg mentett folyamat betöltése</span>. Egy helyi menüt nyit
meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a betöltendő folyamatot.<span class="action">Előzőleg mentett
folyamat betöltése</span>. Egy helyi menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a
betöltendő folyamatot.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Mentett folyamat törlése</span>. Olyan menüt nyit meg, ahol
kiválaszthatja a törlendő munkafolyamatot.<span class="action">Mentett folyamat
törlése</span>. Olyan menüt nyit meg, ahol kiválaszthatja a törlendő
munkafolyamatot.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Az ablakok elrendezését szabályozza</span>. A megnyíló menü
segítségével eldöntheti, hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-állítsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).<span class="action">Az ablakok
-elrendezését szabályozza</span>. A megnyíló menü segítségével eldöntheti,
-hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> állítsa be
-önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
+állítsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Az összes ablakot átlapolja</span>
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Az összes ablakot függőleges mozaik elrendezésre váltja</span>
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Az összes ablakot vízszintes mozaik elrendezésre váltja</span>
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Az összes ablakot bezárja</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
+ <span class="action">Az összes ablakot bezárja</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="action">Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállításait, és
kezelheti a könyvespolcát</span>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser">ezt a fejezetet</a>.<span class="action">Nyit egy
ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállításait, és kezelheti a
-könyvespolcát</span>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser">ezt a fejezetet</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
+könyvespolcát</span>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser">ezt a fejezetet</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Help</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="application">Qt</span> verziójáról és a felhasználási feltételekről.<span class="action">Információs
ablakot nyit meg a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> projektről</span>, benne a <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
verziójáról és a fejlesztőkről, a <span class="application">Sword</span> verziójáról, a <span class="application">Qt</span> verziójáról és
-a felhasználási feltételekről.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. BibleTime beállítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Gyorsbillentyűk</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+a felhasználási feltételekről.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Gyorsbillentyűk</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Indítási folyamat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. A program működése"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Indítási folyamat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Indítási folyamat</h2></div></div></div><p>Mikor a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak
-betöltése előtt:Mikor a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak betöltése előtt:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Indítási folyamat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Indítási folyamat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Indítási folyamat</h2></div></div></div><p>Mikor a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak
+betöltése előtt:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">
<span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Könyvespolc beállítása.</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé a
könyvespolc beállítva. Tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"> ezt a részt</a> további
információkért. Ha üres könyvespolccal indulnak, hasznos lehet legalább egy
Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv telepítése, hogy gyorsan
-megismerje a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> alap lehetőségeit.<span class="action">Könyvespolc
-beállítása.</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé a könyvespolcának
-beállítását, hozzáadhat, törölhet munkákat a rendszerében. Csak akkor
-jelenik meg ez az ablak, ha nincs alapértelmezett könyvespolc
-beállítva. Tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"> ezt a
-részt</a> további információkért. Ha üres könyvespolccal indulnak,
-hasznos lehet legalább egy Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv
-telepítése, hogy gyorsan megismerje a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> alap lehetőségeit.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+megismerje a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> alap lehetőségeit.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
<span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> testreszabása</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé, hogy
-a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">lehetőségek</a> részletes leírását.<span class="action">
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span> testreszabása</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé, hogy a
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span> a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">lehetőségek</a> részletes leírását.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. A program működése</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">lehetőségek</a> részletes leírását.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A program működése</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Bevezetés"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime indítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel
-az ikonnal:A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből
-indíthat, evvel az ikonnal:
- </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Hogy megtegye írja
-be egy terminál ablakba ezt:A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen indítható
-parancssorból is. Hogy megtegye írja be egy terminál ablakba ezt:
- </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome,
-BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges könyvtárakat telepíti
-hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)A
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome,
-BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges könyvtárakat telepíti
-hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Egyéni indítások</h3></div></div></div><p>Terminálból indítva lehetősége van arra, hogy véletlenszerű verssel induljon
-a <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, melyet az alapértelmezett bibliából választ:Terminálból
-indítva lehetősége van arra, hogy véletlenszerű verssel induljon a
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, melyet az alapértelmezett bibliából választ:
- </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "random"</pre><p>Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt
-írja:Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt
-írja:
- </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>Megjelenítheti a könyvek (bibliai) neveit a saját nyelvén is.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Bevezetés </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Indítási folyamat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel
+az ikonnal:
+ </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime indítóikon"></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Indításhoz írja be
+egy terminál ablakba ezt:
+ </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome,
+BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges összetevőket telepíti
+hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Egyéni indítások</h3></div></div></div><p>Terminálból véletlenszerű verssel így indítható a <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:
+ </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "random"</pre><p>Egy meghatározott verssel induláshoz, mint például a János 3:16 így:
+ </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>Használhatja a könyvek neveit saját nyelvén is.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1. fejezet - Bevezetés </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Indítási folyamat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime egy Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver a Sword keretrendszerre alapozva."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTime kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545564"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> része</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver a Sword keretrendszerre
-
alapozva.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Bevezetés</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motiváció</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. A program működése</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A BibleTime ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A Könyvespolc menedzser</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime beállítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTime kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545564"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> része</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó
+
szoftver.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Bevezetés</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivációnk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. A program működése</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A BibleTime ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A Könyvespolc menedzser</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime beállítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
Settings
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
Help
- </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Keresési típusok</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">UNICODE betűkészletek</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Bevezetés</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Keresési típusok</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">UNICODE betűkészletek</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Bevezetés</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
<para>In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be
found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para>
<sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt">
- <title>Configureer BibleTime Dialoog</title>
+ <title>Configure &bibletime; Dialog</title>
<para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on
your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> </menuchoice>
programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the
<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting
<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo
-action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how
+action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how
you can search in entire works.</para>
</sect2>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table></para>
- <para>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
+ <para>&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink
url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html">
http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Sluit BibleTime af.</action> BibleTime zal vragen of u onopgeslagen
-wijzigingen naar de harde schijf wilt schrijven.</para>
+ <action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to
+write unsaved changes to disk.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window">
<title>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu>
</title>
+
<variablelist>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenu> Window</guimenu>
<guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a
new session.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
- <guimenu>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Save as new Session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask
for a new name to save the session to.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu
+where you can select an existing session to load.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu
+where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
+ </menuchoice>
+ </term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the
+opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
+the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it
+for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <!--- TODO add submen items here -->
+<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade">
+ <term>
+ <menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu
-where you can select an existing session to load.</para>
+ <action>Rangschikt alle geopende vensters trapsgewijs (achter
+elkaar)</action>
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
- <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession">
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_sidetree.png" format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu
-where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para>
+ <action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
- <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode">
+
+ <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally">
<term>
<menuchoice>
+ <shortcut>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="i_cascade_auto.png"
- format="PNG" />
+ <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem>
+ <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the
-opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
-the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it
-for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</para>
+ <action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>.
+ </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
+
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall">
<term>
<menuchoice>
<shortcut>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</shortcut>
<guimenu>
<inlinemediaobject>
<guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
+
<listitem>
<para>
<action>Sluit alle geopende vensters</action></para>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">
<title>
<guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Gaat terug in de history van leesvensters</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;
- <keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Gaat vooruit in de history van leesvensters</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
default bible.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
+
<entry>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry>
+</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
+ </entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>H</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry>
+</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
-mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry>
+mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
-mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry>
+mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Alt;&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-</link>equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry>
+</link> equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>-</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Uitzoomen. Dit vermindert de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>+</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Inzoomen. Dit vergroot de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Selecteer alles. Dit selecteert alle tekst in de leesvensters.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Kopieëren. Dit kopieert de geselecteerde tekst naar het klembord.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Zoeken. Dit laat u zoeken binnen de tekst van een leesvenster.</entry>
</row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+</link> windows equivalent.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
currently opened works.</entry>
</row>
+
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-</link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry>
+</link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <keycombo action="simul">&Ctrl;
- <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>Sluit het huidige venster.</entry>
</row>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry>
+</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
</entry>
<entry>
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy
-Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry>
+Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager">
<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf
-Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
+Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
Manager.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry>
+</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
<entry>
<link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice>
<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-</link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry>
+</link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configureer BibleTime Dialoog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys">
HotKeys
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be
-found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configureer BibleTime Dialoog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on
+found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on
your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
-<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
+<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Display</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Het gedrag bij het opstarten kan aangepast worden aan de gebruiker. Maak een
keuze uit de volgende opties:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Toon opstartlogo</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various
built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview
-on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
+on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Hier kunt u specificeren welke talen gebruikt moeten worden voor de
bijbelboeknamen. Stel dit op uw moedertaal als deze beschikbaar is en u
the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that
supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the
work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that
-language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Lettertypen installeren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this
+language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Lettertypen installeren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this
handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode
HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run
faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream
-Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Lettertypen verkrijgen</h4></div></div></div><p>Lettertypen kunnen worden verkregen uit een aantal bronnen:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie.</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft
+Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Lettertypen verkrijgen</h4></div></div></div><p>Lettertypen kunnen worden verkregen uit een aantal bronnen:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie.</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft
Windows</span>®installation on the same computer.</p></li><li><p>Een verzameling lettertypen, zoals beschikbaar is van Adobe of Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online verzamelingen van lettertypen.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these
fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all
characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different
-fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
le 4.1. Unicode lettertypen</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode lettertypen" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
+fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
el 4.1. Unicode lettertypen</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode lettertypen" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top">
Code2000</a>
</td><td>Misschien het beste gratis Unicode lettertype, welke een groot aantal
bijbehorende website.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer
( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode
TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character
-ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
+ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Desk</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also
specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is
used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover
over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to,
-according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a>
+according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a>
<span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Sneltoetsen zijn speciale toetsencombinaties die gebruikt kunnen worden in
plaats van menu items en iconen. Een aantal van <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commando's
hebben voorgeprogrammeerde sneltoetsen (zie <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index">deze sectie</a> voor een volledige
lijst). Aan de meeste van <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commando's kunnen hier sneltoetsen
worden toegewezen. Dit is erg handig om snel toegang te hebben tot de
-functies die u het meest nodig heeft.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporteren en Printen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 5. Verwijzing</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+functies die u het meest nodig heeft.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exporteren en Printen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 1. Introductie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Introductie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Introductie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts
and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and
manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides
the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text,
searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats
supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported
document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers
-section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Beschikbare modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Meer dan 200 documenten in 50 talen zijn beschikbaar bij de <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. Hierin zijn
+section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Beschikbare modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Meer dan 200 documenten in 50 talen zijn beschikbaar bij de <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. Hierin zijn
opgenomen:
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bijbels</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings
and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and
Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible
Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible
Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged
-Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivatie</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their
+Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivatie</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their
relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality
program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire
that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Iedere gave, die goed, en elk geschenk, dat volmaakt is, daalt van boven
neder, van de Vader der lichten, bij wie geen verandering is of zweem van
-ommekeer.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1:17, NBG51</span></td></tr></table></div><p>God zegene u wanneer u dit programma gebruikt.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Het BibleTime handboek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ommekeer.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1:17, NBG51</span></td></tr></table></div><p>God zegene u wanneer u dit programma gebruikt.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Het BibleTime handboek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>De Boekenplank Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">De Boekenplank Manager</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>De Boekenplank Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">De Boekenplank Manager</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your
Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove
-existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard
+existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard
drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is
"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard
disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD
as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all
-works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Modules installeren/bijwerken</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called
+works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Modules installeren/bijwerken</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called
"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These
libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online
repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You
bijgewerkt kunnen worden omdat er een nieuwe versie beschikbaar is in de
bibliotheek. U kunt dan alle modules aanvinken die u wilt installeren of
bijwerken en dan klikken op <span class="guibutton">Installeer modules</span>. Ze
-zullen dan overgeheveld worden naar uw Boekenplank.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Module(s) verwijderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Deze voorziening stelt u in staat om één of meerdere modules
+zullen dan overgeheveld worden naar uw Boekenplank.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Module(s) verwijderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Deze voorziening stelt u in staat om één of meerdere modules
van uw Boekenplank te verwijderen om schijfruimte vrij te maken. Vink
simpelweg de items aan die u wilt verwijderen en klik op
-<span class="guibutton">Verwijder modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned
+<span class="guibutton">Verwijder modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned
index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3>
If you are having problems with your search function, visit
this feature.
- </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Zoeken in modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporteren en Printen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Zoeken in modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporteren en Printen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporteren en Printen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporteren en Printen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporteren en Printen</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporteren en Printen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporteren en Printen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporteren en Printen</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will
allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>,
<span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard),
hulpfunctie. Als u een document of presentatie samenstelt die tekst bevat
uit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> modules, dan raden we u aan om een programma voor
presentaties of tekstbewerkingen te gebruiken om uw document op te maken en
-niet om direct vanuit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> af te drukken.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">De Boekenplank Manager </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+niet om direct vanuit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> af te drukken.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">De Boekenplank Manager </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>De Boekenplank</h3></div></div></div><p>De Boekenplank laat alle geïnstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>De Boekenplank</h3></div></div></div><p>De Boekenplank laat alle geïnstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per
categorie en taal. Het heeft ook een categorie genaamd "Bladwijzers". Dit is
-de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Om een module uit de boekenplank te openen om te lezen, kunt u simpelweg met
+de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen.</p><div class="sect3" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Om een module uit de boekenplank te openen om te lezen, kunt u simpelweg met
de <span class="mousebutton">linker muisknop</span> klikken op de gewenste
categorie (Bijbels, Bijbelcommentaren, Lexicons, Boeken, Overdenkingen of
Woordenlijsten) om de inhoud te laten zien. Klik dan op één
(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work
you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified
location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window,
-then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additionele informatie over modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the
+then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additionele informatie over modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the
symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are
relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a
window with lots of interesting information about the selected work.
<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for
encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the
work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this
-page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
+page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting
<span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and
clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same
procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these
documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features
-can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Werken met bladwijzers</h4></div></div></div><p>
+can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Werken met bladwijzers</h4></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Werkt Hier</p></div><p>
folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export
bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save
the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and
-bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Het Vergrootglas</h3></div></div></div><p>Dit kleine venster in de linkeronderhoek van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> venster is
+bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Het Vergrootglas</h3></div></div></div><p>Dit kleine venster in de linkeronderhoek van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> venster is
volledig passief. Telkens wanneer uw muisaanwijzer over een stukje tekst met
extra informatie gaat (bijv. Strong-nummers), dan wordt deze extra
informatie weergegeven in het Vergrootglas en niet in de tekst zelf. Probeer
-het maar eens uit.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Het Bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can
+het maar eens uit.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Het Bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can
open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">search</a> in them, and even save your
-annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Zoals we al <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Modules lezen">gezien</a>
+annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Zoals we al <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Modules lezen">gezien</a>
hebben, kunt u de te lezen modules simpelweg openen door te klikken op hun
symbool in de Boekenplank. Een leesvenster zal worden geopend in het Bureau
gebied. Ieder leesvenster heeft een werkbalk. Hier kunt u gereedschappen
vinden om te navigeren in de module waarin dit leesvenster is verbonden,
-alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Plaatsing van leesvensters</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several
+alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Plaatsing van leesvensters</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several
possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look
at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see
that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely
yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve
this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken</h4></div></div></div><p>Om uw eigen commentaar over delen van de bijbel op te kunnen slaan, moet u
+mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken</h4></div></div></div><p>Om uw eigen commentaar over delen van de bijbel op te kunnen slaan, moet u
een bepaalde module uit de bibliotheek van de <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>
installeren. Deze module heet "Personal commentary" (Persoonlijk
bijbelcommentaar).</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the
<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is
deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the
personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse
-will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Zoeken in modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Zoeken in modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Zoeken in modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Zoeken in modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Zoeken in modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Zoeken in modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter
of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other
programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting
-<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>. Read on to learn how
-you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>De zoekdialoog benaderen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
+<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how
+you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>De zoekdialoog benaderen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the
<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in
work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other
open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the
same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting
the appropriate entry.</p><p>Een derde mogelijkheid om zoekopdrachten te starten is door op het
-zoeksymbool in een geopend leesvenster te klikken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Modules selecteren</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find
+zoeksymbool in een geopend leesvenster te klikken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Modules selecteren</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find
<span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in
multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where
-you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Zoekbereiken gebruiken</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by
+you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Zoekbereiken gebruiken</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by
selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search
scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the
-<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will
+<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will
return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all
the terms separate the terms by AND.</p><p>U kunt jokers gebruiken: '*' komt overeen met elke willekeurige reeks van
karakters, terwijl '?' overeenkomt met één willekeurig karakter. Het gebruik
AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by
':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's
number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Beschikbare typen tekst:
- </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Voorvoegsel</th><th>Betekenis</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Koptekst:</td><td>doorzoekt kopteksten</td></tr><tr><td>voetnoot:</td><td>doorzoekt voetnoten</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>doorzoekt Strong-nummering</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>doorzoekt morfologische codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
+ </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Voorvoegsel</th><th>Betekenis</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Koptekst:</td><td>doorzoekt kopteksten</td></tr><tr><td>voetnoot:</td><td>doorzoekt voetnoten</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>doorzoekt Strong-nummering</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>doorzoekt morfologische codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has
many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top">
-http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Zoekresultaten</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted
+http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Zoekresultaten</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted
by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse
button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a
certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the
opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die los op een symbool van een module op
de Boekenplank om de module op dat vers in een nieuw leesvenster te openen.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die vallen op een geopend leesvenster en
die zal verspringen naar dat vers.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Selecteer bijbelverwijzingen en sleep ze naar de Boekenplank om bladwijzers
-te maken.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse van zoekresultaten</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis
+te maken.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse van zoekresultaten</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis
display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the
search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the
-analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> De Boekenplank Manager</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> De Boekenplank Manager</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De Boekenplank Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programma overzicht</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De Boekenplank Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programma overzicht</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like:
</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p>
You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on
the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little
for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the
footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the
Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Laten we nu doorgaan en één voor één de
-verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Volgorde van opstartschermen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Volgorde van opstartschermen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sneltoetsen index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="
Chapter 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sneltoetsen index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Verwijzing</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Sneltoetsen index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sneltoetsen index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sneltoetsen index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Sneltoetsen index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the
handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to
directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look
at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you
can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Hoofdmenu verwijzing">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Sneltoets</th><th>Beschrijving</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Left</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span>
</td><td>Gaat terug in de history van leesvensters</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Right</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span>
</td><td>Gaat vooruit in de history van leesvensters</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the
default bible.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>G</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>H</strong></span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>J</strong></span>
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span>
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span>
+equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span>
+mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span>
+equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a>equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span>
-</a>equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>-</strong></span>
+</a> equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span>
</td><td>Uitzoomen. Dit vermindert de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>+</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span>
</td><td>Inzoomen. Dit vergroot de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>A</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span>
</td><td>Selecteer alles. Dit selecteert alle tekst in de leesvensters.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span>
</td><td>Kopieëren. Dit kopieert de geselecteerde tekst naar het klembord.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>
</td><td>Zoeken. Dit laat u zoeken binnen de tekst van een leesvenster.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> </a> equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> </a> equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span>
+ </td><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span>
+</a> windows equivalent.
+ </td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span>
-</a>equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span>
+</a> equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span>
</td><td>Sluit het huidige venster.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span>equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy
-Howto</span>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td>
+Howto</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager">
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf
-Manager</span> </a>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
+Manager</span> </a> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf
Manager.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span>
-</a>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Verwijzing </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 5. Verwijzing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Verwijzing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hoofdmenu verwijzing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hoofdmenu verwijzing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
File
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view">
View
Settings
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
Help
- </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Hoofdmenu verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><p>In deze sectie kunt u gedetailleerde beschrijvingen vinden van alle items in
+ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Hoofdmenu verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><p>In deze sectie kunt u gedetailleerde beschrijvingen vinden van alle items in
het hoofdmenu van <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Ze zijn in precies dezelfde volgorde
gerangschikt als ze voorkomen in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, met alle sub-items genoemd
onder het hoofd-item waartoe ze behoren. U kunt ook de sneltoets voor elk
-item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index">deze sectie</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
+item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index">deze sectie</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
<span class="guimenu">File</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Q</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Sluit BibleTime af.</span> BibleTime zal vragen of u onopgeslagen
-w
ijzigingen naar de harde schijf wilt schrijven.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
- </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
+ <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to
+w
rite unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
+ </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
<span class="guimenu">View</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Schakelt de weergave van het Vergrootglas in/uit.</span> Schakel
deze instelling in/uit om het Vergrootglas in het linkerpaneel aan/uit te
-zetten.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
+zetten.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Search</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible
only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>O</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. More
-works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
+works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Window</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a
context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be
overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a
new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new Session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>S</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask
for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu
where you can select an existing session to load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sidetree.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu
where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade_auto.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the
opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle it
-for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
+for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Rangschikt alle geopende vensters trapsgewijs (achter
+elkaar)</span>
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p>
+ <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</span>.
+ </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
- <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>W</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Sluit alle geopende vensters</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
+ <span class="action">Sluit alle geopende vensters</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can
configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your
-needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configureer BibleTime Dialoog">this section</a> for
+needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">this section</a> for
details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and
-manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
+manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
<span class="guimenu">Help</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
<span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span>
contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project
contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the
-license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. BibleTime configureren </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sneltoetsen index</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sneltoetsen index</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Volgorde van opstartschermen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="
Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Werking van het programma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Volgorde van opstartschermen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Volgorde van opstartschermen</h2></div></div></div><p>Wanneer <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart kun je de volgende schermen zien, voordat het
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Volgorde van opstartschermen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Volgorde van opstartschermen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Volgorde van opstartschermen</h2></div></div></div><p>Wanneer <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart kun je de volgende schermen zien, voordat het
hoofdvenster van <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opent:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">
<span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configureer BibleTime Dialoog">the
-detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Werking van het programma</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the
+detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introductie"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. BibleTime opstarten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u BibleTime opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u BibleTime opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You
can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon:
</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type:
- </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Andere window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox,
+ </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Andere window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox,
Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are
-already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Aanpassing van het opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the
+already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Aanpassing van het opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the
default bible:
</p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible
"<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:
- </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Introductie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Volgorde van opstartschermen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Volgorde van opstartschermen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Het BibleTime handboek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="
Chapter 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Het BibleTime handboek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek is onderdeel van <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introductie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u BibleTime opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Werking van het programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De Boekenplank Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime configureren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configureer BibleTime Dialoog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Het BibleTime handboek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Het BibleTime handboek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek is onderdeel van <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introductie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u BibleTime opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Werking van het programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De Boekenplank Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime configureren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
Display
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
Languages
Settings
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
Help
- </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode lettertypen</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Introductie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lijst van tabellen</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode lettertypen</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
-cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
-it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
-prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</span>”
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 „<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+it.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 „<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
+prophecy [...]</span>“</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 „<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
+[...]</span>“
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 „<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“
+</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 „<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
-word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
-Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
+word of truth.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 „<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
+Thee.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 „<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“
</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Начини за изучаване на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Начини за изучаване на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the
+Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does „<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“ mean? Does the
passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да
избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”
-today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“
+today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с
-дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с
+дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи,
+book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи,
така че нашето тълкувание трябва да може да издържи проверката на останалата
-част от Библията.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Начини за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+част от Библията.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Начини за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или
-конкорданс.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф
-(Бит. 37-50)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или
+конкорданс.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф
+(Бит. 37-50)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>̶
0;<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
+</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>̶
2;<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge
-not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или
-еврейски.</p><p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал</p></li><li><p>Авигея</p></li><li><p>Исус Навиев</p></li><li><p>Варава</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или
+еврейски.</p><p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал</p></li><li><p>Авигея</p></li><li><p>Исус Навиев</p></li><li><p>Варава</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
-said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just
+said „<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
God.
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
освен ако не ни приближава до Исус Христос. Това от което имаме нужда при
четенето на Библията, е тръпнещото очакване чрез нея да се срещнем с
Христос.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Подходи към Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Подходи към Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
изобличение, за поправление, за наставление в правдата; за да бъде Божият
човек усъвършенствуван, съвършено приготвен за всяко добро дело.</em></span>"
Ако приемем, че Библията е Божието Слово, отправено към нас, то следва, че
-тя ще бъде авторитет за нас по всички въпроси касаещи вярата и поведението. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е действена</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+тя ще бъде авторитет за нас по всички въпроси касаещи вярата и поведението. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е действена</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p>
2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старай се да се представиш одобрен пред Бога
работник, който няма от що да се срамува, като излагаш право словото на
истината.</em></span>"
Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга за духовното воюване </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга за духовното воюване </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p>
Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
всеки вятър на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на Библията ни
помага, е че ни поставя на здравата основа на Истината, което означава, че
няма лесно да бъдем "завличани".</p><p>"<span class="emphasis"><em>А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете
-писанията нито Божията сила.</em></span>" Мат. 22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Писанията</p></li><li><p>Божията сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+писанията нито Божията сила.</em></span>" Мат. 22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Писанията</p></li><li><p>Божията сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Съвети </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Съвети </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p></li><li><p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата,
140.</p></li><li><p>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</p></li><li><p>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава
дневно, като пропуснете Псалми и Притчи, ще успеете да прочетете Стария
Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое? </td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое? </td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p>
С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че
Библията "<span class="emphasis"><em>действува между вас, вярващите</em></span>". Нека
разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
Table 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Стих</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф. 5:26
+</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
Таблица 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Стих</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф. 5:26
</td><td>очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото"
</td></tr><tr><td>
Деяния 20:32
</td><td>
духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее
човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста."
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е боговдъхновена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която дарява свобода</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е боговдъхновена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която дарява свобода</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
</p></li><li><p>
preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
Table 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Произведение</th><th>Написано</th><th>Най-старо копие</th><th>Разлика във времето</th><th>Брой копия</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Херодот</td><td>448-428 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>1300 години</td><td>8
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
Таблица 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Произведение</th><th>Написано</th><th>Най-старо копие</th><th>Разлика във времето</th><th>Брой копия</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Херодот</td><td>448-428 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>1300 години</td><td>8
</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 сл. хр.</td><td>1100 сл. хр.</td><td>1000 години</td><td>20
</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Галската война</em></span> на Цезар</td><td>50-58 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>950 години</td><td>10
</td></tr><tr><td>Ливиевата <span class="emphasis"><em>Римска История</em></span></td><td>59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>900 години</td><td>20
новозаветните текстове са неоспоримо уникални сред останалите древни
творби." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е боговдъхновена</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е боговдъхновена</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"да се роди от вода и
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"да се роди от вода и
Дух"</em></span>. Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to
-be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 „<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“ has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „<span class="quote">every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 „<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
+[...]"</span>“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but
-“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask,
-“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>
+At first we are not asking „<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“ but
+„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“; later we can ask,
+„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
-covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“ in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“. Let's look up
other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p>
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 „<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</p><p>Deut.33:27 „<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</p><p>
References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
-Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+Ps.91:4 „<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span>“. W.M. said, „<span class="quote">By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+is a bird</span>“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
алегория</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
-алегория</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
+алегория</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
алегория</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
meaning.</em></span></p><p>Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
-scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава
-правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
-scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „<span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
-interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+interpretation.</span>“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „<span class="quote">...in which are some
things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>̶
1;</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>̶
0;</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Препратки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
-have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio:
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
-to preach [...]</span>̶
1;</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 „<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
+to preach [...]</span>̶
0;</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как да използваме конкорданс? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как да използваме конкорданс? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторски права © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
the terms of the license "Creative Commons
Attribution-Share Alike".
denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важността на Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
-алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовната броня</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важността на Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
+алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Списък на таблиците</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовната броня</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
-cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
-it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
-prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</span>”
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 „<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+it.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 „<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
+prophecy [...]</span>“</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 „<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
+[...]</span>“
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 „<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“
+</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 „<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
-word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
-Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
+word of truth.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 „<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
+Thee.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 „<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“
</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the
+Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does „<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“ mean? Does the
passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům
praktikování spravedlnosti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”
-today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“
+today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na
-definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na
+definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe,
-proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe,
+proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají
-se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají
+se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>̶
0;<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
+</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>̶
2;<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge
-not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozue</p></li><li><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozue</p></li><li><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
-said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just
+said „<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
God.
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
deceived. [...]</p><p>V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k
Ježíši Kristu. Při každém čtení Bible je potřeba horlivě očekávat, že se
takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
napravování a k výchově ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Boží člověk dokonalý a
vybavený ke každému dobrému dílu."</em></span> Pokud přijmeme, že Bible je
opravdu Bůh mluvící k nám, budeme ji mít jako autoritu ve všech věcech víry
-a chování. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která pracuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+a chování. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která pracuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p>
<span class="emphasis"><em>"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl představit jako
osvědčený před Bohem, dělník, který se nemá za co stydět a který správně
vykládá slovo pravdy."</em></span> (2Tm 2,15)
Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která bojuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která bojuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p>
Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
vítr</em></span>. <span class="emphasis"><em>abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmítaná a unášená
každým větrem učení...</em></span> Jedna z věcí, které nám studium Bible
přináší, je zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše "odfouknuti".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Ježíš jim však odpověděl: "Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' =
-děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."</em></span>Mt 22,29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li><p>Boží moc </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."</em></span>Mt 22,29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li><p>Boží moc </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Napomenutí </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Napomenutí </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p></li><li><p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v
denně.</p></li><li><p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu
kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a
dva týdny.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p>
-V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)? </td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p>
+V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)? </td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p>
Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je <span class="emphasis"><em>"slovo
Boží, jež také působí ve vás věřících."</em></span> Popišme si, co všechno
Slovo vykonává.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
le 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Odkaz</th><th>Vliv</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26
+</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
ulka 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Odkaz</th><th>Vliv</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26
</td><td>očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo."
</td></tr><tr><td>
Sk 20,32
</td><td>
sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které
vychází z Božích úst.'"
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která osvobozuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která osvobozuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
</p></li><li><p>
preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
le 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Text</th><th>Kdy napsáno</th><th>Nejstarší opis</th><th>Časový odstup</th><th>Počet opisů</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>1300 let</td><td>8
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
ulka 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Text</th><th>Kdy napsáno</th><th>Nejstarší opis</th><th>Časový odstup</th><th>Počet opisů</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>1300 let</td><td>8
</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.l.</td><td>1100 n.l.</td><td>1000 let</td><td>20
</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarova <span class="emphasis"><em>Válka Galská</em></span></td><td>50-58 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>950 let</td><td>10
</td></tr><tr><td>Livyho <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 př.K. - 17 n.l.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>900 let</td><td>20
other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona
absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak studovat Bibli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak studovat Bibli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z
Ducha</em></span>". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to
-be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 „<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“ has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „<span class="quote">every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 „<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
+[...]"</span>“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but
-“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask,
-“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>
+At first we are not asking „<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“ but
+„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“; later we can ask,
+„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
-covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“ in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“. Let's look up
other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p>
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 „<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</p><p>Deut.33:27 „<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</p><p>
References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
-Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+Ps.91:4 „<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span>“. W.M. said, „<span class="quote">By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+is a bird</span>“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
alegorií</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
-alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">P
rev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
+alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">P
ředcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
alegorií</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
meaning.</em></span></p><p>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
-scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej
-obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
-scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „<span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
-interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+interpretation.</span>“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „<span class="quote">...in which are some
things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>̶
1;</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>̶
0;</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Odkazy. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
-have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio:
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
-to preach [...]</span>̶
1;</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 „<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
+to preach [...]</span>̶
0;</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak používat konkordanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak používat konkordanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
the terms of the license "Creative Commons
Attribution-Share Alike".
denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Význam Božího Slova</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Základy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+ </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Význam Božího Slova</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Základy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
-alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Duchovní zbroj</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Seznam tabulek</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Duchovní zbroj</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
-cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 “<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort
-Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div><p>Offenbarung 1,3 “<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer
+cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 „<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort
+Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div><p>Offenbarung 1,3 „<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer
sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist
-nahe.</span>”</p><p>1. Timotheus 4,13 “<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne
-und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>”
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 “<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in
+nahe.</span>“</p><p>1. Timotheus 4,13 „<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne
+und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>“
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 „<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in
Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten
Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so
-verhielte.</span>”
-</p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 “<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich
+verhielte.</span>“
+</p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 „<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich
vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht,
-als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 119,11 “<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich
-nicht sündige.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 1,1-3 “<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, /
+als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 119,11 „<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich
+nicht sündige.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 1,1-3 „<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, /
nicht auf dem Weg der Sünder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern
Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag
und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der
zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles,
-was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>”
+was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>“
</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arten des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arten des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet “<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>”? Gibt der Text
+Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet „<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>“? Gibt der Text
irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt?
<span class="emphasis"><em>Unsere Absichten!</em></span> Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln
diesen Gedanken?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Wenn Sie spenden</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie fasten</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie beten</p></li></ol></div><p>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es
vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Wenn Sie spenden
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”
-today?)</p></li><li><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“
+today?)</p></li><li><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien
Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt
-wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst
+wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst
die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten
-Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott
+Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott
widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere
-Stellen bestehen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arten des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Stellen bestehen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arten des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter
-Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in
-1. Mose 37-50</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter
+Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in
+1. Mose 37-50</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses
heraus.</p></li><li><p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p></li><li><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p></li></ol></div><p>Finden Sie diese Verse:
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>̶
0;<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
+</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>̶
2;<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</p></li><li><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 “<span class="quote">Richtet
-nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>” und 1. Korinther 2,15
-(Lutherbibel von 1545) “<span class="quote">Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von
-niemand gerichtet.</span>” entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei
+"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 „<span class="quote">Richtet
+nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>“ und 1. Korinther 2,15
+(Lutherbibel von 1545) „<span class="quote">Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von
+niemand gerichtet.</span>“ entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei
verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten"
im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</p></li><li><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder
-Hebräischen Namen finden.</p><p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder
+Hebräischen Namen finden.</p><p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
-said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just
+said „<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
God.
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
nur wenn sie uns wirkungsvoll auf Jesus Christus hinführt. Jedesmal wenn
wenn wir die Bibel lesen, brauchen wir die eifrige Erwartung, durch sie
Christus zu finden.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Bibellesepläne </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annäherung an Gottes Wort</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Bibellesepläne </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annäherung an Gottes Wort</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
continually-fresh way.
-</p><p>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Denn alle Schrift, von Gott
-eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</span>”</em></span> Glauben Sie das?
+</p><p>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">Denn alle Schrift, von Gott
+eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</span>“</em></span> Glauben Sie das?
Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in
Betracht. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">ist nütze zur Lehre,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">ist nütze zur Lehre,
zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass
der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk
-geschickt. </span>”</em></span> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel
+geschickt. </span>“</em></span> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel
wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie
-unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2. Thimotheus 2,15<span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p>
+2. Thimotheus 2,15<span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu
erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort
-der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</span>”</em></span>
+der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</span>“</em></span>
</p><p>
-Kollosser 3,16<span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote"> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch
+Kollosser 3,16<span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote"> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch
wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen,
Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren
-Herzen. </span>”</em></span>
+Herzen. </span>“</em></span>
</p><p>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? </p><p>
Nicht wenig!</p><p>
Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Einer für Alle</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Einer für Alle</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p>
Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von
jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</em></span>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der
Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der
-Folge, dass wir nicht leicht “<span class="quote">weggeblasen werden</span>”.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, “<span class="quote">Ihr irrt, weil
-ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</span>”</em></span>
-Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li><p>Gottes Kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Folge, dass wir nicht leicht „<span class="quote">weggeblasen werden</span>“.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, „<span class="quote">Ihr irrt, weil
+ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</span>“</em></span>
+Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li><p>Gottes Kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Einer für Alle</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Einer für Alle</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: “<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>”</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Einer für Alle</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Einer für Alle</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: „<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ermahnungen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Bibellesepläne</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ermahnungen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Bibellesepläne</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage
Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</p></li><li><p>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich
ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie
das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Einer für Alle </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Einer für Alle </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welche? </td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welche? </td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p>
Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt,
-dass die Bibel <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote"> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr
-glaubet.</span>” </em></span> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit
+dass die Bibel <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote"> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr
+glaubet.</span>“ </em></span> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit
nieder, die das Wort durchführt.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
le 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26
-</td><td>es reinigt -- “<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im
-Wort...</span>”
+</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
elle 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26
+</td><td>es reinigt -- „<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im
+Wort...</span>“
</td></tr><tr><td>
Apostelgeschichte 20,32
</td><td>
</td></tr><tr><td>
Römer 15,4
</td><td>
-es ermutigt -- “<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre
+es ermutigt -- „<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre
geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung
-haben. </span>”
+haben. </span>“
</td></tr><tr><td>
Römer 10,17
</td><td>
-es gibt Glauben -- “<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen
-aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>”
+es gibt Glauben -- „<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen
+aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>“
</td></tr><tr><td>
1. Korinther 10,11
</td><td>
-es warnt -- “<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber
-geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>”
+es warnt -- „<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber
+geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>“
</td></tr><tr><td>
Matthäus 4,4
</td><td>
-Nahrung -- “<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der
+Nahrung -- „<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der
Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem
-Wort Gottes geht."</span>”
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Wort Gottes geht."</span>“
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
</p></li><li><p>
preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
le 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Erstellungszeit</th><th>Erstausgabe</th><th>Zeitspanne</th><th>Anzahl von Kopien</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodot</td><td>448-428 v.Chr..</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>1300 Jahre</td><td>8
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
elle 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Erstellungszeit</th><th>Erstausgabe</th><th>Zeitspanne</th><th>Anzahl von Kopien</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodot</td><td>448-428 v.Chr..</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>1300 Jahre</td><td>8
</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.Chr.</td><td>1100 n.Chr.</td><td>1000 Jahre</td><td>20
</td></tr><tr><td>Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischer Krieg</em></span></td><td>50-58 v.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>950 Jahre</td><td>10
</td></tr><tr><td>Livius' <span class="emphasis"><em>Römische Geschichte</em></span></td><td>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>900 Jahre</td><td>20
des Neuen Testamentes absolut und unerreichbar alleine über den anderen
alten Prosaschriften." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5
-<span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</span>”</em></span> Im
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5
+<span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</span>“</em></span> Im
Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Korinther 14,34 “<span class="quote">[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der
-Gemeindeversammlung</span>” muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von
-1. Korinther 11,5 “<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet
-[...]</span>” genommen werden.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Korinther 14,34 „<span class="quote">[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der
+Gemeindeversammlung</span>“ muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von
+1. Korinther 11,5 „<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet
+[...]</span>“ genommen werden.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 „<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
+[...]"</span>“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but
-“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask,
-“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>
+At first we are not asking „<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“ but
+„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“; later we can ask,
+„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
-covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
Sprache</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
-Sprache</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">
Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
+Sprache</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">
Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
Sprache</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>” in Mt.6,23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>“ in Mt.6,23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“. Let's look up
other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 “<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>”</p><p>
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 „<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>“</p><p>Deut.33:27 „<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>“</p><p>
References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
-Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+Ps.91:4 „<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span>“. W.M. said, „<span class="quote">By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+is a bird</span>“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
-einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
+einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Eine Allegorie ist <span class="emphasis"><em>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine
Bedeutung hat.</em></span></p><p>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
-scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die
-Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
-Sprache </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
+Sprache </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
-scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „<span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
-interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+interpretation.</span>“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „<span class="quote">...in which are some
things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>̶
1;</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>̶
0;</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Bestimmung. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Querverweise. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
-have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</p></li><li><p>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen
und Jesus zu salben.</p></li><li><p>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</p></li><li><p>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie
mit dem Öl.</p></li><li><p>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Querverweise für chrio:
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk 4,18 “<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk 4,18 „<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich
gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht
-bringe...</span>̶
1;</p></li><li><p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p></li><li><p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist
+bringe...</span>̶
0;</p></li><li><p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p></li><li><p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist
und mit Kraft</p></li><li><p>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut
die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede:
<span class="emphasis"><em>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE
robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
Jesus' day.
</p><p>Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14
-anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die
+anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die
Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im
-Namen des Herrn.</span>”</em></span> Ist hier “<span class="quote">salben</span>” geistlich
+Namen des Herrn.</span>“</em></span> Ist hier „<span class="quote">salben</span>“ geistlich
oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!</p><p>
And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
the terms of the license "Creative Commons
Attribution-Share Alike".
denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
+ </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
-einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geistliche Rüstung</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geistliche Rüstung</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan
kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen
kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen,
-tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja
-seuraavat sitä.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka
-kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>”
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 “<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin
+tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 ”<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja
+seuraavat sitä.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 ”<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka
+kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 ”<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>”
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 ”<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin
Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin
kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>”
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä
+</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 ”<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä
luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden
-sanaa oikein.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi
-sinua vastaan.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja
+sanaa oikein.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 ”<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi
+sinua vastaan.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 ”<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja
öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan,
eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>”
</p><p>Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia
sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on
avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua
enemmän kuin opetella ja muistaa sitä. Tämä sen tähden, että he tulevat
-tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin
avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista
jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko
ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se
-roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>Mitä tarkoittaa “<span class="quote">hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</span>”? Antaako
+roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>Mitä tarkoittaa ”<span class="quote">hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</span>”? Antaako
tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu?
<span class="emphasis"><em>Motiivimme!</em></span> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Kun annat</p></li><li><p>Kun paastoat</p></li><li><p>Kun rukoilet</p></li></ol></div><p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa
hurskauttamme:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Kun annat
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan “<span class="quote">kuulostaa
-trumpetilta</span>” tänäpäivänä?)</p></li><li><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan ”<span class="quote">kuulostaa
+trumpetilta</span>” tänäpäivänä?)</p></li><li><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka
-määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö -
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka
+määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö -
tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan
-kanssa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole
+kanssa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole
itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin
-kirjoituksiin.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+kirjoituksiin.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai
-sanahakemistoa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai
+sanahakemistoa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Etsi nämä jakeet:
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>̶
0;<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</p></li><li><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </h3></div></div></div><p>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Etsi nämä jakeet:
+</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>̶
1;<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</p></li><li><p>”<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</p></li><li><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </h3></div></div></div><p>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun
tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut
viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden
viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa
-"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 “<span class="quote">Älkää
-tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</span>” ja 1 Kor.2:15 “<span class="quote">Hengellinen
+"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 ”<span class="quote">Älkää
+tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</span>” ja 1 Kor.2:15 ”<span class="quote">Hengellinen
ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan
voi tutkia.</span>” Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin
käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Katso "tuomio".</p></li><li><p>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku
viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</p></li><li><p>Nyt katso "tuomio".</p></li><li><p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa
Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.)
-Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien
-merkityksiä.</p><p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joosua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien
+merkityksiä.</p><p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joosua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen
elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun
luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat “<span class="quote">Menemme
+</p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat ”<span class="quote">Menemme
kehdon luo vauvan takia</span>”; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee
sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden.
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten
vain jos se tehokkaasti tuo esiin Jeesus Kristusta. Milloin tahansa
Raamattua luetaan, tarvitaan innostunutta odotusta, että sen kautta tapaamme
Kristuksen.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja
toimii... </em></span>" Jeesus sanoi <span class="emphasis"><em>(Matt.4:4),</em></span>
"<span class="emphasis"><em>On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan
jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta.</em></span>" Kun luemme
ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan
ihmisestä tulee täydellinen ja kaikkeen hyvään kykenevä.</em></span>" Jos
hyväksymme, että Raamattu on todella Jumalan puhetta meille, siitä seuraa,
-että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka toimii</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka toimii</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p>
2 Tim.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä
luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden
sanaa oikein.</em></span>"
paimenen antamia. Ja vielä: Poikani, paina varoitus mieleesi. Paljolla
kirjojen tekemisellä ei ole loppua, ja alituinen tutkistelu väsyttää
ruumiin.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka sotii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka sotii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p>
Joh.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä
vapaita.</em></span>"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai
ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset
Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä
seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Te
kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan
-voimaa.</em></span>"Matt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li><p>Jumalan voima </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+voimaa.</em></span>"Matt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li><p>Jumalan voima </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
lisäystä. Reformistien suuri sanonta oli <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
scriptura</em></span> auktoriteetiksemme ja <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
gratia</em></span> pelastukseksemme.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kehotus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kehotus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti
Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot,
esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta
pitääksesi sen tuoreena!
yksi luku päivässä.</p></li><li><p>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos
luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit &
Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa..
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä? </td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä? </td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p>
Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu
"<span class="emphasis"><em>vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte.</em></span>" Beside each
scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen
rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Ta
ble 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Viittaus</th><th>Toiminta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26
+</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Ta
ulu 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Viittaus</th><th>Toiminta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26
</td><td>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla."
</td></tr><tr><td>
Apt 20:32
</td><td>
ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä
ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'"
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka vapahtaa</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka vapahtaa</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka
kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista
-oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen
+oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen
seuraavissa asioissa:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla
dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best
säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat
luotettavia?</em></span> vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden
muinaisten tekstien kanssa:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Ta
ble 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Työ</th><th>Milloin kirjoitettu</th><th>Varhaisin kopio</th><th>Aikaväli</th><th>Kopioiden lukumäärä</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>1300 vuotta</td><td>8
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Ta
ulu 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Työ</th><th>Milloin kirjoitettu</th><th>Varhaisin kopio</th><th>Aikaväli</th><th>Kopioiden lukumäärä</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>1300 vuotta</td><td>8
</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 jKr.</td><td>1100 jKr.</td><td>1000 vuotta</td><td>20
</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen sota</em></span></td><td>50-58 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>950 vuotta</td><td>10
</td></tr><tr><td>Livyn <span class="emphasis"><em>Rooman historia</em></span></td><td>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>900 vuotta</td><td>20
tekstit ovat abosluuttisesti ja kansantajuissesti yksin muiden muinaisten
proosatekstien joukossa." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
-Life</em></span> s. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Life</em></span> s. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo?
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo?
Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on
virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan
tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan
-jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"syntynyt vedestä ja
+jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</p><div class="section" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"syntynyt vedestä ja
Hengestä."</em></span> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä
asiayhteydessään?</p><p>Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja
Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä
muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on
-näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</span>” on otettu
-raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 “<span class="quote">jokainen nainen [...]
-rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 2:38 “<span class="quote">Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin
+näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor.14:34 ”<span class="quote">Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</span>” on otettu
+raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 ”<span class="quote">jokainen nainen [...]
+rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 2:38 ”<span class="quote">Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin
kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi
[...] " </span>”. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos
tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta
uudelleensyntymiseen, kuinka Pietari kirjoittaisi 1 Kor.1:17
<span class="emphasis"><em>"Eihän Kristus lähettänyt minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan
evankeliumia"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Emme kysy ensiksi “<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>” vaan “<span class="quote">Mitä
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Emme kysy ensiksi ”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>” vaan ”<span class="quote">Mitä
se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</span>”; myöhemmin voimme kysyä,
-“<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon
-kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 päivää & 3 yötä</span>” (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia
+”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon
+kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> ”<span class="quote">3 päivää & 3 yötä</span>” (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia
"Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin
kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös
sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)?
päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai
klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6
i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta
-poistaa ongelman.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin
+poistaa ongelman.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin
sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä
palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin
rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen
mukaan. Mutta tässä tapauksessa vain Jumala toteuttaa sen yksipuolisella
-sopimuksella.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+sopimuksella.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla
-kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">paha silmä</span>” Mt.6:23.</p><p>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla
+kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</p><div class="section" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>”<span class="quote">paha silmä</span>” Mt.6:23.</p><p>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö
2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja
jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä
-oikein!!</p><p>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, “<span class="quote">evil
+oikein!!</p><p>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, ”<span class="quote">evil
eye</span>”. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15
"<span class="emphasis"><em>ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä
karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?</em></span>"
Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai
kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä
-ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 “<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat
+ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 ”<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 ”<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat
ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää
heidät.</span>”</p><p>
Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli
antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin
(<span class="emphasis"><em>Kulttien kuningaskunnan</em></span> tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla
joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden
-tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 “<span class="quote">Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet
+tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 ”<span class="quote">Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet
turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja
-kilpi.</span>”. W.M. sanoi, “<span class="quote">Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte
+kilpi.</span>”. W.M. sanoi, ”<span class="quote">Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte
Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</span>”. Mormonien oli
naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
välillä</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
-välillä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
+välillä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
välillä</h2></div></div></div><p>Vertauskuva on: <span class="emphasis"><em>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on
merkitys.</em></span></p><p>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</p><p>Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on
vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta,
kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä
opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden
sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista,
-jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus
+jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</p><div class="section" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus
valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen
vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</p><p>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun
-puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen
+puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen
merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? </p><p>Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa
valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei
-kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
-scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV ”<span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ”<span class="quote">...in which are some
things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että
huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille
-selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen
+selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</p><div class="section" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen
kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen
merkitys näillä askelilla:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Määrittely. </b>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta
Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</p></li><li><p><b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai
Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana
ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? <span class="emphasis"><em>Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan
kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla
-voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Älä koske minuun"</em></span> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta,
+voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Älä koske minuun"</em></span> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta,
eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt
kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei
näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta'
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jaak. 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja
+that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jaak. 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja
rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</em></span>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</p></li><li><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset:
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 ”<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut
julistamaan [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p></li><li><p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja
määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" on öljyn
jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</em></span></p><p>Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on
lisensioitu
"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" -lisenssillä.
denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
-välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Hengellinen sotavaruste</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
+välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Luettelo tauluista</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Hengellinen sotavaruste</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chap
ter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chap
itre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
-cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div><p>Luc 11:28 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et
-qui la gardent !"</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalypse 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les
+cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div><p>Luc 11:28 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et
+qui la gardent !"</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalypse 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les
paroles de la prophétie..."</em></span></p><p>1 Timothée.4:13 <span class="emphasis"><em>"appliques toi à la lecture [des
Écritures]..."</em></span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Actes 17:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Actes 17:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux
de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et
ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait
était exact."</em></span>
</p><p>2 Timothée.2:15 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Efforces toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter
devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui
-dispense droitement la parole de la vérité."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.119:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas
-pécher contre toi."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.1:2-3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de
+dispense droitement la parole de la vérité."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.119:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas
+pécher contre toi."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.1:2-3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de
l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit! Il est comme un arbre planté près
d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage
ne se flétrit point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit."</em></span>
fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types d'études bibliques</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types d'études bibliques</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chap
ter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chap
itre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations !
Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p></li><li><p>Quand tu jeûnes</p></li><li><p>Quand tu pries</p></li></ol></div><p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant
d'éviter les mauvaises façon de pratiquer notre justice :</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”
-today?)</p></li><li><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone « <span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span> »
+today?)</p></li><li><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chap
ter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chap
itre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte
original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne
-signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la
+signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la
règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmis la structure du passage
-entier et du livre.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les verset à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible
+entier et du livre.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les verset à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible
? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente
-face aux autres Écritures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types d'études bibliques </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+face aux autres Écritures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types d'études bibliques </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chap
ter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans
-Genèse 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chap
itre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans
+Genèse 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chap
ter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Sélectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusité de ce verset.</p></li><li><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouver ces versets :
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chap
itre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Sélectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusité de ce verset.</p></li><li><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouver ces versets :
+</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
« <span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span> »</p></li><li><p>« <span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span> »</p></li><li><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne
+"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne
jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés." et 1 Cor.2:15 "L'homme
spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout..."? Peut-être y a-t-il deux mots
grecs différents, tous deux traduits par "juger" en français ? (à partir de
maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numéros Strongs) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Recherche du mot "jugés".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</p></li><li><p>Allez voir en 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des
-nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hébreux.</p><p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigaïl</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des
+nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hébreux.</p><p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigaïl</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
ter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
itre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
-said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just
+said « <span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span> »; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
God.
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
mais uniquement dans le but de rencontrer Jésus Christ. À chaque fois que
nous lisons la Bible, ce qui est nécessaire est la fervente espérance qu'à
travers elle nous pouvons rencontrer Christ.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approche de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approche de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
ter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
itre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme
de Dieu soit accompli et propre à toute bonne oeuvre.</em></span>" Si nous
admettons que la Bible est réellement Dieu nous parlant, il s'ensuit qu'elle
-doit faire pleinement autorité dans notre foi et notre conduite. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui agit</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+doit faire pleinement autorité dans notre foi et notre conduite. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui agit</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
ter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
itre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p>
2 Timothée 2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Efforces toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un
homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la
parole de la vérité.</em></span>"
Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui combat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui combat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libère</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
ter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libère</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libère</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libère</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
itre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libère</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libère</h2></div></div></div><p>
Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
facilement "emportés".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> Jésus leur répondit : </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Vous êtes dans
l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de
Dieu.</em></span>"Matthieu.22:29</p><p>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de
-l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li><p>La puissance de Dieu </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li><p>La puissance de Dieu </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
ter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
itre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">les exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">les exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
ter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
itre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p></li><li><p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des proverbes par jour,
un chapitre par jour.</p></li><li><p>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous
lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les psaumes &
proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
ter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Eph 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ? </td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libère </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
itre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Eph 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ? </td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libère </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
ter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
itre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p>
Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Thessaloniciens 2:13
affirme que la Bible "<span class="emphasis"><em>...agit en vous qui croyez.</em></span>" À
coté de chaque verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Référence</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26
+</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table
au 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Référence</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26
</td><td>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir
purifiée par le baptême d'eau..."
</td></tr><tr><td>
</td><td>
nourriture -- "Jésus répondit: Il est écrit: L'homme ne vivra pas de pain
seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu."
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui libère</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui libère</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
ter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
itre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
</p></li><li><p>
preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes
anciens.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes
anciens." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ouvrage</th><th>Date d'écriture</th><th>Copie la plus ancienne</th><th>Période écoulée</th><th>Nombre de copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodote</td><td>448-428 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>1300 ans</td><td>8
</td></tr><tr><td>Tacite</td><td>100 après J.C.</td><td>1100 après J.C.</td><td>1000 ans</td><td>20
textes du Nouveau Testament se placent absolument et indiscutablement à part
parmis les autres écrits en prose anciens." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tutoriel d'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tutoriel d'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chap
ter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chap
itre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jean 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"...naît
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jean 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"...naît
d'eau et d'Esprit..."</em></span> D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont
on parle ici ?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corinthiens 14:34 <span class="emphasis"><em>"que les femmes se taisent dans les
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corinthiens 14:34 <span class="emphasis"><em>"que les femmes se taisent dans les
assemblées"</em></span> doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1
Corinthiens 11:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui
-prophétise..."</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
+prophétise..."</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 « <span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
+[...]"</span> ». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chap
ter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but
-“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask,
-“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chap
itre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p>
+At first we are not asking « <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> » but
+« <span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span> »; later we can ask,
+« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> ». We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> « <span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span> » (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
-covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chap
ter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">oeil en mauvais état</span>” dans Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chap
itre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>« <span class="quote">oeil en mauvais état</span> » dans Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, « <span class="quote">evil eye</span> ». Let's look up
other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span>”</p><p>
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 « <span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte</span> »</p><p>Deut.33:27 « <span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span> »</p><p>
References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
-Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+Ps.91:4 « <span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span> ». W.M. said, « <span class="quote">By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+is a bird</span> ». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
parabole et une allégorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chap
ter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
-parabole et une allégorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pr
ev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chap
itre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
+parabole et une allégorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pr
écédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
parabole et une allégorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Une allégorie est : <span class="emphasis"><em>Une histoire où chaque élément à une
signification.</em></span></p><p>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
-scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à
-protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
ter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chap
itre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
-scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV « <span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
-interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+interpretation.</span> »). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 « <span class="quote">...in which are some
things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>
”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>
»</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Définition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Références croisées. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
-have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV :
"oindre"] Jésus.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum. </p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds
avec ses cheveux</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Références croisées de chrio
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour
-annoncer [...]</span>
”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 « <span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour
+annoncer [...]</span>
»</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux
références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des
différences : ALEIPHO DÉSIGNE L'USAGE PRATIQUE DE L'HUILE ET CHRIO L'USAGE
SPIRITUEL</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
ter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545542"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chap
itre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545542"></a><p>
This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
the terms of the license "Creative Commons
Attribution-Share Alike".
denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table
of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases de l'étude biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
-parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List
of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes
-anciens.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">L'armure spirituelle</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table
des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases de l'étude biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
+parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List
e des tableaux</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes
+anciens.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">L'armure spirituelle</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title>
<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</title>
+<title>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</title>
<para>
<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök
életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok
<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
<para>A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi,
-mintha birtokolnáknák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki
-befogadta a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta
+mintha birtokolnák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta
+a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta
tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben ők keservesen csalódtak. [...]</para>
<para>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha
ténylegesen bemutatja Jézus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvasható,
</blockquote>
</sect1>
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Hozáállás Isten Szavához</title>
+<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title>
<para>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni
-és memorizálni azt már mikroszkópikus betekintést enged az
+és memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintést enged az
Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást,
tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</para>
meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>szövegkörnyezet</title>
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Szövegkörnyezet</title>
<para>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a
király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes
szakasszal és könyvvel.</para>
</tbody></tgroup></table>
<para>Cézár <emphasis>Gall háborújából</emphasis> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900
évvel későbbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan
-példánya 350-ből, több papirusztekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes
+példánya 350-ből, több papirusz tekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes
szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekből, míg János evangéliumának töredékeit
Kr.u. 130-ból datálható. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szövegkritikája írja, 1.kötet
-561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <emphasis>Élet Kérdései</emphasis>
-25-26. oldalán </attribution><para>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az
+<blockquote><attribution>F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szöveg kritikája írja,
+1.kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <emphasis>Élet
+
Kérdései</emphasis> 25-26. oldalán </attribution><para>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az
Újszövetség alapszik, abszolút és megközelíthetetlenül egyedülálló a többi
ősi prózai irat között." </para></blockquote>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title>
<para>
-Mit tesz önért a Bibliatanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy
+Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy
"<emphasis>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</emphasis>"
Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik.
</para>
<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</title>
+<title>Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</title>
<tgroup cols="2">
<thead>
<row>
Róm. 15:4
</entry>
<entry>
-vígasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk."
+vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk."
</entry>
</row>
<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title>
<para>
-Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </emphasis>"</para>
-<para>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the
-truth of God's word.</para>
+Jn. 8:32 "<emphasis>És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká
+tesz titeket.</emphasis>" Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták
+idézni. Feltételes, vagy feltétel nélküli az ígéret? Használni kell a tudás
+összes formáját? A válasz a mondat első felében van, a 31. versben:
+"<emphasis>Ha ti megmaradtok az én beszédemben, bizonynyal az én
+tanítványaim vagytok;</emphasis>"</para>
+<para>Láthatjuk tehát, hogy ez egy feltételes ígéret, azaz szólni kell Isten
+igéjének igazságát.</para>
-<para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
-wind.</emphasis> "<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
-tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
-doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
-us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
+<para>A "szél" jelentésű görög szó, ami az Ef. 4:14-ben szerepel,
+<emphasis>erőszakos szél.</emphasis> "<emphasis> Az, hogy nem vagyunk
+gyermekek, azt eredményezi, hogy nem dobálnak ide-oda a hullámok, védve
+vagyunk a tanítások akármi szelétől...</emphasis>" Egyik dolog, amit az Ige
+tanulmányozása tesz értünk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszünk
+könnyen "elfújhatók."</para>
-<para><emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>"<emphasis>You are
-mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
-God.</emphasis>"Mt.22:29</para>
-<para>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</para>
+<para><emphasis>De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik,</emphasis>
+"<emphasis>Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az
+Istennek hatalmát.</emphasis>" Mt. 22:29</para>
+<para>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>God's word</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>God's power </para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Isten igéje</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Isten hatalma </para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect1>
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>A Book that Wars</title>
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title>
<para>
-Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</para>
+Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.</para>
<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>Spiritual Armor</title>
+<title>Szellemi páncél</title>
<tgroup cols="2">
<thead>
<row>
-<entry>Question</entry>
-<entry>Answer</entry>
+<entry>Kérdés</entry>
+<entry>Válasz</entry>
</row></thead>
<tbody>
-<row><entry>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>How many are offensive?</entry><entry>One</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Which one(s)? </entry><entry>the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
+<row><entry>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
+<row><entry>Mennyi támadó?</entry><entry>Egy</entry></row>
+<row><entry>Melyik(ek)? </entry><entry>az ige - <foreignphrase>réma</foreignphrase></entry></row>
</tbody></tgroup></table>
</sect1>
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exhortations</title>
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Bátorítás</title>
<para>
-2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
-workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
-truth.</emphasis>"
+2 Tim. 2:15 " <emphasis> Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj,
+mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az
+igazságnak beszédét.</emphasis>"
</para>
<para>
-Col.3:16 "<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all
-wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
-spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
-God.</emphasis>"
+Kol. 3:16 "<emphasis>A Krisztusnak beszéde lakozzék ti bennetek gazdagon,
+minden bölcsességben; tanítván és intvén egymást zsoltárokkal,
+dicséretekkel, lelki énekekkel, hálával zengedezvén a ti szívetekben az
+Úrnak.</emphasis>"
</para>
-<para>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have? </para>
+<para>Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle? </para>
<para>
-Not a little!</para>
+Nem kevés!</para>
<para>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
-of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
-endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</emphasis>"
+Préd. 12:13-14 "<emphasis>A bölcseknek beszédei hasonlatosak az ösztökéhez,
+és mint a szegek, erősen le vannak verve a gyülekezetek tanítóinak szavai;
+melyek egy pásztortól adattak. Mindezekből, fiam, intessél meg: a sok
+könyvek írásának nincs vége, és a sok tanulás fáradságára van a
+testnek.</emphasis>"
</para> </sect1>
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title>
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title>
<blockquote>
-<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
-by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and
-<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
-Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
-as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
-scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
-gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para>
+<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Krisztus a vitatkozó,</emphasis> InterVarsity
+Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó
+hordozza a görög Újszövetségben, nevezetesen a
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> és az
+<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase> határozószó. Ezt úgy fordítják:
+egyszer, egyszer s mindenkorra jelentéssel. Úgy használva, hogy ami
+elvégeztetett, az örökre érvényes, és soha nem kell megismételni, és ezt
+alkalmazzák az ÚSZ-ben, mint megváltás és kinyilatkoztatás. Így Júdás
+apostol szerint is: a hit, amely egyszer a szenteknek adatott (Júd. 3), és a
+Római levél is mondja "<emphasis>a bűnnek halt meg egyszer</emphasis>"
+(Róm. 6:10; lásd még: 1 Pét. 3:18; Zsid. 9:26-28). </para> <para>
+Így mondhatjuk, hogy Isten beszélt egyszer, s mindenkorra és Krisztus
+szenvedett egyszer, s mindenkorra - mindenkiért. Ezt jelenti, hogy a
+Krisztusi kijelentés, és Krisztus megváltása egyszerre Krisztusban
+teljesedett be. Semmi sem adható hozzá, anélkül, hogy lekicsinyelnénk
+Krisztust... Ez az a két szikla, amin a protestáns reformáció alapul --
+Isten kinyilatkoztatott az emberi hagyományok figyelembevétele nélkül,
+Krisztus pedig bevégezte a munkáját emberi szempontok figyelembevétele
+nélkül. A reformátorok remek jelmondata volt a <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase> a fenhatóságunkat illetve, és a
+<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> a megváltásunkat tekintve</para>
</blockquote>
</sect1>
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
-more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title> <para> Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen
+olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1
+és a #4 program, vagy a #2 és az #5 együtt. Változtassa a programját évről
+évre, hogy friss legyen az Ige!
</para>
<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to
-the day of the month.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance
-on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one
-chapter per day.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one
-chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you
-will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks.
+<listitem><para>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy
+héten.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak
+megfelelően.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként,
+például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a
+Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet
+olvas naponta sz Ószövetségből, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket,
+sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt.
</para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
</sect1>
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title>
-<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
-want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
-goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
-interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
-scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
-this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
-interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
-correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title>
+<para>Már tanultunk a hármas szabályról: jelentés, környezet,
+kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnénk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai
+hermeneutikába való rövid bevezetéssel, aminek a célja, hogy felfedezzük az
+eredeti szerző szándékának jelentését (és a Szerzőét !). Míg a szakaszok
+alkalmazása sok lehet, addig értelmezésüket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga
+az írás mondja, hogy egyetlen szó sem támad az igében saját magyarázatból (2
+Pét. 1:20 <quote> Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem
+támad saját magyarázatból.</quote>). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes
+megértés felfedezése felé, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellőzése az emberek
+számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak és követőiknek is. 2 Pét. 3: 16
+<quote>a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a
+tudatlanok és állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyéb írásokat is, a
+magok vesztére.</quote></para>
-<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
-your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+<para>Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson
+figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza?
+Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:</para>
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</title>
-<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
-words by following these steps:</para>
+<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</title>
+<para>Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a
+szavaknak. Próbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentését megtalálni a következő
+lépések követésével:</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Definition</title>
- <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
-tense is also crucial.</para>
+ <formalpara><title>Definíció</title>
+ <para>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az
+igeidő is döntő fontosságú.</para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<formalpara><title>Kereszthivatkozások</title>
- <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
-(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
-on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
-authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
-have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög
+vagy héber szó (nem a magyar fordítás) előfordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy új
+megvilágításba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerző hogyan
+használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még
+értelmezési segítséget a szó használatában akár nem bibliai szövegekben
+is. Miért kell nekünk eredeti nyelven is megnéznünk, miért nem elég a
+magyar? <emphasis>Azért mert több görög szónak lehet ugyanaz a magyar
+fordítása, és a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltérő jelentésárnyalata
+is.</emphasis></para>
</formalpara>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Example 1A</title>
-<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
-Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
-in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
-Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
+<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>1A példa</title>
+<para>Jn. 20:17 <emphasis>"Ne érints"</emphasis> keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy
+hangzik, mintha Jézus nem akarta volna, hogy érintsék most, hogy feltámadt,
+mintha túl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ám ez korántsem helyes feltevés,
+nézzünk utána Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991). művében.</para>
-<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
-The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
-pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
-something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
-after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
-indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
-or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
-something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para>
+<para>Meghatározás: a János 20:17 ben található szó "érints" mellett a pim680
+számot láthatjuk , ami a Strong -féle görög szótárra hivatkozik: "680:
+haptomai a hapto származéka (681), érints. Pontos jelentése tartani
+valamit/valakit, hatást gyakorolva rá... Megkülönböztetendő a pselaphao
+(5584) szótól, melynek jelentése valaminek a felszínét érinteni. Most nézzük
+a pim jelentését: Present Imperative Active: "Aktív beszéd, utasítást adhat
+valaminek a jövőbeli megcselekvésére, tagadó módban valamilyen cselekedet
+befejezésére." Ez itt egy negatív parancs, vagyis felszólítás arra, hogy
+fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? </para>
<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para>
</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title>
-<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
-<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
-Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
-aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
-signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
+<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>1B példa</title>
+<para>Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <emphasis>Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és
+imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</emphasis> Mi
+ez a megkenés?</para>
+<para>Az aleipho (218) - "beolajozni" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is
+amit a "megken" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - "bekenni,
+bedörzsölni olajjal, hivatalra, vagy vallási szolgálatra felszentelni"
+(Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidőt is, "apta" befejezett
+melléknévi igenév, ami egyszerű cselekményre utal, az igéhez való viszonya
+szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belüli
+főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o)</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho:
+<listitem><para>Az aleipho kereszthivatkozásai:
<orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
-them.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék
+őt.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a
+saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</para></listitem>
</orderedlist></para>
</listitem>
-<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio:
+<listitem><para>Chrio kereszthivatkozásai:
<orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
-to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Lk. 4:28 <quote>Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy
+a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</quote></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit
+felkentél, [...]</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és
+hatalommal, </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</para></listitem>
</orderedlist></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
-cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para>
+<para>Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a
+kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget:
+<emphasis>"aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata,
+"chrio" pedig a szellemi</emphasis></para>
-<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
-oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
+<para>Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról
+abban az időben, a jó szamaritánus esete, mikor gondoskodott a megvert
+emberről, olajat és bort tett a sebeire. Tehát az olaj gyógyszer volt abban
+az időben.
</para>
-<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
-<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
-and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
-Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+<para>Akkor használjuk azt, amit éppen most tanultunk a Jakab 5:14 esetére
+<emphasis>Beteg-é valaki köztetek? Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és
+imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</emphasis> A
+"megkenvén" szellemi vagy gyakorlati? Gyakorlati! </para>
<para>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
-"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
-saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
+Tehát a görög igeidő szerint is a megkenvén helyesebben fordítva talán "már
+megkenve" vagyis a sorrend szerint előbb megkenni, majd imádkozni "az Úrnak
+nevében" vagyis az ima történik az Úr nevében, nem a
+megkenetés. Gyakorlatiasan ez az ige azt mondja, a vének előbb adjanak
+orvosságot, majd imádkozzanak a betegért az Úr nevében. Ugye milyen világos
+az egyensúlya a gyakorlatinak és a szelleminek a mi Urunkban!
</para>
</section>
</section>
<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title>
-<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</para>
+<title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title>
+<para>Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi
+a fejezet témája? a könyvé? Az ön értelmezése egyezik vele? Ha nem, az
+baj. Általában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szükséges a szakasz
+helyes értelmezéséhez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad
+bennünk, miután megpróbáltuk értelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetében,
+tovább kell keresnünk.</para>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Example 2A</title>
-<para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
-Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
-<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
-change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
+<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>2A példa</title>
+<para>Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <emphasis>"születik víztől és
+Lélektől"</emphasis> igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez?</para>
+<para>Nem a vízkeresztség kérdéséről beszél itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arról a
+témáról, amiről Jézus és Nikodémus beszél. tekintsünk el a hirtelen
+témaváltástól, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az értelmezés félresiklott! A víz a
+magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés.</para>
</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Example 2B</title>
-<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to
-be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
+<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>2B példa</title>
+<para>1 Kor. 14:34 <quote> A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a
+gyülekezetekben,</quote> együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel <quote>Minden
+asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]</quote></para>
</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Example 2C</title>
-<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?
+<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>2C példa</title>
+<para>ApCsel 2:38 <quote> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és
+keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek
+bocsánatjára; "</quote>. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi
+újjászületésről szól? Ha ez az egyetlen igerész állna rendelkezésünkre,
+levonhatnánk ezt a következtetést. Ám a tiszta tanítás fényében máshol az
+újjászületés Krisztusban való hit által történik meg, ahogy máskülönben
+megérthettük. Péter sürgetése a bemerítkezésre/keresztelésre egy mód arra
+tekintve, hogy a hallgatósága válaszoljon az örömhírre. Ha a
+bemerítés/keresztelés lenne az út az újjászületéshez, hogyan írhatta Pál az
+1 Kor. 1:17 -ben<emphasis> Mert nem azért küldött engem a Krisztus, hogy
+kereszteljek, hanem hogy az evangyéliomot hirdessem</emphasis>?
</para>
</section>
</section>
<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title>
+<title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title>
<para>
-At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but
-<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
-<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
+Először ne azt kérdezzük <quote> Mit jelent ez számomra</quote>, hanem
+<quote>Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?</quote> Csak ez után
+tegyük fel a kérdést: <quote>Mit jelent ez számomra?</quote> Be kell
+tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.</para>
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Example 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
-explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
-<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
-as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
-of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</para>
+<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>3A példa</title><para> <quote>Három nap és három éjjel</quote> (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a
+"Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong
+kultusz követőit. Hogyan halhatott meg Jézus péntek délután, és támadhatott
+fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis "harmadnapon feltámadni" (Mt. 16:21)? A "három"
+és "nap" szó szerint vétele nem segít a látható ellentmondás feloldásában.</para>
+<para>Szükségünk lesz egy kis történelmi csemegére: A zsidó nép bármely részét a
+napnak teljes napként számolták, úgy, mint ahogyan mi sem számolhatjuk a
+vizesvödröket részben. (ha hat és fél vödör vizünk van, mi is azt mondjuk, 7
+vizesvödör van ott, igaz, egyik félig tele). Ugyanígy a zsidók a megkezdett
+napszakokat is teljes napként számolták, és a napok este 6-kor kezdődtek, és
+este 6-kor végződtek. Így péntek délután 3-6 : első nap. Péntek este 6 -tól
+szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tól vasárnap reggel 5-ig a
+harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól.</para>
</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Example 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
-walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
-dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
-covenant.</para>
+<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>3B példa</title><para>1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek
+között áthaladás megszokott módja volt a szövetségek megkötésének. Mindegyik
+fél átsétált a részek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez történjen vele is,
+ha nem a szövetség szerint él. Ám ebben az esetben csak az Úr sétált
+keresztül, így ez egyoldalú szövetség.</para>
</section>
</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title>
-<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
+<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title>
+<para>A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell
+értelmezni. Figyelnünk kell a kifejezésekre, melyeknek speciális jelentésük
+is lehet.</para>
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Example 4A</title>
-<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para>
-<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
-<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
-what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
-I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
+<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>4A példa</title>
+<para><quote>gonosz szem</quote> Mt. 6:23-ban</para>
+<para>1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály,
+szövegkörnyezet: még jobban összezavar bennünket, nem illik sem az előtte
+lévő, sem a következő részekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen
+értelmezünk!</para>
+<para>Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, <quote>gonosz
+szem</quote>. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést:
+Mt. 20:15 "<emphasis>Avagy nem szabad-é nékem a magaméval azt tennem, amit
+akarok? avagy a te szemed azért gonosz, mert én jó vagyok?</emphasis>" Itt
+azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezés a fukar és irigy. Menjünk vissza Mt. 6
+-hoz, és jegyezzük meg, hogy ez az értelmezés hogyan kapcsolja össze a
+szöveget.</para>
</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Example 4B</title>
-<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para>
-<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para>
+<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>4B példa</title>
+<para>Ésa. 59:1 <quote> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</quote></para>
+<para>5 Móz. 33:27 <quote>alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</quote></para>
<para>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
-go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
-giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
-Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
-interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
+A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy
+bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer
+meggyőztek embereket, hogy menjenek és tanítsák azt, hogy Isten lehet
+belőlünk, mint Ő! Egy előadáson, amelyet ők tartottak, egy csoport Mormon
+elöljáró kihívta Walter Martint (a <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>
+szerzője) egy hasonló versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkérte a
+Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak még hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4
+<quote>Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;</quote>
+W.M azt mondta ekkor: <quote>ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján
+bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár</quote>. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint
+megértették az álláspontjuk nevetségességét.
</para>
</section>
</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
-parable and an allegory</title>
-<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a
-meaning.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</para>
+<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
+allegória közt</title>
+<para>Az allegória: <emphasis> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése
+van.</emphasis></para>
+<para>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</para>
-<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
-allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
-scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
+<para>Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok
+Isten igéi, a bozótok az aggódás, kapzsiság stb. Mégis a legtöbb példázat
+nem allegória, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan történet, ami illusztrálja a
+mondanivalót. Veszélyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a példázatok alapján,
+összezavarhatnak. A tiszta írás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a véleményünket,
+ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.</para>
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Example 5A</title>
-<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
-illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
-what do we have?</para>
-<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect
-the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para></section>
+<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>5A példa</title>
+<para>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a
+történet egy dolgot tanít: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként
+tekintjük, mit kapunk?</para>
+<para>Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek
+jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</para></section>
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Example 5B</title>
-<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory? </para>
-<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para>
+<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>5B példa</title>
+<para>A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória? </para>
+<para>A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már
+nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája
+becsapását. </para>
</section>
</section>
<book>
<bookinfo>
- <title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title>
+ <title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title>
<authorgroup>
<author>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
<copyright>
<year>2001-2009</year>
- <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder>
+ <holder>A &bibletime; csapat (info@bibletime.info)</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
<para>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
-the terms of the license <link
-url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike"</link>.
+ Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a <link
+url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</link> felhasználási feltételei szerint
+licenszelte. A magyar fordítást Novák Géza készítette.
</para>
<para>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
+ Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön
+jelzettek.
</para>
</legalnotice>
<abstract>
- <title>Abstract</title>
+ <title>Vázlat</title>
<para>
- The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
+ A <application>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</application> egy vezérfonal a
+biblia tanulmányozásához
</para>
<para>
- It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
-guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
-to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
+ A &bibletime; csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az
+írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges
+útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson
+semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és
+tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá,
+hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást
+okozni.
</para>
</abstract>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoz
áállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni
-és memorizálni azt már mikroszkópikus betekintést enged az
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoz
záállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni
+és memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintést enged az
Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást,
-tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét,
-és megtartják azt.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div><p>Jel.1:3 “<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak
-beszédeit [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>”
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 “<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a
+tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</p><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 „<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét,
+és megtartják azt.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div><p>Jel.1:3 „<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak
+beszédeit [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 „<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>”
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 „<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a
Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az ígét teljes készséggel,
naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>”
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint
+</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 „<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint
oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak
-beszédét.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt.119:11 “<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem
-ellened.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 “<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő
+beszédét.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt.119:11 „<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem
+ellened.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 „<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő
törvényéről gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek
mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem
hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>”
feltétele a kijelentések kapásához. Egy friss keresztyénnek inkább van
szüksége az ige hallására és olvasására, mint arra, hogy tanulmányozza és
memorizálja. Ez azért van így, mert szükséges, hogy megismerjék a Biblia
-általános üzenetét.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+általános üzenetét.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="
The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="
Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a
kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor
-megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>Mit jelent a “<span class="quote">kegyesség gyakorlása</span>”? Ad erre a szakasz példát?
+megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>Mit jelent a „<span class="quote">kegyesség gyakorlása</span>”? Ad erre a szakasz példát?
Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? <span class="emphasis"><em>A
motivációnknak!</em></span> Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Amikor adsz</p></li><li><p>Amikor böjtölsz</p></li><li><p>Amikor imádkozol</p></li></ol></div><p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz
módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Amikor adsz
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan “<span class="quote">kürtöltethet</span>” bárki manapság?)</p></li><li><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan „<span class="quote">kürtöltethet</span>” bárki manapság?)</p></li><li><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="
The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a
-meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="
Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a
+meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a
király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes
-szakasszal és könyvvel.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent
+szakasszal és könyvvel.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent
önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok
-tesztjének.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+tesztjének.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="
The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy
-szószedetek alapján.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az
-1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="
Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy
+szószedetek alapján.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az
+1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="
The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Keresse meg ezeket:
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>̶
0;<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</p></li><li><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </h3></div></div></div><p>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="
Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Keresse meg ezeket:
+</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>̶
2;<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</p></li><li><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </h3></div></div></div><p>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először
nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket
felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide
vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdíj" és még a
-"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1“<span class="quote">Ne ítéljetek,
-hogy ne ítéltessetek!</span>” és az 1 Kor.2.15 “<span class="quote">A lelki ember azonban
+"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1„<span class="quote">Ne ítéljetek,
+hogy ne ítéltessetek!</span>” és az 1 Kor.2.15 „<span class="quote">A lelki ember azonban
mindent megítél</span>” között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van,
amit ugyanúgy "ítél" szóval fordíthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's
Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Keresse meg az "ítél" szót</p></li><li><p>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott
görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.</p></li><li><p>Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.</p></li><li><p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a
görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú
-szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy
-héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábál</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Józsué</p></li><li><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy
+héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábál</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Józsué</p></li><li><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök
életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok
hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
</p><p>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta:
-“<span class="quote"> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</span>”; de a
+„<span class="quote"> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</span>”; de a
Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az
Istennel való szövetségért.
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi,
-mintha birtokolnáknák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki
-befogadta a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta
+mintha birtokolnák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta
+a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta
tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben ők keservesen csalódtak. [...]</p><p>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha
ténylegesen bemutatja Jézus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvasható,
szükség van olyan buzgó reménységre, hogy egyszer mi is találkozhatunk
Krisztussal.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hozáállás Isten Szavához</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="
The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Zsid. 4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Isten igéje élő és
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="
Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Zsid. 4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Isten igéje élő és
ható... </em></span> " Jézus mondta<span class="emphasis"><em> (Mt. 4:4)</em></span><span class="emphasis"><em>
Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely
Isten szájából származik.</em></span> Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten
megjobbításra, az igazságban való nevelésre; hogy tökéletes legyen az Isten
embere, minden jó cselekedetre felkészített.</em></span>" Ha hisszük, hogy a
Bibliából valóban Isten beszél hozzánk, abból következik, hogy az a
-tekintély a hitünk és a magaviseletünk minden területén. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely cselekszik</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+tekintély a hitünk és a magaviseletünk minden területén. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely cselekszik</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
-workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
-truth.</em></span>"
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Bátorítás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bátorítás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Bátorítás</h2></div></div></div><p>
+2 Tim. 2:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em> Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj,
+mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az
+igazságnak beszédét.</em></span>"
</p><p>
-Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all
-wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
-spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
-God.</em></span>"
-</p><p>
If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have? </p><p>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
-of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
-endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Kol. 3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>A Krisztusnak beszéde lakozzék ti bennetek gazdagon,
+minden bölcsességben; tanítván és intvén egymást zsoltárokkal,
+dicséretekkel, lelki énekekkel, hálával zengedezvén a ti szívetekben az
+Úrnak.</em></span>"
+</p><p>
Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle? </p><p>
+Préd. 12:13-14 "<span class="emphasis"><em>A bölcseknek beszédei hasonlatosak az ösztökéhez,
+és mint a szegek, erősen le vannak verve a gyülekezetek tanítóinak szavai;
+melyek egy pásztortól adattak. Mindezekből, fiam, intessél meg: a sok
+könyvek írásának nincs vége, és a sok tanulás fáradságára van a
+testnek.</em></span>"
+</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely harcol </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the
-truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
-wind.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
-tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
-doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
-us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are
-mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
-God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>God's word</p></li><li><p>God's power </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Jn. 8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká
+tesz titeket.</em></span>" Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták
+idézni. Feltételes, vagy feltétel nélküli az ígéret? Használni kell a tudás
+összes formáját? A válasz a mondat első felében van, a 31. versben:
+"<span class="emphasis"><em>Ha ti megmaradtok az én beszédemben, bizonynyal az én
+tanítványaim vagytok;</em></span>"</p><p>Láthatjuk tehát, hogy ez egy feltételes ígéret, azaz szólni kell Isten
+igéjének igazságát.</p><p>A "szél" jelentésű görög szó, ami az Ef. 4:14-ben szerepel,
+<span class="emphasis"><em>erőszakos szél.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em> Az, hogy nem vagyunk
+gyermekek, azt eredményezi, hogy nem dobálnak ide-oda a hullámok, védve
+vagyunk a tanítások akármi szelétől...</em></span>" Egyik dolog, amit az Ige
+tanulmányozása tesz értünk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszünk
+könnyen "elfújhatók."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik,</em></span>
+"<span class="emphasis"><em>Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az
+Istennek hatalmát.</em></span>" Mt. 22:29</p><p>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Isten igéje</p></li><li><p>Isten hatalma </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely harcol</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
-by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
-Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
-as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó
+hordozza a görög Újszövetségben, nevezetesen a
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> és az
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span> határozószó. Ezt úgy fordítják:
+egyszer, egyszer s mindenkorra jelentéssel. Úgy használva, hogy ami
+elvégeztetett, az örökre érvényes, és soha nem kell megismételni, és ezt
+alkalmazzák az ÚSZ-ben, mint megváltás és kinyilatkoztatás. Így Júdás
+apostol szerint is: a hit, amely egyszer a szenteknek adatott (Júd. 3), és a
+Római levél is mondja "<span class="emphasis"><em>a bűnnek halt meg egyszer</em></span>"
+(Róm. 6:10; lásd még: 1 Pét. 3:18; Zsid. 9:26-28). </p><p>
+Így mondhatjuk, hogy Isten beszélt egyszer, s mindenkorra és Krisztus
+szenvedett egyszer, s mindenkorra - mindenkiért. Ezt jelenti, hogy a
+Krisztusi kijelentés, és Krisztus megváltása egyszerre Krisztusban
+teljesedett be. Semmi sem adható hozzá, anélkül, hogy lekicsinyelnénk
+Krisztust... Ez az a két szikla, amin a protestáns reformáció alapul --
+Isten kinyilatkoztatott az emberi hagyományok figyelembevétele nélkül,
+Krisztus pedig bevégezte a munkáját emberi szempontok figyelembevétele
+nélkül. A reformátorok remek jelmondata volt a <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span> a fenhatóságunkat illetve, és a
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> a megváltásunkat tekintve</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Krisztus a vitatkozó,</em></span> InterVarsity
+Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bátorítás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
-more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week.</p></li><li><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to
-the day of the month.</p></li><li><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance
-on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one
-chapter per day.</p></li><li><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one
-chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you
-will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</h2></div></div></div><p> Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen
+olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1
+és a #4 program, vagy a #2 és az #5 együtt. Változtassa a programját évről
+évre, hogy friss legyen az Ige!
+</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy
+héten.</p></li><li><p>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak
+megfelelően.</p></li><li><p>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként,
+például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</p></li><li><p>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a
+Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</p></li><li><p>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet
+olvas naponta sz Ószövetségből, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket,
+sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt.
+</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A
Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Which one(s)? </td><td>the word - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A
könyv, amely harcol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely harcol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A könyv, amely harcol</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.3. táblázat - Szellemi páncél</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Szellemi páncél" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kérdés</th><th>Válasz</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Mennyi támadó?</td><td>Egy</td></tr><tr><td>Melyik(ek)? </td><td>az ige - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">réma</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bátorítás</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="
The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Mit tesz önért a Bibliatanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="
Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy
"<span class="emphasis"><em>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</em></span>"
Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hivatkozás</th><th>Cselekedet</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26
+</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.2. táblázat - Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hivatkozás</th><th>Cselekedet</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26
</td><td>megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva
megszentelje."
</td></tr><tr><td>
</td></tr><tr><td>
Róm. 15:4
</td><td>
-vígasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk."
+vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk."
</td></tr><tr><td>
Róm. 10:17
</td><td>
</td><td>
táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember,
hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'"
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv ami megszabadít</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv ami megszabadít</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják
Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsődleges módoknak, hogy
-megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
+megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt
hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év
bestsellere!
fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <span class="emphasis"><em> Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség
dokumentumai?</em></span> műve összehasonlítja az Újszövetség kéziratait más
ősi iratokkal:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
Table 1.1. Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Irat</th><th>Keletkezés</th><th>Legkorábbi másolat</th><th>Eltelt idő</th><th>Fennmaradt másolatok</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodotosz</td><td>448-428 Kr.e</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>1300 év</td><td>8
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
1.1. táblázat - Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Irat</th><th>Keletkezés</th><th>Legkorábbi másolat</th><th>Eltelt idő</th><th>Fennmaradt másolatok</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodotosz</td><td>448-428 Kr.e</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>1300 év</td><td>8
</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 Kr.u.</td><td>1100 Kr.u.</td><td>1000 év</td><td>20
</td></tr><tr><td>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háború</em></span></td><td>58-50 Kr.e.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>950 év</td><td>10
</td></tr><tr><td>Livius <span class="emphasis"><em>Róma története</em></span></td><td>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>900 év</td><td>20
</td></tr><tr><td>Újszövetség</td><td>Kr.u. 40 - 100</td><td>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</td><td>30 -310 év</td><td>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű
</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háborújából</em></span> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900
évvel későbbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan
-példánya 350-ből, több papirusztekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes
+példánya 350-ből, több papirusz tekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes
szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekből, míg János evangéliumának töredékeit
Kr.u. 130-ból datálható. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az
Újszövetség alapszik, abszolút és megközelíthetetlenül egyedülálló a többi
-ősi prózai irat között." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szövegkritikája írja, 1.kötet
-561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <span class="emphasis"><em>Élet Kérdései</em></span>
-25-26. oldalán </span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The Biblestudy HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ősi prózai irat között." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szöveg kritikája írja,
+1.kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <span class="emphasis"><em>Élet
+Kérdései</em></span> 25-26. oldalán </span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
-Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
-change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to
-be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</h2></div></div></div><p>Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi
+a fejezet témája? a könyvé? Az ön értelmezése egyezik vele? Ha nem, az
+baj. Általában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szükséges a szakasz
+helyes értelmezéséhez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad
+bennünk, miután megpróbáltuk értelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetében,
+tovább kell keresnünk.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>2A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"születik víztől és
+Lélektől"</em></span> igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez?</p><p>Nem a vízkeresztség kérdéséről beszél itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arról a
+témáról, amiről Jézus és Nikodémus beszél. tekintsünk el a hirtelen
+témaváltástól, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az értelmezés félresiklott! A víz a
+magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>2B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor. 14:34 „<span class="quote"> A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a
+gyülekezetekben,</span>” együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel „<span class="quote">Minden
+asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>2C példa</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 2:38 „<span class="quote"> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és
+keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek
+bocsánatjára; "</span>”. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi
+újjászületésről szól? Ha ez az egyetlen igerész állna rendelkezésünkre,
+levonhatnánk ezt a következtetést. Ám a tiszta tanítás fényében máshol az
+újjászületés Krisztusban való hit által történik meg, ahogy máskülönben
+megérthettük. Péter sürgetése a bemerítkezésre/keresztelésre egy mód arra
+tekintve, hogy a hallgatósága válaszoljon az örömhírre. Ha a
+bemerítés/keresztelés lenne az út az újjászületéshez, hogyan írhatta Pál az
+1 Kor. 1:17 -ben<span class="emphasis"><em> Mert nem azért küldött engem a Krisztus, hogy
+kereszteljek, hanem hogy az evangyéliomot hirdessem</em></span>?
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but
-“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask,
-“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
-explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
-as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
-of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
-walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
-dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
-covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Először ne azt kérdezzük „<span class="quote"> Mit jelent ez számomra</span>”, hanem
+„<span class="quote">Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?</span>” Csak ez után
+tegyük fel a kérdést: „<span class="quote">Mit jelent ez számomra?</span>” Be kell
+tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>3A példa</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">Három nap és három éjjel</span>” (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a
+"Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong
+kultusz követőit. Hogyan halhatott meg Jézus péntek délután, és támadhatott
+fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis "harmadnapon feltámadni" (Mt. 16:21)? A "három"
+és "nap" szó szerint vétele nem segít a látható ellentmondás feloldásában.</p><p>Szükségünk lesz egy kis történelmi csemegére: A zsidó nép bármely részét a
+napnak teljes napként számolták, úgy, mint ahogyan mi sem számolhatjuk a
+vizesvödröket részben. (ha hat és fél vödör vizünk van, mi is azt mondjuk, 7
+vizesvödör van ott, igaz, egyik félig tele). Ugyanígy a zsidók a megkezdett
+napszakokat is teljes napként számolták, és a napok este 6-kor kezdődtek, és
+este 6-kor végződtek. Így péntek délután 3-6 : első nap. Péntek este 6 -tól
+szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tól vasárnap reggel 5-ig a
+harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>3B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek
+között áthaladás megszokott módja volt a szövetségek megkötésének. Mindegyik
+fél átsétált a részek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez történjen vele is,
+ha nem a szövetség szerint él. Ám ebben az esetben csak az Úr sétált
+keresztül, így ez egyoldalú szövetség.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
-what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
-I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
-go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
-giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
-Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of
-interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
-parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</h2></div></div></div><p>A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell
+értelmezni. Figyelnünk kell a kifejezésekre, melyeknek speciális jelentésük
+is lehet.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>4A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">gonosz szem</span>” Mt. 6:23-ban</p><p>1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály,
+szövegkörnyezet: még jobban összezavar bennünket, nem illik sem az előtte
+lévő, sem a következő részekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen
+értelmezünk!</p><p>Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, „<span class="quote">gonosz
+szem</span>”. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést:
+Mt. 20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Avagy nem szabad-é nékem a magaméval azt tennem, amit
+akarok? avagy a te szemed azért gonosz, mert én jó vagyok?</em></span>" Itt
+azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezés a fukar és irigy. Menjünk vissza Mt. 6
+-hoz, és jegyezzük meg, hogy ez az értelmezés hogyan kapcsolja össze a
+szöveget.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>4B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Ésa. 59:1 „<span class="quote"> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</span>”</p><p>5 Móz. 33:27 „<span class="quote">alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</span>”</p><p>
+A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy
+bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer
+meggyőztek embereket, hogy menjenek és tanítsák azt, hogy Isten lehet
+belőlünk, mint Ő! Egy előadáson, amelyet ők tartottak, egy csoport Mormon
+elöljáró kihívta Walter Martint (a <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>
+szerzője) egy hasonló versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkérte a
+Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak még hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4
+„<span class="quote">Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;</span>”
+W.M azt mondta ekkor: „<span class="quote">ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján
+bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár</span>”. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint
+megértették az álláspontjuk nevetségességét.
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
+allegória közt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
-parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
-parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
-meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
-allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
-scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
-illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
-what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect
-the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
+allegória közt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
+allegória közt</h2></div></div></div><p>Az allegória: <span class="emphasis"><em> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése
+van.</em></span></p><p>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</p><p>Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok
+Isten igéi, a bozótok az aggódás, kapzsiság stb. Mégis a legtöbb példázat
+nem allegória, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan történet, ami illusztrálja a
+mondanivalót. Veszélyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a példázatok alapján,
+összezavarhatnak. A tiszta írás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a véleményünket,
+ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>5A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a
+történet egy dolgot tanít: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként
+tekintjük, mit kapunk?</p><p>Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek
+jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>5B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória? </p><p>A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már
+nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája
+becsapását. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
-parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
-want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
-goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
-interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
-scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing
-this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
-interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
-correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
-your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
-words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
-tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
-(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
-on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
-authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
-have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
-Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
-in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
-Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
-The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
-pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
-something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
-after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
-indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
-or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
-something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
-Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
-aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
-signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho:
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
-them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio:
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
-to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
-cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
-oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
-and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
-Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
-"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
-saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
+allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Már tanultunk a hármas szabályról: jelentés, környezet,
+kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnénk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai
+hermeneutikába való rövid bevezetéssel, aminek a célja, hogy felfedezzük az
+eredeti szerző szándékának jelentését (és a Szerzőét !). Míg a szakaszok
+alkalmazása sok lehet, addig értelmezésüket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga
+az írás mondja, hogy egyetlen szó sem támad az igében saját magyarázatból (2
+Pét. 1:20 „<span class="quote"> Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem
+támad saját magyarázatból.</span>”). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes
+megértés felfedezése felé, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellőzése az emberek
+számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak és követőiknek is. 2 Pét. 3: 16
+„<span class="quote">a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a
+tudatlanok és állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyéb írásokat is, a
+magok vesztére.</span>”</p><p>Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson
+figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza?
+Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</h2></div></div></div><p>Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a
+szavaknak. Próbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentését megtalálni a következő
+lépések követésével:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definíció. </b>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az
+igeidő is döntő fontosságú.</p></li><li><p><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög
+vagy héber szó (nem a magyar fordítás) előfordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy új
+megvilágításba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerző hogyan
+használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még
+értelmezési segítséget a szó használatában akár nem bibliai szövegekben
+is. Miért kell nekünk eredeti nyelven is megnéznünk, miért nem elég a
+magyar? <span class="emphasis"><em>Azért mert több görög szónak lehet ugyanaz a magyar
+fordítása, és a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltérő jelentésárnyalata
+is.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>1A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn. 20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ne érints"</em></span> keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy
+hangzik, mintha Jézus nem akarta volna, hogy érintsék most, hogy feltámadt,
+mintha túl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ám ez korántsem helyes feltevés,
+nézzünk utána Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991). művében.</p><p>Meghatározás: a János 20:17 ben található szó "érints" mellett a pim680
+számot láthatjuk , ami a Strong -féle görög szótárra hivatkozik: "680:
+haptomai a hapto származéka (681), érints. Pontos jelentése tartani
+valamit/valakit, hatást gyakorolva rá... Megkülönböztetendő a pselaphao
+(5584) szótól, melynek jelentése valaminek a felszínét érinteni. Most nézzük
+a pim jelentését: Present Imperative Active: "Aktív beszéd, utasítást adhat
+valaminek a jövőbeli megcselekvésére, tagadó módban valamilyen cselekedet
+befejezésére." Ez itt egy negatív parancs, vagyis felszólítás arra, hogy
+fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>1B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <span class="emphasis"><em>Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és
+imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</em></span> Mi
+ez a megkenés?</p><p>Az aleipho (218) - "beolajozni" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is
+amit a "megken" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - "bekenni,
+bedörzsölni olajjal, hivatalra, vagy vallási szolgálatra felszentelni"
+(Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidőt is, "apta" befejezett
+melléknévi igenév, ami egyszerű cselekményre utal, az igéhez való viszonya
+szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belüli
+főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Az aleipho kereszthivatkozásai:
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</p></li><li><p>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék
+őt.</p></li><li><p>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.</p></li><li><p>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</p></li><li><p>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a
+saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Chrio kereszthivatkozásai:
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk. 4:28 „<span class="quote">Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy
+a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit
+felkentél, [...]</p></li><li><p>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és
+hatalommal, </p></li><li><p>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a
+kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata,
+"chrio" pedig a szellemi</em></span></p><p>Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról
+abban az időben, a jó szamaritánus esete, mikor gondoskodott a megvert
+emberről, olajat és bort tett a sebeire. Tehát az olaj gyógyszer volt abban
+az időben.
+</p><p>Akkor használjuk azt, amit éppen most tanultunk a Jakab 5:14 esetére
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Beteg-é valaki köztetek? Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és
+imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</em></span> A
+"megkenvén" szellemi vagy gyakorlati? Gyakorlati! </p><p>
+Tehát a görög igeidő szerint is a megkenvén helyesebben fordítva talán "már
+megkenve" vagyis a sorrend szerint előbb megkenni, majd imádkozni "az Úrnak
+nevében" vagyis az ima történik az Úr nevében, nem a
+megkenetés. Gyakorlatiasan ez az ige azt mondja, a vének előbb adjanak
+orvosságot, majd imádkozzanak a betegért az Úr nevében. Ugye milyen világos
+az egyensúlya a gyakorlatinak és a szelleminek a mi Urunkban!
+</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
-the terms of the license "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike".
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content='Vázlat A Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát egy vezérfonal a biblia tanulmányozásához A BibleTime csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni.'><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Harman</span>, <span class="firstname">Bob</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span>, <span class="firstname"></span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
+ Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike" felhasználási feltételei szerint
+licenszelte. A magyar fordítást Novák Géza készítette.
</p><p>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>
Abstract</b></p><p>
- The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
+ Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön
+jelzettek.
+ </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>
Vázlat</b></p><p>
+ A <span class="application">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</span> egy vezérfonal a
+biblia tanulmányozásához
</p><p>
- It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
-guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
-to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Isten szavának jelentősége</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
-parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az
+írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges
+útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson
+semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és
+tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá,
+hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást
+okozni.
+ </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Isten szavának jelentősége</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
+allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Szellemi páncél</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
hapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
apitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
-cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
-it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
-prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</span>”
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 «<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+it.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 «<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
+prophecy [...]</span>»</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 «<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
+[...]</span>»
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 «<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>»
+</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 «<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
-word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
-Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
+word of truth.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 «<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
+Thee.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 «<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>»
</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
hapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
apitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the
+Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does «<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>» mean? Does the
passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di
praticare le tue buone opere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”
-today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>»
+today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
hapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle
-definizioni! Non leggere quello che non �detto.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
apitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle
+definizioni! Non leggere quello che non �detto.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La
+book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La
parola di Dio non �contradittoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra
-interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
hapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o
-una concordanza.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di una personaggio</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di
-Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
apitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o
+una concordanza.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di una personaggio</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di
+Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
hapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un particolare versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finch�trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno studio tematico </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
apitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un particolare versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finch�trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
+</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</p></li><li><p>«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno studio tematico </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge
-not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>» and 1 Cor.2:15 «<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>» Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i significati dei nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o
-ebraico.</p><p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joshua</p></li><li><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i significati dei nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o
+ebraico.</p><p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joshua</p></li><li><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>C
hapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>C
apitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
-said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just
+said «<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
God.
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
deceived. [...]</p><p>Non c'�merito n�profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto se
ci porta a Ges Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo
avere una forta speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approcci alla parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approcci alla parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
e formare alla giustizia, perchè l'uomo di Dio sia completo e ben preparato
per ogni opera buona.</em></span>" Se accettiamo che la Bibbia è veramente
Dio che si rivolge a noi, allora ne consegue che sarà la nostra guida in
-tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che funziona</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che funziona</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2 Tm 2,15 <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p>
+2 Tm 2,15 <span class="emphasis"><em>«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un
uomo degno di approvazione, un lavoratore che non ha di che vergognarsi, uno
-scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della verità.</span>”</em></span>
+scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della verità.</span>»</em></span>
</p><p>
-Col 3,16 <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi
+Col 3,16 <span class="emphasis"><em>«<span class="quote">La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi
abbondantemente; ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a
Dio di cuore e con gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici
-spirituali.</span>”</em></span>
+spirituali.</span>»</em></span>
</p><p>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? </p><p>
Non poco!</p><p>
Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che da battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: Una volta per tutte</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che da battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: Una volta per tutte</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende liberi</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende liberi</h2></div></div></div><p>
Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
saremo radicati nella verità col risultato che non saremo facilmente
"soffiati via."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>E Gesù rispose loro: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Voi vi ingannate, non
conoscendo né le Scritture, né la potenza di Dio.</em></span>"Mt 22,29</p><p>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati
-dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li><p>La forza di Dio </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che da battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li><p>La forza di Dio </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che da battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: Una volta per tutte</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: “<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>”</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: Una volta per tutte</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: «<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esortazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esortazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nuovo Testamento in un anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla
giorno.</p></li><li><p>Antico testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al
giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a
leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: Una volta per tutte </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: Una volta per tutte </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che da battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che da battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro che da battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Ef 6,10-18 è un immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Quale? </td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che da battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che da battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro che da battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Ef 6,10-18 è un immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Quale? </td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che funziona</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che funziona</h2></div></div></div><p>
Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la
bibbia "<span class="emphasis"><em>opera in voi che credete.</em></span>" Accanto ad ogni
scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
le 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Riferimento</th><th>Effetto</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26
+</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
ella 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Riferimento</th><th>Effetto</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26
</td><td>purifica -- "... purificandola per mezzo dell'acqua e della parola."
</td></tr><tr><td>
At 20,32
</td><td>
nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non solo di pane vivrà l'uomo ma di
ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio.'"
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro ispirato da Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che rende liberi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro ispirato da Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che rende liberi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>C
hapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>C
apitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro eccezionale</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro eccezionale</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
</p></li><li><p>
preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
le 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Opera</th><th>Epoca di scrittura</th><th>Copia più antica</th><th>Differnza di tempo</th><th>Numero delle copie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Erodoto</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anni</td><td>8
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
ella 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Opera</th><th>Epoca di scrittura</th><th>Copia più antica</th><th>Differnza di tempo</th><th>Numero delle copie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Erodoto</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anni</td><td>8
</td></tr><tr><td>Tacito</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anni</td><td>20
</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>De bello gallico</em></span> di Giulio Cesare</td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anni</td><td>10
</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Ab urbe condita</em></span> di Livio</td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anni</td><td>20
testamento è unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa
dell'Anitichità." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro ispirato da Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro ispirato da Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
hapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
apitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "<span class="emphasis"><em>nato d'acqua
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "<span class="emphasis"><em>nato d'acqua
e di Spirito.</em></span>" Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to
-be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 «<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>» has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «<span class="quote">every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 «<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
+[...]"</span>». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
hapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but
-“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask,
-“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
apitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p>
+At first we are not asking «<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>» but
+«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»; later we can ask,
+«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>». We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> «<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>» (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
-covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
hapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
apitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>» in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «<span class="quote">evil eye</span>». Let's look up
other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p>
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 «<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</p><p>Deut.33:27 «<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</p><p>
References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
-Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+Ps.91:4 «<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span>». W.M. said, «<span class="quote">By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+is a bird</span>». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
parabola e un'allegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
hapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
-parabola e un'allegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
apitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
+parabola e un'allegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
parabola e un'allegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
meaning.</em></span></p><p>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
-scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i
-diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>C
hapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>C
apitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
-scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «<span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
-interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+interpretation.</span>»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «<span class="quote">...in which are some
things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>
”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>
»</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Referenze. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
-have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio:
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
-to preach [...]</span>
”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 «<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
+to preach [...]</span>
»</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
the terms of the license "Creative Commons
Attribution-Share Alike".
denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
-parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armamento spirituale</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
+parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armamento spirituale</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
-cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>들음(Hear)</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
-it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽음(Read)</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
+cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>들음(Hear)</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽음(Read)</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
[...]</span>”
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”
</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
-word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
-Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
+word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
+Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”
fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 성경공부의 유형들</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 성경공부의 유형들</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”
-today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른
-말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">성경공부의 유형들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른
+말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">성경공부의 유형들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기 </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기 </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge
+"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge
not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
deceived. [...]</p><p>성경을 단지 읽기 위해 읽는다면 아무 유익이나 이득이 없다, 오직 우리를 예수 그리스도에게 알리는 데에만 소용이 있다. 성경을 읽을 때에
필요한 것은 오직 말씀을 통해 그리스도를 만나고자 하는 간절한 소망뿐이다.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R.W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity
Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>계속해서 딤후 3:16에서는, "<span class="emphasis"><em>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로 교훈과 책망과 바르게 함과 의로 교육하기에
유익하니</em></span>"라고 말씀하였다. 만일 우리가 성경이 정말로 하나님께서 우리에게 말씀하시는 것이라 믿는다면, 말씀이 우리의
-모든 믿음과 행위의 근거가 될 것이다. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 역사하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+모든 믿음과 행위의 근거가 될 것이다. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 역사하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p>
딤후 2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님
앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라.</em></span>"
</p><p>
Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">영적전쟁을 하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">영적전쟁을 하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>
Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
바람</em></span>이다. "<span class="emphasis"><em>결과적으로 우리는 더이상 교리들의 모든 바람에 이리저리로 흔들리는 어린아이와 같아서는
안된다...</em></span>"성경을 공부하면 우리가 얻게 되는 유익중 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "바람에 흔들리지" 않도록 우리의 믿음을
진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>너희가 성경도 하나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV
-Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</em></span>"마 22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li><p>하나님의 능력 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</em></span>"마 22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li><p>하나님의 능력 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R. W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> InterVarsity
-Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">권면(Exhortations) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">권면(Exhortations) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할
수 있다.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부가(Appendix): "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부가(Appendix): "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>
-엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것인가? </td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면(Exhortations)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>
+엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것인가? </td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면(Exhortations)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>
성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 "<span class="emphasis"><em>말씀이 또한 너희 믿는 자 속에서
역사하느니라.</em></span>" 그밖의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
Table 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조(Reference)</th><th>역사하는 것(Action)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26
+</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
표 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조(Reference)</th><th>역사하는 것(Action)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26
</td><td>정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..."
</td></tr><tr><td>
행 20:32
</td><td>
양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든
말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니."
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 자유케하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 자유케하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
</p></li><li><p>
preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
Table 1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>작품</th><th>씌여진 시기</th><th>최고(古) 사본</th><th>최고(古)사본과의 시간차</th><th>사본의 수</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>헤로도투스(Herodotus)</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300년</td><td>8
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
표 1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>작품</th><th>씌여진 시기</th><th>최고(古) 사본</th><th>최고(古)사본과의 시간차</th><th>사본의 수</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>헤로도투스(Herodotus)</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300년</td><td>8
</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000년</td><td>20
</td></tr><tr><td>시저(Caesar)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950년</td><td>10
</td></tr><tr><td>리비우스(Livy)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900년</td><td>20
gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바이블스터디 하우투 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바이블스터디 하우투 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to
be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>
At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but
“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask,
“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
-covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up
other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p>
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p>
References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
-parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
-scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect
-the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>겹참조(Cross-reference). </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
-have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">저작권 © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
the terms of the license "Creative Commons
Attribution-Share Alike".
denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. 성경 공부의 기초들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
-parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">영적인 무기</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. 성경 공부의 기초들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>표 목록</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">영적인 무기</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
-cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
-it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
+cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
[...]</span>”
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”
</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
-word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
-Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
+word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
+Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”
fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde
manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”
-today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met
-definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met
+definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de
+book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de
bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test
-van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van
-tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het
-leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van
+tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het
+leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden
hebt.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge
+"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge
not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of
-Hebreews vinden.</p><p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of
+Hebreews vinden.</p><p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
deceived. [...]</p><p>De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons
bekend maakt met Jezus Christus. Telkens als de bijbel gelezen wordt, is een
sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
Gods volkomen zij, tot alle goed werk volkomen toegerust.</em></span>" Als
wij accepteren dat de bijbel in feite God is die tot ons spreekt, dan volgt
daaruit dat de bijbel voor ons autoriteit heeft in alle zaken van geloof en
-gedrag. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat werkt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+gedrag. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat werkt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p>
2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te
stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid
recht snijdt.</em></span>"
Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat strijdt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat strijdt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p>
Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
wind van leer...</em></span>"Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat
het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet
zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de
-Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</em></span>" Matt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gods woord</p></li><li><p>Gods kracht </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</em></span>" Matt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gods woord</p></li><li><p>Gods kracht </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vermaningen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vermaningen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per
een hoofdstuk.</p></li><li><p>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het
Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken
overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welke? </td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welke? </td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p>
Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel
"<span class="emphasis"><em>werkzaam is in u, die gelooft</em></span>" Schrijf naast elk
schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
le 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Naslag</th><th>Actie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26
+</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
el 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Naslag</th><th>Actie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26
</td><td>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord."
</td></tr><tr><td>
Hand.20:32
voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen
van brood zal de mens leven, maar van alle woord, dat uit de mond Gods
gaat."
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En boek met de adem van God </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een bevrijdend boek</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En boek met de adem van God </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een bevrijdend boek</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
</p></li><li><p>
preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude
teksten.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude
teksten." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Wanneer geschreven</th><th>Oudste kopie</th><th>Tijdsduur</th><th>Aantal exemplaren</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>1300 jaar</td><td>8
</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 na Chr.</td><td>1100 na Chr.</td><td>1000 jaar</td><td>20
tekst van het Nieuwe Testament absoluut en onbenaderbaar alleen tussen alle
andere antieke proza." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijbelstudie HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En boek met de adem van God</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijbelstudie HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En boek met de adem van God</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ...uit water
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ...uit water
en geest."</em></span> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier
gaat?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to
be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p>
At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but
“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask,
“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
-covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up
other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p>
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p>
References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
gelijkenis en een allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
-gelijkenis en een allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
+gelijkenis en een allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
gelijkenis en een allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
meaning.</em></span></p><p>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
-scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om
-de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
woorden.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
-have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
the terms of the license "Creative Commons
Attribution-Share Alike".
denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Het belang van Gods Woord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
+ </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Het belang van Gods Woord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
-gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Li
st of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude
-teksten.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geestelijke wapenrusting</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Li
jst van tabellen</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude
+teksten.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geestelijke wapenrusting</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
hapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
apítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
-cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 “<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a
-palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1.3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as
+cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 “<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a
+palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1.3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as
palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</p><p>1 Tm 4.13 “<span class="quote">aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</span>”
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 “<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 “<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque
receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras
para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>”
</p><p>2 Tm 2.15 “<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro
que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da
-verdade.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 119.11 “<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra
-ti.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 1.2-3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos
+verdade.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 119.11 “<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra
+ti.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 1.2-3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos
ímpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos
escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita
de dia e noite. </span>”
fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
hapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
apítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
<span class="emphasis"><em>Nossas motivações!</em></span> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quando você oferta</p></li><li><p>Quando você jejua</p></li><li><p>Quando você ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar
maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quando você oferta
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”
-today?)</p></li><li><p>faça-o em secreto</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretação Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Como usar uma concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+today?)</p></li><li><p>faça-o em secreto</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretação Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Como usar uma concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
hapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretação Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretação Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com
-definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
apítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretação Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretação Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com
+definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito
importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a
-passagem e livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia Cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus
+passagem e livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia Cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus
não se contradiz, entào nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de
-outras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+outras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
hapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma
-concordância.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretação Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
apítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma
+concordância.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretação Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Como usar uma concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
hapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Como usar uma concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Como usar uma concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo</p></li><li><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente</p></li><li><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontre esses versículos:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Como usar uma concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="C
apítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Como usar uma concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Como usar uma concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo</p></li><li><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente</p></li><li><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontre esses versículos:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>A história do rico e de Lázaro</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida
+"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida
entre Mt 7.1 “<span class="quote">Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados</span>” e 1 Co
2.15 “<span class="quote">Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</span>”. Talvez
sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como
daqui). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Procure "julgar" </p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Agora procure "julgado"</p></li><li><p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego
-ou hebraico.</p><p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego
+ou hebraico.</p><p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>C
hapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>C
apítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
deceived. [...]</p><p>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas
apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário
que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora
-InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja
perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</em></span>". Se nós
aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, consequentemente
-ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Funciona</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Funciona</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortações</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortações</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortações</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortações</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortações</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortações</h2></div></div></div><p>
2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que
não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade"
</p><p>
Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p>
Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de
doutrina...</em></span>". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos
firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as
-Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li><p>Poder de Deus </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li><p>Poder de Deus </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso,</em></span>Editora
-InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortações </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortações </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li><p>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente
dia.</p></li><li><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo
por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos e Provérbios, você lerá o
Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas são para atacar?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Qual? </td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortações</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas são para atacar?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Qual? </td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortações</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p>
O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia
"<span class="emphasis"><em>opera em vós que credes</em></span>". Do lado de cada escritura,
escreva o que a Palavra faz:
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
le 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referência</th><th>Ação</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.25
+</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
ela 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referência</th><th>Ação</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.25
</td><td>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela
palavra"
</td></tr><tr><td>
</td><td>
Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o
homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus"
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Liberta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Liberta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>C
hapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>C
apítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
</p></li><li><p>
preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
le 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tab
ela 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8
</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anos</td><td>20
</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anos</td><td>10
</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>História Romana</em></span></td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anos</td><td>20
other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em
absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Estudo Bíblico HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Estudo Bíblico HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
hapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
apítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do
Espírito"</em></span>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 “<span class="quote">as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>” deve ser
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 “<span class="quote">as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>” deve ser
considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 “<span class="quote">Mas toda mulher que ora ou
-profetiza....</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
+profetiza....</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
hapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
apítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p>
At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but
“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask,
“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
-covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
hapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>” em Mt 6.23</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
apítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>” em Mt 6.23</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up
other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 “<span class="quote">Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</span>”</p><p>Dt 33.27 “<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 “<span class="quote">Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</span>”</p><p>Dt 33.27 “<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços
eternos</span>”</p><p>
References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
parábola e uma alegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
hapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
-parábola e uma alegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="C
apítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
+parábola e uma alegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
parábola e uma alegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>Uma alegoria é: <span class="emphasis"><em>uma história onde cada elemento tem um
significado</em></span></p><p>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
-scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para
-proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>C
hapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>C
apítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definição. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Referencia Cruzada. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
-have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Como usar uma concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Como usar uma concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Resumo The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
hapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Resumo The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="C
apítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
the terms of the license "Creative Commons
Attribution-Share Alike".
denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
-parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>
Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
+parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
-cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
-it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
-prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</span>”
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 «<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+it.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 «<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
+prophecy [...]</span>»</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 «<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
+[...]</span>»
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 «<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>»
+</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 «<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
-word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
-Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
+word of truth.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 «<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
+Thee.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 «<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>»
</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Типы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Типы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the
+Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does «<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>» mean? Does the
passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных
путей проявления своей праведности:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”
-today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>»
+today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со
-значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со
+значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит
+book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит
Себе, поэтому наше истолкование должно выдержать проверку других мест
-Писания. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Писания. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки
-или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки
+или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="
Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
+</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</p></li><li><p>«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge
-not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>» and 1 Cor.2:15 «<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>» Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском
-языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском
+языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
-said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just
+said «<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
God.
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
том случае, если это действительно сближает нас с Иисусом Христом. Всякий
раз при чтении Библии, необходимо усердное ожидание того, чтобы через чтение
встретиться со Христом.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the
-Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приближение к Слову Божьему</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приближение к Слову Божьему</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
исправления, для наставления в праведности, да будет совершен Божий человек,
ко всякому доброму делу приготовлен.</em></span>" Если мы принимаем то, что
Библия - это действительно то, что Бог говорит нам, то, следовательно, она
-будет нашим авторитетом во всех вопросах веры и поведения. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Действенная Книга</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+будет нашим авторитетом во всех вопросах веры и поведения. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Действенная Книга</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p>
2 Тим.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старайся представить себя Богу достойным, делателем
неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины.</em></span>"
</p><p>
Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая воюет </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая воюет </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p>
Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
ветер.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимися
и увлекающимися всяким ветром учения...</em></span>" Изучение Библии даёт нам
укорениться в истине, и как результат --- нас будет не просто "сдуть". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Иисус сказал им в ответ: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>заблуждаетесь, не
-зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</em></span>" Мтф.22:29.</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li><p>Божья Сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</em></span>" Мтф.22:29.</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li><p>Божья Сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the
-Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Увещевания </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Увещевания </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p></li><li><p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу
главе в день.</p></li><li><p>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу
в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуская Псалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий
Завет за 2 года и 2 недели.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p>
-В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое? </td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p>
+В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое? </td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>
Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия
"<span class="emphasis"><em>действует в вас, верующих.</em></span>" Рядом с каждым отрывком,
запишите действие, которое производит Слово.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
Table 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ссылка</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф.5:26
+</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
Таблица 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ссылка</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф.5:26
</td><td>очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;"
</td></tr><tr><td>
Деян.20:32
</td><td>
питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить
человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих."
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая освобождает</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая освобождает</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
</p></li><li><p>
preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
Table 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Труд</th><th>Когда написаны</th><th>Самые ранние копии</th><th>Промежуток времени</th><th>Число копий</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Геродот</td><td>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>1300 лет</td><td>8
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>
Таблица 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Труд</th><th>Когда написаны</th><th>Самые ранние копии</th><th>Промежуток времени</th><th>Число копий</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Геродот</td><td>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>1300 лет</td><td>8
</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 г. н.э.</td><td>1100 г. н.э.</td><td>1000 лет</td><td>20
</td></tr><tr><td>Цезарь <span class="emphasis"><em>"Галльские войны"</em></span></td><td>50-58 г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>950 лет</td><td>10
</td></tr><tr><td>Ливий <span class="emphasis"><em>"Римская история"</em></span></td><td>59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>900 лет</td><td>20
абсолютно и неоспоримо исключительным среди других старинных прозаичных
рукописей." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как изучать Библию </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как изучать Библию </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"рождённый от воды и
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"рождённый от воды и
Духа".</em></span> В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to
-be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 «<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>» has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «<span class="quote">every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 «<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
+[...]"</span>». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but
-“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask,
-“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>
+At first we are not asking «<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>» but
+«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»; later we can ask,
+«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>». We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> «<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>» (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
-covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p>«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>» in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «<span class="quote">evil eye</span>». Let's look up
other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p>
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 «<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</p><p>Deut.33:27 «<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</p><p>
References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
-Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+Ps.91:4 «<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span>». W.M. said, «<span class="quote">By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+is a bird</span>». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="
Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
meaning.</em></span></p><p>Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
-scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права
-вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>
Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
-scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «<span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
-interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+interpretation.</span>»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «<span class="quote">...in which are some
things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>
”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>
»</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
-have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="
ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio:
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
-to preach [...]</span>
”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 «<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
+to preach [...]</span>
»</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="
Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p>
This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
the terms of the license "Creative Commons
Attribution-Share Alike".
denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важность Слова Божьего</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовное оружие</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важность Слова Божьего</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Список таблиц</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовное оружие</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook-cs\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-28 22:11-0400\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-26 07:36+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-01 21:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jan Bělohoubek <j.bel@atlas.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: <cs@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:7
-msgid "Configure BibleTime Dialog"
-msgstr "Nastavení Dialogu BibleTime"
+msgid "Configure &bibletime; Dialog"
+msgstr "Dialog Nastavení &bibletime;"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:8
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> </menuchoice> "
"<guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
-"Uživatelské rozhraní programu &bibletime; může být uzpůsobeno mnoha směry v "
+"Uživatelské rozhraní programu &bibletime; může být uzpůsobeno v mnoha směrech, v "
"závislosti na vašich potřebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete přistoupit "
-"výběrem<menuchoice> <guimenu>Nastavení</guimenu> </menuchoice> "
+"výběrem <menuchoice> <guimenu>Nastavení</guimenu> </menuchoice> "
"<guimenuitem>Natavit &bibletime;</guimenuitem>."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:19
-msgid ""
-"The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Můžete uzpůsobit chování po spuštění. Vyberte z následujících možností:"
+msgid "The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options:"
+msgstr "Můžete uzpůsobit chování po spuštění. Vyberte z následujících možností:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:23
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:38
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By default, &bibletime; uses the default system display font. You can "
"override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be "
"displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for "
"each language."
msgstr ""
-"Ve výchozím nastavení používá &bibletime; systémové písmo. Pokud je to "
-"nezbytné, můžete toto nastavení změnit. Některé jazyky vyžadují pro správné "
+"V základním nastavení používá &bibletime; výchozí systémové písmo. Pokud je to "
+"nezbytné, můžete to změnit. Některé jazyky vyžadují pro správné "
"zobrazení speciální písma, tento dialog vám umožní nastavit vlastní písmo "
"pro každý jazyk."
"K nápravě vyberte jazyk tohoto díla z rozbalovacího menu. Zaškrtněte použít "
"vlastní písmo. Nyní vyberte písmo. Například, písmo podporující mnoho znaků "
"je Code2000. Pokud žádné z nainstalovaných písem neumí zobrazit dílo o které "
-"se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro teno jazyk."
+"se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro tento jazyk."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:68
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:119
-msgid ""
-"Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters."
+msgid "Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters."
msgstr "Možná nejlepší svobodné písmo Unicode, pokrývá široký výběr znaků."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:127
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics."
-msgstr "Výborné pÃsmo Unicode z \" Summer Institute of Linguistics\"."
+msgstr "Výborná pÃsma Unicode od \" Summer Institute of Linguistics\"."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:135
-#, fuzzy
msgid "A new free Unicode font initiative."
-msgstr "Nové svobodné Unicode pÃsmo."
+msgstr "Nová svobodná iniciativa pÃsma Unicode."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:142
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:156
msgid "Included in some distributions. Contains European, Greek, Hebrew, Thai."
-msgstr ""
-"Obsaženo v mnoha distribucích. Obsahuje Evropské, Řecké, Hebrejské, Thajské."
+msgstr "Obsaženo v mnoha distribucích. Obsahuje Evropské, Řecké, Hebrejské, Thajské."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:164
msgid "Partial coverage, see information on linked site."
-msgstr ""
-"Částečně odpovídající, pro informacese podívejte na odkazovanou stránku."
+msgstr "Částečně odpovídající, pro informace se podívejte na odkazovanou stránku."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:170
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:184
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in "
"&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also "
"over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, "
"according to the standard Bible you specified."
msgstr ""
-"Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžou být v &bibletime; nyní "
-"uzpůsobeny. Tyto vlastnosti jsou popsány v dialogu vpravo. Máte možnost "
+"Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžou být v &bibletime; "
+"uzpůsobeny. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte možnost "
"vybrat výchozí díla, která mají být použita, když není žádné dílo vybráno "
"odkazem. Například: výchozí Bible je použita k zobrazení obsahu \"křížových"
"\" biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, časopis zobrazí náhled obsahu "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:5
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts "
"and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and "
"flagship product of the <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire "
"Bible Society</ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"&bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible s podporou pro různé typy textů a "
-"jazyků. Právě velkému množství modulů děl, které je snadné nainstalovat a "
+"&bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible s podporou pro různé texty a "
+"jazyky. Také velké množství modulů děl, které je snadné nainstalovat a "
"spravovat. Je založen na knihovně <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword"
"\">Sword</ulink>, která poskytuje funkcionalitu pro &bibletime;, jako "
"zobrazování biblických textů, vyhledávání atd. Sword je vlajkovou lodí "
"Books available include \"Imitation of Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\", and "
"\"Josephus: The Complete Works\""
msgstr ""
-"Dostupné knihy jsou \"Imitation of Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\", and "
+"Dostupné knihy jsou \"Imitation of Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\", a"
"\"Josephus: The Complete Works\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:49
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's \"Notes on the "
"Bible\", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's \"Commentary on Galatians."
"\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\"> record your own personal notes</link> to "
"sections of the Bible."
msgstr ""
-"Dostupné komentáře zahrnují klasiky jako \"Notes on the Bible\" Johna "
+"Dostupné komentáře zahrnují klasiku jako \"Notes on the Bible\" Johna "
"Wesleyho, komentáře Matthewa Henryho a Lutherův \"Komentář ke galatským.\" "
"Pomocí <emphasis>Osobního</emphasis>komentáře můžete<link linkend=\"hdbk-op-"
-"parts-desk-write\"> nahrát osobní poznámky</link> do biblických sekcí."
+"parts-desk-write\"> nahrát osobní sešit poznámek</link> do biblických sekcí."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:58
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:68
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, Brown-"
"Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible "
"also has a category called \"Bookmarks\". This is where you can store and "
"access your own bookmarks."
msgstr ""
-"Knihona obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a "
+"Knihovna obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a "
"jazyků. Obsahuje také kategorii \"Záložky\" To je místo, kam můžete uložit "
"své záložky a poté k nim přistupovat."
"try it out."
msgstr ""
"Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna &bibletime; pasivní. Kdykoli je váš "
-"kurzor umístěn nad nějakým textem s dalšími informacemi (e.g., Strong's "
-"numbers), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v okně časopisu, ne v textu "
+"kurzor umístěn nad nějakým textem s dalšími informacemi (např. Strongova čísla), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v okně časopisu, ne v textu "
"samotném. Prostě to vyzkoušejte."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:134
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can "
"open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search"
msgstr ""
"Plocha je místo, kde probíhá skutečná práce s &bibletime;. Zde můžete "
"otvírat díla z knihovny, číst je, <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search"
-"\">vyhledávat</link> v nich a rovnou ukládat vaše poznámky v modulu osobních "
-"komentářů (podívejte se <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\">níže</"
+"\">hledat</link> v nich a rovnou ukládat vaše poznámky v modulu osobních "
+"komentářů (podívejte se <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\">dolů</"
"link>)."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
msgstr ""
"Samozřejmě můžete mít otevřeno více děl ve stejné době. Máte několik "
"možností jak umístit okna na ploše. Prosím podívejte se na položku "
-"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> v hlavním menu. Tam uviděíte, že umístění oken "
-"můžete ovládat buď osobně, nebo zvolit automatické umístění &bibletime;. To "
-"můžete cílit volbou jednoho z automatických můdů umístění, které jsou "
+"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> v hlavním menu. Tam uvidíte, že umístění oken "
+"můžete ovládat buď osobně, nebo zvolit automatické umístění &bibletime;. Toho docílíte volbou jednoho z automatických módů umístění, které jsou "
"přístupné přes <menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód "
"rozvržení</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Prostě to vyzkoušejte, je to snadné a "
"funguje to."
msgstr ""
"Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat "
"dílo z knihovny <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible "
-"Society</ulink>, které se jmenuje \"Personal commentary\"."
+"Society</ulink>, které se jmenuje \"Personal commentary\" (\"Osobní komentář\")."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:176
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:189
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is "
"deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the "
"personal commentary."
msgstr ""
"Pokud je položka <menuchoice> <guimenu>Upravit toto dílo</guimenu> </"
-"menuchoice> neaktivní, prosím zkontrolujte zda máte oprávnění k zápisu do "
+"menuchoice> deaktivována, prosím zkontrolujte zda máte oprávnění k zápisu do "
"souborů osobních komentářů."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para>
"programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the "
"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting "
"<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action="
-"\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can "
+"\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can "
"search in entire works."
msgstr ""
"Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně (např. "
"kapitolu bible, kterou čtete), je to stejné jako v jiných programech. tuto "
"funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlačítkem "
-"myši a vyráním <guimenuitem>Najít...</guimenuitem>, nebo použitím horké "
-"klávesy <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. "
+"myši a vybráním <guimenuitem>Najít...</guimenuitem>, nebo použitím horké "
+"klávesy <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. "
"Přečtěte si jak hledat v celých dílech."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button."
msgstr ""
"Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením určitých částí Bible pomocí jedné z "
-"definovaných oblastí v seznamv <guimenu>Rozsah hledání</guimenu> Můžete "
+"definovaných oblastí v seznamu <guimenu>Rozsah hledání</guimenu> Můžete "
"definovat vlastní vyhledávací rozsahy kliknutím na tlačítko "
"<guibutton>Nastavit rozsah</guibutton>.>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:284
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Search Types"
-msgstr "Výsledky hledání"
+msgstr "Typy vyhledávání"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:288
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:295
msgid "searches headings"
-msgstr "hledá nadpisy"
+msgstr "hledá hlavičky"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:298
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312
msgid ""
-"BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
+"&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
"many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url="
"\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache.org/"
"java/docs/index.html</ulink>"
msgstr ""
-"BibleTime používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho "
+"&bibletime; používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho "
"pokročilých vlastností. Více si o něm můžete přečíst zde: <ulink url="
"\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache.org/"
"java/docs/index.html</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:363
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your "
"Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove "
"<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice> in the main menu."
msgstr ""
-"<guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem> nástroj pro správu knihovny. Můžete "
-"do vaší knihovny nainstalovat nová díla, aktualizovat nebo odstranit ty "
+"<guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem> je nástroj pro správu knihovny. Můžete "
+"do vaší knihovny nainstalovat nová díla, nebo aktualizovat či odstranit ty "
"existující. Přístupná pod <menuchoice> <guimenu>Nastavení</guimenu> "
"<guimenuitem>Správa knih</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> v hlavním menu."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard "
"drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is \"~/.sword/"
"\"."
msgstr ""
-"Zde lze nastavit, kam má &bibletime; uložit knihovnu. Můžete použít více "
+"Zde lze nastavit, kam na disk má &bibletime; uložit knihovnu. Můžete použít mnoho "
"adresářů. Výchozí je \"~/.sword/\"."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:378
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard "
"disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD "
"works on the CD if it is present."
msgstr ""
"Pokud máte CD sword, ale nechcete všechna díla instalovat na disk, ale "
-"používat je přímo z CD, pak vložte cestu k CD jako jednu z cest. Když "
+"používat je přímo z CD, pak vložte cestu k CD jako jedno z umístění knihovny. Když "
"zapnete &bibletime;, zobrazí se všechna díla, pokud je CD vloženo v "
"mechanice."
msgstr ""
"Tímto nástrojem se můžete připojit k repositáři děl (je zvaný \"knihovna\", "
"\"library\") a nahrát jedno nebo více děl do své lokální knihovny. Tyto "
-"knihovny mohou být lokální (např. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené (např. Crosswire's "
-"online repository of Sword modules nebo jiné stránky nabízející moduly "
+"knihovny mohou být lokální (např. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené (např. Crosswire"
+"online repositář modulů Sword nebo jiné stránky nabízející moduly "
"Sword). Své knihovny můžete spravovat pomocí <guibutton>Přidat knihovnu</"
"guibutton> a <guibutton>Smazat knihovnu</guibutton>."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:36
msgid ""
-"<action>Closes BibleTime.</action> BibleTime will ask you if you want to "
+"<action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to "
"write unsaved changes to disk."
msgstr ""
-"<action>Zavře BibleTime.</action> BibleTime se vás zeptá, jestli si přejete "
+"<action>Zavře &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; se vás zeptá, jestli si přejete "
"zapsat neuložené změny na disk."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:69
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to "
"maximize the &bibletime; window."
-msgstr ""
-"<action>Přepíná zobrazení nástrojů.</action> Aktivujte tuto možnost pokud si "
-"přejete zapnout nebo vypnout Hlavní nástrojovou lištu."
+msgstr "<action>Přepíná zobrazení přes celou obrazovku.</action> Aktivujte tuto možnost pokud chcete maximalizovat okno &bibletime;."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:88
"vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:197
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195
msgid ""
"<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a "
"context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be "
"na další položku jak uložit nové sezení."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:222
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217
msgid ""
"<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask "
"for a new name to save the session to."
"pro uložení sezení."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:241
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233
msgid ""
"<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"where you can select an existing session to load."
"vybrat existující sezení a načíst ho."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:260
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249
msgid ""
"<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"where you can select an existing session that should be deleted."
"můžete vybrat existující sezení, které má být vymazáno."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:280
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265
msgid ""
"<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the "
"opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of "
"the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it "
-"for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!)."
+"for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!)."
msgstr ""
"<action>Ovládá chování jednoduchého rozvržení oken</action>. V otevřeném "
"kontextovém menu můžete zvolit, že se chcete o rozvržení oken starat osobně "
"tak je vyzkoušejte!)"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:306
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293
+msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>."
+msgstr "<action>Všechna otevřená okna do kaskády</action>."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>."
+msgstr "<action>Automaticky dláždí všechna otevřená okna vertikálně</action>."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>."
+msgstr "<action>Automaticky dláždí všechna otevřená okna horizontálně.</action>."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366
msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>."
msgstr "<action>Zavře všechna otevřená okna</action>."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:330
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391
msgid ""
"<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can "
"configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your "
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">tuto sekci</link> pro více informací."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and "
"manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-"
"bookshelfmanager\">this section</link> for details."
msgstr ""
-"<action>Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení Sword a spraovat svou "
+"<action>Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení Sword a spravovat svou "
"knihovnu</action>. Další inormace naleznete v <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-"
"bookshelfmanager\">této sekci</link>."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:392
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453
msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<action>Otevře příručku &bibletime;</action>, kterou právě čtete."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:417
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of "
"the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the "
"expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If "
"you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in "
"your heart He will not disappoint you."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<action>Otevře průvodce jak studovat Bibli</action>. Přáním týmu &bibletime; je, aby toto HowTo podnítilo čtenáře ke studiu posvátných textů, k tomu dozvědět se co říkají. Tato příručka byla zvolena proto, že neobhajuje doktrínu žádné konkrétní denominace. Očekáváme, že budete číst a studovat Písma, abyste jim rozuměli. Když začnete s postojem, že chcete mít semeno Páně v srdci, On vás nezklame."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> "
"contains information about &bibletime; software version, project "
"contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the "
"license agreement."
msgstr ""
+"<action>Otevře okno s informacemi o projektu &bibletime;</action> "
+"obsahuje informace o verzi &bibletime;, přispěvatelích projektu, verzi &sword;, verzi &qt; a licenční ujednání."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:450
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511
msgid "HotKeys index"
msgstr "Seznam horkých kláves"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:451
-#, fuzzy
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512
msgid ""
"This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the "
"handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to "
"at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you "
"can look it up in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">this section</link>."
msgstr ""
-"Toto je seznam všech horkých kláves a jejich souvisejícího popisu v "
+"Toto je seznam všech horkých kláves a s nimi souvisejícího popisu v "
"příručce. Horké klávesy jsou setříděny (přibližně) abecedně. Pokud chcete "
"přesně vědět která z horkých kláves odpovídá té které položce menu, můžete "
"se podívat přímo do nabídek &bibletime; (vždy se zde zobrazují horké "
"sekci</link>."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:464
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525
msgid "Hotkey"
msgstr "Klávesová zkratka"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:465
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Popis"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:474
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535
msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows."
msgstr "Posune zpět v historii aktivního okna."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:481
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542
msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows."
msgstr "Posune vpřed v historii aktivního okna."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:490
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
"default bible."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> "
-"<guimenu>Hledat</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hledat ve výchozí bibli</"
+"<guimenu>Hledat</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hledat ve výchozí bibli</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>otevře vyhledávací dialog pro vyhledávání "
"ve výchozí bibli."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:504
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód rozvržení</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automaticky dlaždice vertikálně</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> zapne automatické skládání oken."
+"menuchoice> zapnout automatické skládání oken."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód rozvržení</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automaticky dlaždice horizontálně</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice> zapne automatické skládání oken."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:530
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód rozvržení</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automaticky kaskádovat</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
"zapne automatické skládání oken do kaskády."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:543
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; "
-"toggle manual window placement."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle manual window placement."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mód rozvržení</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Ruční mód</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> zapne "
"manuální skládání oken."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:556
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Uložit jako novou relaci</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>uloží aktuální náhled jako novou relaci."
+"</menuchoice> </link> uloží aktuální náhled jako novou relaci."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:570
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
-"</link>equivalent; closes all open windows."
+"</link> equivalent; closes all open windows."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Zavřít vše</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
-"</link>zavře všechna otevřená okna."
+"</link> zavře všechna otevřená okna."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:582
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646
msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows."
msgstr "Oddálit. Zmenší velikost písma v aktivním okně."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:590
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654
msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows."
msgstr "Přiblížit. Zvětší velikost písma v aktivním okně."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662
msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows."
msgstr "Vybrat vše. Vybere všechen text v aktivním okně."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:606
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard."
msgstr "Kopírovat. Zkopíruje vybraný text do schránky."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:614
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679
msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window."
msgstr "Hledat. Vyhledává v textu aktivního okna"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:623
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dlaždice vertikálně</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"</link>."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dlaždice horizontálně</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"</link>."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
+"link> windows equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Okno</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Kaskáda</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"</link> obdoba oken."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
"currently opened works."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"otevřených dílech."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:637
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
+"link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Soubor</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ukončit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link>ukončí &bibletime;."
+"link> ukončí &bibletime;."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:649
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr "Zavře aktuální okno."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:658
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook."
+"menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Nápověda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Příručka</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice>otevře příručku."
+"</menuchoice> otevře příručku."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Nápověda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Návod, jak studovat "
"Bibli</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> otevře Návod, jak studovat Bibli."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:683
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager."
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Nastavení</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Správa knih</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>otevře správce knih."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:698
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Pohled</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Zobrazit knihovnu</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice> </link>zapne zobrazení knihovny."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
+"link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Pohled</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Zobrazit časopis</guimenuitem> </"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:21
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid "&bibletime;"
-msgstr "bibletime"
+msgstr "&bibletime;"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:24
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:25
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, "
"Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are "
"already installed on your computer."
msgstr ""
"&bibletime; může být používán také s dalšími okenními správci jako Gnome, "
-"BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox nebo Sawfish, pokud jsou požadované knihovny již "
+"BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox nebo Sawfish, pokud jsou požadované knihovny "
"nainstalovány na vašem počítači."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:37
msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language."
-msgstr ""
-"Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih."
+msgstr "Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:42
"As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens before the main "
"&bibletime; window opens:"
msgstr ""
-"Když se &bibletime; spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, nez "
+"Když se &bibletime; spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, než "
"se otevře hlavní okno &bibletime;:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"features quickly."
msgstr ""
"<action>Upravit vaši knihovnu.</action> Tento dialog vám umožní upravovat "
-"vaši knihovnu, přidávat nebo mazat díla ve vašem systému.This dialog lets "
-"you modify your Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. Bude "
+"vaši knihovnu, přidávat nebo mazat díla ve vašem systému. Bude "
"zobrazen pouze v případě, že nebude nalezena výchozí knihovna. Prosím "
-"podívejte se do <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager\"> této sekce</"
-"link> pokud chcete znát více detailů. Pokud začínáte s prázdnou knihovnou, "
+"podívejte se do <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager\">této sekce</"
+"link>, pokud se chcete dozvědět více. Pokud začínáte s prázdnou knihovnou, "
"bude užitečné nainstalovat alespoň jednu Bibli, Komentář, Lexikon a knihu, "
"abyste se rychle seznámili se základními vlastnostmi &bibletime;."
# type: Content of the kde entity
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:8
-#, fuzzy
msgid "<application>Qt</application>"
-msgstr "<application>KDE</application>"
+msgstr "<application>Qt</application>"
# type: Content of the Shift entity
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:10
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44
msgid "the &bibletime; team"
-msgstr "Tým &bibletime;"
+msgstr "tým &bibletime;"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
-#, fuzzy
msgid "2009-04"
-msgstr "2005-08"
+msgstr "2009-04"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
-#, fuzzy
msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."
msgstr "&bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword."
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#~ msgid "Toolbar reference"
-#~ msgstr "Položky Nástrojové lišty"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Please review <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">the preceding "
-#~ "section</link> for an explanation of the buttons that you find on the "
-#~ "toolbar. You can also <action>move the cursor over a button and wait a "
-#~ "few seconds</action> to activate the button's tooltip with a short "
-#~ "description."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Pokud chcete vysvětlit tlačítka nacházející se na nástrojové liště, "
-#~ "podívejte se prosím do <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">předeslé "
-#~ "sekce</link>. Můžete také <action>přesunout kurzor nad tlačítko a počkt "
-#~ "několik sekund</action>, tím se aktivuje nástrojový tip k tlačítku s jeho "
-#~ "krátkým popisem."
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You can adapt the toolbar to your needs. Please use the following entry "
-#~ "in the main menu:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Nástrojovou lištu můžete přizpůsobit svým potřebám. Prosím použijte pro "
-#~ "to následující položku hlavního menu:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#~ msgid "Configure toolbars"
-#~ msgstr "Nastavit nástrojové lišty"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-toolbars\">this "
-#~ "section</link> for detailed instructions."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Pro podrobné inforace navštivte <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-"
-#~ "settings-toolbars\">tuto sekci</link>."
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<action>Opens a dialog where you can customize &bibletime;'s toolbar</"
-#~ "action>. Just try it out, you can move around the toolbar buttons and "
-#~ "even add new ones. Most of the entries available from the main menu can "
-#~ "be put on the toolbar as buttons. If you need a certain feature often, "
-#~ "you might want to put a button on the main menu, so that you can access "
-#~ "it with only one click. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-toolbar"
-#~ "\">this section</link> for further information."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<action>Otevře dialog, ve kterém můžete přizpůsobit nástrojovou lištu "
-#~ "&bibletime;</action>. Zkuste to, můžete hýbat s tlačítky, nebo dokonce "
-#~ "přidávat nová. Většina položek hlavního menu může být umístěna na "
-#~ "nástrojovou lištu jako tlačítka. Pokud určitou funkci potřebujete "
-#~ "častěji, asi budete chtít vytvořit tlačítko a aktivovat tak tuto funkci "
-#~ "pouze jednoduchým kliknutím. Pro více informací se prosím podívejte do "
-#~ "<link linkend=\"hdbk-config-toolbar\">této sekce</link>."
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-28 22:11-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-22 23:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Joachim Ansorg <info@bibletime.info>\n"
"Language-Team: <de@li.org>\n"
msgstr ""
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:7
-msgid "Configure BibleTime Dialog"
-msgstr "BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configure &bibletime; Dialog"
+msgstr "&bibletime; konfigurieren"
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
"programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the "
"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting "
"<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action="
-"\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can "
+"\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can "
"search in entire works."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312
msgid ""
-"BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
+"&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
"many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url="
"\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache.org/"
"java/docs/index.html</ulink>"
msgstr ""
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:36
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<action>Closes BibleTime.</action> BibleTime will ask you if you want to "
+"<action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to "
"write unsaved changes to disk."
msgstr ""
"<action>BibleTime schließen.</action> BibleTime wird Sie fragen, ob Sie "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:197
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195
msgid ""
"<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a "
"context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:222
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217
msgid ""
"<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask "
"for a new name to save the session to."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:241
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233
msgid ""
"<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"where you can select an existing session to load."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:260
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249
msgid ""
"<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"where you can select an existing session that should be deleted."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:280
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265
msgid ""
"<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the "
"opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of "
"the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it "
-"for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!)."
+"for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!)."
msgstr ""
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:306
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>."
+msgstr "Geöffnete Anzeigefenster staffeln"
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>."
+msgstr "SchlieÃ\9ft alle geöffneten Anzeigefenster"
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>."
+msgstr "SchlieÃ\9ft alle geöffneten Anzeigefenster"
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366
#, fuzzy
msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>."
msgstr "SchlieÃ\9ft alle geöffneten Anzeigefenster"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:330
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391
msgid ""
"<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can "
"configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and "
"manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:392
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453
msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:417
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of "
"the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> "
"contains information about &bibletime; software version, project "
"license agreement."
msgstr ""
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:450
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511
#, fuzzy
msgid "HotKeys index"
msgstr "Tastenkürzel"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:451
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512
msgid ""
"This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the "
"handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to "
"can look it up in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">this section</link>."
msgstr ""
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:464
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hotkey"
msgstr "Tastenkürzel"
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:465
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526
#, fuzzy
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Bestimmung"
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:474
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535
#, fuzzy
msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows."
msgstr "Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:481
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542
msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows."
msgstr "Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:490
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
"default bible."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:504
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:530
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:543
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; "
-"toggle manual window placement."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle manual window placement."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:556
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:570
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
-"</link>equivalent; closes all open windows."
+"</link> equivalent; closes all open windows."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:582
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646
msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:590
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654
msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662
msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:606
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:614
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679
msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:623
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
+"link> windows equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
"currently opened works."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:637
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
+"link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:649
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:658
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook."
+"menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:683
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager."
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:698
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
+"link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
msgstr ""
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:2
msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."
msgstr "Die Online Bibel ist ein mächtiges Bibelstudien Programm für Windows."
+#~ msgid "Configure BibleTime Dialog"
+#~ msgstr "BibleTime-Konfigurationsdialog"
+
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Toolbar reference"
#~ msgstr "Voreinstellungen"
#~ "export KDEDIR=/opt/kde3\n"
#~ "bibletime"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<action>Tiles all open read windows vertically</action>."
-#~ msgstr "SchlieÃ\9ft alle geöffneten Anzeigefenster"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<action>Tiles all open windows horizontally</action>."
-#~ msgstr "SchlieÃ\9ft alle geöffneten Anzeigefenster"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>."
-#~ msgstr "Geöffnete Anzeigefenster staffeln"
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In this section you find a description of the different possibilities to "
#~ "configure &bibletime;: The <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">Configure "
#~ msgid "\\W means not alphanumeric; same as [^a-zA-Z0-9_]."
#~ msgstr "\\W bedeutet nicht-alphanumerisch; das Gleiche wie [^a-zA-Z0-9_]."
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Configure &bibletime; dialog"
-#~ msgstr "&bibletime; konfigurieren"
-
#~ msgid "Tip of the Day"
#~ msgstr "Tipp des Tages"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook-fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-28 22:11-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-06 16:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ilpo Kantonen <ilpo@iki.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <fi@li.org>\n"
"Ohjelmassa tämä löytyy päävalikon <guimenu>Asetukset</guimenu> -kohdasta."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:7
-msgid "Configure BibleTime Dialog"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configure &bibletime; Dialog"
msgstr "Aseta &bibletime; -ikkuna"
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:8
"programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the "
"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting "
"<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action="
-"\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can "
+"\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can "
"search in entire works."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
+"&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
"many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url="
"\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache.org/"
"java/docs/index.html</ulink>"
msgstr ""
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:36
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<action>Closes BibleTime.</action> BibleTime will ask you if you want to "
+"<action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to "
"write unsaved changes to disk."
msgstr ""
"<action>Sulkee BibleTime-ohjelman.</action> BibleTime kysyy sinulta, "
"<action>Avaa hakuikkunan kaikista avoinnaolevista teoksista</action>. Lisää "
"teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:197
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195
msgid ""
"<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a "
"context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be "
"Se korvaataan nykyisellä istunnollasi. Katso seuraavasta, miten istunnon voi "
"tallettaa uudeksi istunnoksi."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:222
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217
msgid ""
"<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask "
"for a new name to save the session to."
"<action>Tallettaa nykyisen istunnon uudella nimellä</action>. Tämä kysyy "
"uutta nimeä istunnon talletukselle."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:241
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233
msgid ""
"<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"where you can select an existing session to load."
"<action>Lataa olemassaolevan istunnon</action>. Tämä avaa kontekstivalikon, "
"josta voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon ladattavaksi."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:260
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249
msgid ""
"<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"where you can select an existing session that should be deleted."
"kontekstivalikon, jossa voit valita olemassaolevan istunnon poistettavaksi."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:280
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265
msgid ""
"<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the "
"opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of "
"the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it "
-"for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!)."
+"for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!)."
msgstr ""
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:306
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>."
+msgstr "<action>Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</action>."
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>."
+msgstr "<action>Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</action>."
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>."
+msgstr "<action>Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</action>."
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366
msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>."
msgstr "<action>Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</action>."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:330
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391
msgid ""
"<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can "
"configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and "
"manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:392
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453
msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:417
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of "
"the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> "
"contains information about &bibletime; software version, project "
"license agreement."
msgstr ""
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:450
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511
msgid "HotKeys index"
msgstr "Pikanäppäinten luettelo"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:451
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512
msgid ""
"This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the "
"handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to "
"can look it up in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">this section</link>."
msgstr ""
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:464
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525
msgid "Hotkey"
msgstr "Pikanäppäin"
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:465
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Kuvaus"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:474
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535
msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows."
msgstr "Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa taaksepäin."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:481
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542
msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows."
msgstr "Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa eteenpäin"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:490
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
"default bible."
msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Etsi</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Etsi avoimista teoksista</guimenuitem> "
+"</menuchoice> </link> avaa hakuikkunan kaikkiin nyt avattuihin teoksiin."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:504
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sijoittelutila</"
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Sarjoita automaattisesti</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> automaattinen ikkunoiden sarjoitus pois/päälle."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sijoittelutila</"
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Sarjoita automaattisesti</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> automaattinen ikkunoiden sarjoitus pois/päälle."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:530
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sijoittelutila</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Sarjoita automaattisesti</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice> automaattinen ikkunoiden sarjoitus pois/päälle."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:543
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; "
-"toggle manual window placement."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle manual window placement."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sijoittelutila</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manuaalinen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> aseta "
"ikkunoita manuaalisesti."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:556
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tallenna uutena istuntona</"
"istunnoksi."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:570
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
-"</link>equivalent; closes all open windows."
+"</link> equivalent; closes all open windows."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sulje kaikki</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice> </link> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:582
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646
msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows."
msgstr "Loitonna. Tämä pienentää kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:590
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654
msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows."
msgstr "Lähennä. Tämä suurentaa kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662
msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows."
msgstr "Valitse kaikki. Tämä valitsee kaikki tekstit lukuikkunassa."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:606
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard."
msgstr "Kopioi. Tämä kopioi valitun tekstin leikepöydälle."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:614
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679
msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window."
msgstr "Haku. Tämä etsii lukuikkunan tekstistä."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:623
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sulje kaikki</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sulje kaikki</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
+"link> windows equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Ikkuna</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sulje kaikki</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
"currently opened works."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"</menuchoice> </link> avaa hakuikkunan kaikkiin nyt avattuihin teoksiin."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:637
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
+"link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Tiedosto</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lopeta</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
"</link> sulkee &bibletime;-sovelluksen."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:649
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr "Sulkee nykyisen ikkunan."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:658
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook."
+"menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ohje</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Käsikirja</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice> avaa käsikirjan."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ohje</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Raamatun tutkimisen Howto</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> avaa Raamatun tutkimisen Howto-ikkunan."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:683
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager."
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Asetukset</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Kirjahyllyn hallinta</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> avaa kirjahyllyn hallintapaneelin."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:698
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Näytä</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Näytä kirjahylly</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice> </link> näyttää/piilottaa kirjahyllyn."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
+"link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Näytä</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Näytä suurennuslasi</guimenuitem> </"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-28 22:11-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-26 13:46WET\n"
"Last-Translator: Jean Van Schaftingen <vanschaf@yahoo.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: Français\n"
msgstr ""
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:7
-msgid "Configure BibleTime Dialog"
-msgstr "Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configure &bibletime; Dialog"
+msgstr "Le dialogue \"Configurer &bibletime;\""
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
"programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the "
"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting "
"<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action="
-"\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can "
+"\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can "
"search in entire works."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312
msgid ""
-"BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
+"&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
"many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url="
"\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache.org/"
"java/docs/index.html</ulink>"
"linkend=\"hdbk-reference-hotkeys\">la liste complète des raccourcis</link>."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:36
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<action>Closes BibleTime.</action> BibleTime will ask you if you want to "
+"<action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to "
"write unsaved changes to disk."
msgstr ""
"<action>Ferme &bibletime;</action> &bibletime; vous demandera si vous "
"<action>Ouvre le dialogue de recherche pour rechercher dans les module "
"ouvertes</action>. D'autres modules peuvent être ajoutées dans le dialogue."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:197
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a "
"s'ouvrira, permettant de choisir un profil existant qui sera remplacé par le "
"profil courant. Voyez l'entrée suivante pour enregistrer un nouveau profil."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:222
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask "
"<action>Enregistre le profil courant sous un nouveau nom</action> à "
"spécifier dans le dialogue qui s'ouvrira."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:241
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"<action>Ouvre un profil existant</action>. Un menu permettant de choisir un "
"profil existant à ouvrir s'ouvrira."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:260
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"<action>Efface un profil existant</action>, à choisir dans le menu qui "
"s'ouvrira. "
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:280
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the "
"opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of "
"the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it "
-"for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!)."
+"for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!)."
msgstr ""
"<action>Contrôle le mode standard d'arrangement des fenêtres</action>. Dans "
"le menu qui s'ouvrira, vous pouvez choisir de gérer vous -même l'arrangement "
"des fenêtres (Mode manuel) ou de laisser &bibletime; le faire pour vous "
"(Modes automatiques, essayez-les!)."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:306
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293
+msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>."
+msgstr "<action>Empile les fenêtres de lecture en cascade</action>."
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Place les fenêtres de lecture ouvertes en mosaïque horizontale</"
+"action>."
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Place les fenêtres de lecture ouvertes en mosaïque verticale</"
+"action>."
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366
msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>."
msgstr "<action>Ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes</action>."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:330
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can "
"&bibletime; à vos besoins. Pour plus de détails, voyez la section sur la "
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">configuration de &bibletime;</link>."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and "
"pour plus de détails."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:392
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453
msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:417
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of "
"the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> "
"contains information about &bibletime; software version, project "
"license agreement."
msgstr ""
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:450
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511
msgid "HotKeys index"
msgstr "Index des raccourcis"
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:451
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the "
"toujours le raccourci) ou consulter <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus"
"\">la référence des menus</link>."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:464
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525
msgid "Hotkey"
msgstr "Raccourci"
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:465
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Description"
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:474
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535
msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows."
msgstr "Retourne en arrière dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:481
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542
msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows."
msgstr "Avance dans l'historique de la fenêtre de lecture"
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:490
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
"default bible."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"
"la bible par défaut</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, ouvre le dialogue "
"pour recherche dans bible par défaut."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:504
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <menuchoice><guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu><guimenuitem>Mode "
"d'arrangement</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Mosaïque verticale</guimenuitem></"
"menuchoice>, active l'arrangement automatique des fenêtres en mosaïque "
"verticale."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <menuchoice><guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu><guimenuitem>Mode "
"d'arrangement </guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Mosaïque horizontale</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice> active l'arrangement automatique des fenêtres en "
"mosaïque."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:530
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <menuchoice><guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu><guimenuitem>Mode "
"d'arrangement </guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem></menuchoice> "
"active l'arrangement automatique des fenêtres en cascade."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:543
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; "
-"toggle manual window placement."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle manual window placement."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <menuchoice><guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu><guimenuitem>Mode "
"d'arrangement </guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Mode manuel</guimenuitem></"
"menuchoice> active l'arrangement manuel des fenêtres."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:556
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"
"\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sauver comme nouveau "
"profil</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, enregistre la disposition courante "
"comme un nouveau profil."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:570
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
-"</link>equivalent; closes all open windows."
+"</link> equivalent; closes all open windows."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"
"\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tout fermer</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:582
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646
msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows."
msgstr "Diminuer la taille des polices des fenêtres de lecture."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:590
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654
msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows."
msgstr "Augmenter la taille des polices des fenêtres de lecture."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662
msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows."
msgstr ""
"Tout sélectionner. Sélectionner tout le texte dans les fenêtres de lecture."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:606
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard."
msgstr "Copier. Copie le texte sélectionné dans le presse-papiers."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:614
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679
msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window."
msgstr ""
"Chercher. Permet d'effectuer une recherche dans le texte d'une fenêtre de "
"lecture."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:623
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"Équivalent à <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-vertically"
+"\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mosaïque verticale</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, place les fenêtre en mosaïque verticale."
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"Équivalent à <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-vertically"
+"\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mosaïque "
+"horizontale</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, place les fenêtre en mosaïque "
+"horizontale."
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
+"link> windows equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"Équivalent à <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"
+"\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; cascades all open windows."
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
"currently opened works."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"
"dialogue de recherche pour effectuer une recherche à travers toutes les "
"modules qui sont ouvertes."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:637
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
+"link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"><menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Fichier</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quitter</guimenuitem></menuchoice></"
"link>, ferme l'application &bibletime;."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:649
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr "Ferme la fenêtre courante."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:658
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook."
+"menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <menuchoice> <guimenu>Aide</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manuel</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice>, ouvre le manuel."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <menuchoice> <guimenu>Aide</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tutoriel "
"d'étude Biblique</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, ouvre le tutoriel d'étude "
"biblique."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:683
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager."
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"
"\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Configuration</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Gestionnaire "
"de bibliothèque</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, ouvre le gestionnaire de "
"bibliothèque."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:698
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"
"\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Affichage</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Afficher la "
"bibliothèque</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, affiche/masque la "
"Bibliothèque."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
+"link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"
"\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Affichage</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Afficher le zoom</"
msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."
msgstr "&bibletime; est un outil puissant d'étude de la Bible pour &kde;."
+#~ msgid "Configure BibleTime Dialog"
+#~ msgstr "Le Dialogue Configurer Bibletime"
+
#~ msgid "Toolbar reference"
#~ msgstr "Référence de la barre d'outils"
#~ "désactiver le mode plein écran. En mode plein écran, &bibletime; "
#~ "utilisera toute la place disponible sur votre écran."
-#~ msgid "<action>Tiles all open read windows vertically</action>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<action>Place les fenêtres de lecture ouvertes en mosaïque horizontale</"
-#~ "action>."
-
-#~ msgid "<action>Tiles all open windows horizontally</action>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<action>Place les fenêtres de lecture ouvertes en mosaïque verticale</"
-#~ "action>."
-
-#~ msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>."
-#~ msgstr "<action>Empile les fenêtres de lecture en cascade</action>."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> "
-#~ "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </"
-#~ "menuchoice> </link>equivalent; cascades all open windows."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Équivalent à <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"
-#~ "\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</"
-#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; cascades all open windows."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-vertically\"> "
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; tiles all open windows "
-#~ "vertically."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Équivalent à <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-vertically"
-#~ "\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mosaïque "
-#~ "verticale</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, place les fenêtre en "
-#~ "mosaïque verticale."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-horizontally\"> "
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; tiles all open windows "
-#~ "horizontally."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Équivalent à <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-vertically"
-#~ "\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mosaïque "
-#~ "horizontale</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, place les fenêtre en "
-#~ "mosaïque horizontale."
-
#~ msgid "Moves a bible or commentary read window to the next chapter."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fait aller une fenêtre de lecture de la bible ou d'un commentaire au "
#~ msgid "Bookshelf Manager"
#~ msgstr "Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"
-#~ msgid "Configure &bibletime; dialog"
-#~ msgstr "Le dialogue \"Configurer &bibletime;\""
-
#~ msgid "Tip of the Day"
#~ msgstr "Astuce du jour "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook-hu\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-28 22:11-0400\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-25 17:07+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-19 18:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: howto.pot\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <hu@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:7
-msgid "Configure BibleTime Dialog"
-msgstr "A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak"
+msgid "Configure &bibletime; Dialog"
+msgstr "A &bibletime; Beállítása párbeszédablak"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:8
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:19
-msgid ""
-"The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options:"
-msgstr ""
-"A kezdeti megjelenés is beállítható, választhat az alábbi lehetőségek közül:"
+msgid "The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options:"
+msgstr "A kezdeti megjelenés is beállítható, választhat az alábbi lehetőségek közül:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:23
"booknames. Set this to your native language, if it is available, and you'll "
"feel at home."
msgstr ""
-"Itt állíthatja be a nyelvét Biblia könyvcímeinek. Válassza a saját nyelvét, "
-"ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát."
+"Itt állíthatja be a Biblia könyvcímeinek a nyelvét. Válassza a saját "
+"nyelvét, ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:38
"lehetőséget nyújt önnek, hogy egyedi betűkészletet határozzon meg minden "
"nyelvhez."
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><textobject>
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><caption><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:48
msgid "<phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>Beállítások - betűkészletek</phrase>"
+msgstr "<phrase>A betűkészletek beállítása</phrase>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><caption><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:51
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:119
-msgid ""
-"Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters."
+msgid "Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters."
msgstr ""
-"Lehetséges, hogy a legjobb az ingyenes UNICODE készlet, amely sokféle "
-"karaktert tartalmaz."
+"Lehetséges, hogy a legjobb ingyenes UNICODE készlet, amely sokféle karaktert "
+"tartalmaz."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:127
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:142
msgid "Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible Society Ftp site."
-msgstr ""
-"További betűkészletek elérhetőek a Crosswire Bible Society ftp oldaláról."
+msgstr "További betűkészletek elérhetőek a Crosswire Bible Society ftp oldaláról."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:150
"Covers almost the entire range of Unicode, but might slow &bibletime; down "
"because of its size."
msgstr ""
-"Tartalmazzák a teljes UNICODE kódokat, de lelassítják a &bibletime; futását "
-"a méretük miatt."
+"Tartalmazzák a teljes UNICODE karaktereket, de lelassítják a &bibletime; "
+"futását a méretük miatt."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:155
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:164
msgid "Partial coverage, see information on linked site."
-msgstr ""
-"Részletes tartalmakért tekintse meg az információkat a hivatkozott honlapon."
+msgstr "Részletes tartalmakért tekintse meg az információkat a hivatkozott honlapon."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:170
msgstr ""
"Sok lehetőséget, melyet a Sword keretprogram biztosít, testre lehet szabni a "
"&bibletime; futtatása közben. Ezek a lehetőségek jelezve vannak a "
-"párbeszédablakban. Szintén lehetőség van alapértelmezett dokumentumok "
-"megadására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem konkrét dokumentum van "
-"meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia van "
-"megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott vers a "
-"\"Nagyító\" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi például "
-"egy King James fordítású Bibliában."
+"párbeszédablakban. Lehetőség van továbbá az alapértelmezett dokumentumok "
+"meghatározására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem egy konkrét dokumentum "
+"van meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia "
+"van megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott "
+"vers a \"Nagyító\" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi "
+"például egy King James fordítású Bibliában."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:198
"A gyorsbillentyűk speciális billentyűparancsok, melyeket a különböző "
"menüelemeknél és ikonoknál alkalmazhatunk. Számos &bibletime; parancshoz "
"tartozik gyorsbillentyű ( <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-hotkeys\">itt "
-"található</link> a teljes lista). A legtöbb &bibletime; parancshoz itt "
-"hozzárendelhet gyorsbillentyűt, ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt "
-"funkciók eléréséhez."
+"található</link> a teljes lista). A legtöbb &bibletime; parancs rendelkezik "
+"gyorsbillentyűvel, ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt funkciók "
+"eléréséhez."
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:2
"eszköz, különféle szövegtípussal, nyelvvel, továbbá rengeteg dokumentummal, "
"modullal. Ez a program a <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword"
"\">Sword</ulink> keretrendszerre épül, mely lehetővé teszi a szövegek "
-"megjelenítését, keresését stb. A Sword a zászlóshajója a <ulink url=\"http://"
-"www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire Biblia Társaságnak</ulink>."
+"megjelenítését, keresését stb. A Sword a <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire."
+"org\">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</ulink> zászlóshajója."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:14
"sword/develop/index.jsp\"> developers section</ulink> of the Sword Project, "
"Crosswire Bible Society."
msgstr ""
-"A &bibletime; úgy lett tervezve, hogy képes legyen alkalmazni a Sword "
-"projekt által értelmezhető formátumú dokumentumokat. Teljeskörű információt "
-"a támogatott formátumokról a Sword projekt <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire."
-"org/sword/develop/index.jsp\"> fejlesztői szekciójában</ulink> találhat."
+"A &bibletime; arra lett tervezve, hogy a Sword projekt által értelmezhető "
+"formátumú dokumentumokat alkalmazza. Teljeskörű információt a támogatott "
+"formátumokról a Sword projekt <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/"
+"develop/index.jsp\"> fejlesztői szekciójában</ulink> találhat."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:22
"\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. These include:"
msgstr ""
"Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a <ulink url=\"http://www."
-"crosswire.org\">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</ulink> honlapján. Ezek "
-"tartalmaznak:"
+"crosswire.org\">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</ulink> honlapján. Itt találhat:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:28
"is the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project."
msgstr ""
"A teljes Biblia szövegét, lehetséges kiegészítésekkel, mint Strong's számok, "
-"fejlécek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák a legtöbb nyelven elérhetők, "
-"és nem csak a modern verziókat találhatja meg. Ugyanígy fellelhetőek a "
-"régies szövegváltozatok, mint a Leningrádi Kódex (\"WLC\", héber) és a "
-"Septuaginta (\"LXX\", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb része a Sword projektnek."
+"fejlécek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák különféle nyelveken "
+"elérhetők, és nemcsak a modern verziókat találhatja meg, hanem fellelhetőek "
+"a régies szövegváltozatok, mint a Westminster Leningrád Kódex (\"WLC\", "
+"héber) és a Septuaginta (\"LXX\", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb része a Sword "
+"projektnek."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:40
"Books available include \"Imitation of Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\", and "
"\"Josephus: The Complete Works\""
msgstr ""
-"Alábbi könyveket találhatjuk még \"Imitation of Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\", "
-"and \"Josephus: The Complete Works\""
+"Többek közt, ilyen ismert könyveket találhatjuk meg: \"Imitation of Christ"
+"\", \"Enuma Elish\", and \"Josephus: The Complete Works\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:47
"\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\"> record your own personal notes</link> to "
"sections of the Bible."
msgstr ""
-"Az elérhető kommentárok tartalmazzák a klasszikus John Wesley \"Notes on the "
-"Bible\", Matthew Henry'kommentárját és Luther \"Commentary on Galatians.\" A "
-"<emphasis>Saját</emphasis> kommentárokkal lehetősége van <link linkend="
-"\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\"> rögzíteni saját megjegyzéseit</link> a Biblia "
-"fejezeteihez."
+"Az elérhető kommentárok között található a klasszikus John Wesley \"Notes on "
+"the Bible\", Matthew Henry'kommentárja és Luther \"Commentary on Galatians."
+"\" A <emphasis>Saját</emphasis> kommentár modullal lehetősége van <link "
+"linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\"> rögzíteni saját megjegyzéseit</link> a "
+"Biblia fejezeteihez."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:58
"Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged "
"Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible."
msgstr ""
-"Itt találhatja például: Robinson Morfológiai Elemzési Kódok, Brown-Driver-"
-"Briggs Héber Lexikon és a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia Enciklopédia. Szótárak "
-"közül: Strong's Héber Bibliai Szótár, Strong's Görög Bibliai Szótár..."
+"Itt találhatja például: Robinson Morfológiai Elemzési Kódokat, Brown-Driver-"
+"Briggs Héber Lexikonát és a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia Enciklopédiát. "
+"Szótárak közül: Strong's Héber Bibliai Szótár, Strong's Görög Bibliai Szótár "
+"elérhető..."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:80
msgid "Motivation"
-msgstr "Motiváció"
+msgstr "Motivációnk"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:81
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:92
msgid "God bless you as you use this program."
-msgstr "Az Úr áldása járja át miközben a programot használja."
+msgstr "Az Úr áldja önt, miközben a programot használja."
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:2
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:5
msgid "This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like:"
-msgstr "Ilyen ahogyan egy tipikus &bibletime; folyamat kinéz:"
+msgstr "Így néz ki egy tipikus &bibletime; munkafolyamat:"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><mediaobject><textobject>
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:11
msgid "<phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>A &bibletime; alkalmazás ablak</phrase>"
"The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on "
"the right side is where you do your real work."
msgstr ""
-"Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különböző részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal "
-"oldalon a dokumentumok és a könyvjelzők kezelésére használható. A kisebb "
-"\"Nagyító\" ablak alatta a dokumentumokba ágyazott extra információt "
-"mutatja. Amikor azt egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a \"Nagyító"
-"\" megmutatja az aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors elérést "
-"biztosít a különböző funkciókhoz, míg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a "
-"megnyitott dokumentum helye."
+"Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különböző részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal oldalon a "
+"dokumentumok és a könyvjelzők kezelésére használható. A kisebb \"Nagyító\" "
+"ablak alatta a dokumentumokba ágyazott extra információt mutatja. Amikor azt "
+"egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a \"Nagyító\" megmutatja az "
+"aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors elérést biztosít a "
+"különböző funkciókhoz, míg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a megnyitott "
+"dokumentum helye."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:24
"access your own bookmarks."
msgstr ""
"A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepített dokumentumokat kategóriánként és "
-"nyelvenként. Itt találhatóak a \"Könyvjelzők\" kategória is, ahol tárolhatja "
+"nyelvenként. Itt található a \"Könyvjelzők\" kategória is, ahol tárolhatja "
"és elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title>
"ahol megadhatja a zárolt dokumentumok feloldó kulcsát. A zárolt "
"dokumentumokról kiegészítő információt olvashat <ulink url=\"http://www."
"crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> ezen az oldalon</ulink>, a "
-"Crosswire Bibliai Társaság honlapján. "
+"Crosswire Biblia Társaság honlapján. "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:78
"programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the "
"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting "
"<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action="
-"\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can "
+"\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can "
"search in entire works."
msgstr ""
"Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen "
"olvasott fejezetben, úgy, ahogy bármely más programban is. Csak kattintson a "
"<mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal, és válassza a "
"<guimenuitem>Keresés...</guimenuitem> opciót, vagy használhatja a <keycombo "
-"action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> billentyű kombinációt "
-"is. "
+"action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> billentyű kombinációt. "
+"Olvasson tovább, hogy megtudja, hogyan kereshet a teljes dokumentumokban is. "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:220
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:282
msgid "Available text types:"
-msgstr "Lehetséges szövegtípusok:"
+msgstr "Lehetséges szövegtípusok: "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para><table><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:284
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312
msgid ""
-"BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
+"&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
"many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url="
"\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache.org/"
"java/docs/index.html</ulink>"
msgstr ""
-"A BibleTime a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb "
+"A &bibletime; a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb "
"keresési lehetőséget ajánl. Többet megtudhat erről a <ulink url=\"http://"
"lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/"
"index.html</ulink> webcímen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:36
msgid ""
-"<action>Closes BibleTime.</action> BibleTime will ask you if you want to "
+"<action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to "
"write unsaved changes to disk."
msgstr ""
-"<action>BibleTime bezárása</action>. A BibleTime meg fogja kérdezni, hogy "
-"elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.<action>BibleTime bezárása</"
-"action>. A BibleTime meg fogja kérdezni, hogy elmentse -e a változtatásokat "
-"a lemezre."
+"<action>&bibletime; bezárása</action>. A &bibletime; meg fogja kérdezni, "
+"hogy elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:69
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to "
"maximize the &bibletime; window."
msgstr ""
-"<action>Eszköztár megjelenítése. </action> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a fő "
-"eszköztár megjelenítését.<action>Eszköztár megjelenítése. </action> Itt "
-"kapcsolhatja ki/be a fő eszköztár megjelenítését."
+"<action>Teljes képernyős mód.</action> Jelölje ezt a módot be,hogy "
+"maximalizálja a &bibletime; ablakát."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:88
"adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:197
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195
msgid ""
"<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a "
"context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be "
"kell menteni új folyamatot."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:222
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217
msgid ""
"<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask "
"for a new name to save the session to."
"action>. Megkérdezi a folyamat nevét a mentéshez."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:241
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233
msgid ""
"<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"where you can select an existing session to load."
"betöltendő folyamatot."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:260
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249
msgid ""
"<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"where you can select an existing session that should be deleted."
"munkafolyamatot."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:280
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265
msgid ""
"<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the "
"opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of "
"the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it "
-"for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!)."
+"for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!)."
msgstr ""
"<action>Az ablakok elrendezését szabályozza</action>. A megnyíló menü "
"segítségével eldöntheti, hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a &bibletime; "
-"állítsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!).<action>Az ablakok "
-"elrendezését szabályozza</action>. A megnyíló menü segítségével eldöntheti, "
-"hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a &bibletime; állítsa be önnek. "
-"(Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!)."
+"állítsa be önnek. (Automatikus, csak próbálja ki!)."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293
+msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>."
+msgstr "<action>Az összes ablakot átlapolja</action>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>."
+msgstr "<action>Az összes ablakot függőleges mozaik elrendezésre váltja</action>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:306
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>."
+msgstr "<action>Az összes ablakot vízszintes mozaik elrendezésre váltja</action>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366
msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>."
msgstr "<action>Az összes ablakot bezárja</action>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:330
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391
msgid ""
"<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can "
"configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your "
"linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">beállítások részt</link> a részletekért."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and "
"manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-"
"\"hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager\">ezt a fejezetet</link>."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:392
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453
msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now."
msgstr ""
"<action>Megnyitja a &bibletime; felhasználói kézikönyvét</action>. Épp ezt "
"Épp ezt olvassa."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:417
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of "
"the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the "
"magként a szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> "
"contains information about &bibletime; software version, project "
"a felhasználási feltételekről."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:450
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511
msgid "HotKeys index"
msgstr "Gyorsbillentyűk"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:451
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512
msgid ""
"This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the "
"handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to "
"szükséges."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:464
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525
msgid "Hotkey"
msgstr "Gyorsbillentyű"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:465
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Leírás"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:474
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535
msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows."
msgstr "Visszalép az előzményekben az olvasó ablakban."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:481
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542
msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows."
msgstr "Előrelép az előzményekben."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:490
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
"default bible."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"
"\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Keresés</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keresés az "
"alapértelmezett Bibliában</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüvel egyező; "
-"keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett Bibliában kereséshez.<link linkend="
-"\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Keresés</"
-"guimenu><guimenuitem>Keresés az alapértelmezett Bibliában</guimenuitem></"
-"menuchoice></link> menüvel egyező; keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett "
-"Bibliában kereséshez."
+"keresési ablakot nyit az alapértelmezett Bibliában kereséshez."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:504
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
"Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok "
"automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Függőleges mozaik "
"elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik "
-"elrendezést.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> "
-"<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> "
-"Függőleges mozaik elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az "
-"automatikus mozaik elrendezést."
+"elrendezést."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
"Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok "
"automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Vízszintes mozaik "
"elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus mozaik "
-"elrendezést.Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> "
-"<guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> "
-"Vízszintes mozaik elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az "
-"automatikus mozaik elrendezést."
+"elrendezést."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:530
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
msgstr ""
"Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok "
"automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Átlapoló elrendezéssel</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus átlapoló elrendezést."
-"Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok "
-"automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Átlapoló elrendezéssel</"
-"guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az automatikus átlapoló elrendezést."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:543
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; "
-"toggle manual window placement."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle manual window placement."
msgstr ""
"Megegyezik az <menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok "
"automatikus igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Kézi elrendezéssel</"
-"guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az kézi elrendezést.Megegyezik az "
-"<menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus "
-"igazítása</guimenuitem><guimenuitem> Kézi elrendezéssel</guimenuitem></"
-"menuchoice>, aktiválja az kézi elrendezést."
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice>, aktiválja az kézi elrendezést."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:556
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
msgstr ""
"Megegyezik az <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"
"\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem>Mentés új folyamatként</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, menti a jelenlegi elrendezést "
-"új néven, új folyamatként.Megegyezik az <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-"
-"window-savenewsession\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</"
-"guimenu><guimenuitem>Mentés új folyamatként</guimenuitem></menuchoice></"
-"link> menüponttal, menti a jelenlegi elrendezést új néven, új folyamatként."
+"új néven, új folyamatként."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:570
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
-"</link>equivalent; closes all open windows."
+"</link> equivalent; closes all open windows."
msgstr ""
"Megegyezik az <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"
"\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem> Összes bezárása</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, bezárja az összes nyitott "
-"ablakot.Megegyezik az <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"
-"\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem> Összes bezárása</"
-"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, bezárja az összes nyitott "
"ablakot."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:582
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646
msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows."
msgstr "Kicsinyít. Csökkenti az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:590
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654
msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows."
msgstr "Nagyít. Növeli az ablakban alkalmazott betű méretét."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662
msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows."
msgstr ""
"Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális ablakban."
"Összes kiválasztása. Az összes szöveget kiválasztja az aktuális ablakban."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:606
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard."
msgstr "Másolás. A kijelölt szöveget a vágólapra másolja."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:614
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679
msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window."
msgstr "Keresés. Az ablakban lévő szövegben keres."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:623
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"Megegyezik az <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"
+"\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem> Összes bezárása</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, bezárja az összes nyitott "
+"ablakot."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"Megegyezik az <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"
+"\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem> Összes bezárása</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, bezárja az összes nyitott "
+"ablakot."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
+"link> windows equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"Megegyezik az <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"
+"\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guimenu><guimenuitem> Összes bezárása</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, bezárja az összes nyitott "
+"ablakot."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
"currently opened works."
msgstr ""
"Megegyezik a <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"
"\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Keresés</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keresés a megnyitott "
"dokumentum(ok)ban</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, keresési "
-"ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való kereséshez.Megegyezik a <link "
-"linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"
-"\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Keresés</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keresés a megnyitott "
-"dokumentum(ok)ban</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, keresési "
"ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való kereséshez."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:637
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
+"link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
msgstr ""
"Megegyezik a <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"
"\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Fájl</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Kilépés</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice></link> ponttal, a &bibletime; bezárása.Megegyezik a <link "
-"linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Fájl</"
-"guimenu> <guimenuitem>Kilépés</guimenuitem> </menuchoice></link> ponttal, a "
-"&bibletime; bezárása."
+"menuchoice></link> ponttal, a &bibletime; bezárása."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:649
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr "Bezárja az aktuális ablakot."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:658
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook."
+"menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgstr ""
"Megegyezik a <menuchoice><guimenu>Segítség</guimenu><guimenuitem> Kézikönyv</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a kézikönyvet."
-"Megegyezik a <menuchoice><guimenu>Segítség</guimenu><guimenuitem> Kézikönyv</"
-"guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a kézikönyvet."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
msgstr ""
"Megegyezik a <menuchoice><guimenu>Segítség</guimenu><guimenuitem> Biblia "
"tanulmányozás \"hogyan\"</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja a "
-"segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához.Megegyezik a "
-"<menuchoice><guimenu>Segítség</guimenu><guimenuitem> Biblia tanulmányozás "
-"\"hogyan\"</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja a segédletet a "
-"Biblia tanulmányozásához."
+"segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:683
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager."
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager."
msgstr ""
"Megegyezik a <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"
"\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Beállítások</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Könyvespolc "
"menedzser</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, megnyitja a "
-"Könyvespolc menedzsert.Megegyezik a <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-"
-"settings-bookshelf_manager\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Beállítások</guimenu> "
-"<guimenuitem>Könyvespolc menedzser</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> "
-"menüponttal, megnyitja a Könyvespolc menedzsert."
+"Könyvespolc menedzsert."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:698
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
msgstr ""
"Megegyezik a <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"
"\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Nézet</guimenu><guimenuitem> Könyvespolc mutatása</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a "
-"\"könyvespolcot\".Megegyezik a <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-"
-"showbookshelf\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Nézet</guimenu><guimenuitem> "
-"Könyvespolc mutatása</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, "
-"láthatóvá teszi a \"könyvespolcot\"."
+"\"könyvespolcot\"."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
+"link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
msgstr ""
"Megegyezik a <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"
"\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Nézet</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nagyító mutatása</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a nagyító "
-"(információs) ablakot.Megegyezik a <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-"
-"showmag\"><menuchoice><guimenu>Nézet</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nagyító mutatása</"
-"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a nagyító "
"(információs) ablakot."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
"can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon:"
msgstr ""
"A &bibletime; egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel "
-"az ikonnal:A &bibletime; egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből "
-"indíthat, evvel az ikonnal:"
+"az ikonnal:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><mediaobject><textobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:15
msgid "<phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase>"
+msgstr "<phrase>&bibletime; indítóikon</phrase>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:18
"&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch "
"&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type:"
msgstr ""
-"A &bibletime; természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Hogy megtegye írja "
-"be egy terminál ablakba ezt:A &bibletime; természetesen indítható "
-"parancssorból is. Hogy megtegye írja be egy terminál ablakba ezt:"
+"A &bibletime; természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Indításhoz írja be "
+"egy terminál ablakba ezt:"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen>
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "&bibletime;"
"already installed on your computer."
msgstr ""
"A &bibletime; természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome, "
-"BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges könyvtárakat telepíti "
-"hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)A "
-"&bibletime; természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome, "
-"BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges könyvtárakat telepíti "
+"BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges összetevőket telepíti "
"hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
msgid ""
"From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the "
"default bible:"
-msgstr ""
-"Terminálból indítva lehetősége van arra, hogy véletlenszerű verssel induljon "
-"a &bibletime;, melyet az alapértelmezett bibliából választ:Terminálból "
-"indítva lehetősége van arra, hogy véletlenszerű verssel induljon a "
-"&bibletime;, melyet az alapértelmezett bibliából választ:"
+msgstr "Terminálból véletlenszerű verssel így indítható a &bibletime;:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:34
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:35
msgid "To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt írja:"
-"Ha egy meghatározott verssel szeretne kezdeni, mint a János 3:16, ezt írja:"
+msgstr "Egy meghatározott verssel induláshoz, mint például a János 3:16 így:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:37
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:37
msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language."
-msgstr "Megjelenítheti a könyvek (bibliai) neveit a saját nyelvén is."
+msgstr "Használhatja a könyvek neveit saját nyelvén is."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:42
"&bibletime; window opens:"
msgstr ""
"Mikor a &bibletime; indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő &bibletime; ablak "
-"betöltése előtt:Mikor a &bibletime; indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő "
-"&bibletime; ablak betöltése előtt:"
+"betöltése előtt:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:52
"részt</link> további információkért. Ha üres könyvespolccal indulnak, "
"hasznos lehet legalább egy Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv "
"telepítése, hogy gyorsan megismerje a &bibletime; alap lehetőségeit."
-"<action>Könyvespolc beállítása.</action> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé a "
-"könyvespolcának beállítását, hozzáadhat, törölhet munkákat a rendszerében. "
-"Csak akkor jelenik meg ez az ablak, ha nincs alapértelmezett könyvespolc "
-"beállítva. Tekintse meg <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager\"> ezt a "
-"részt</link> további információkért. Ha üres könyvespolccal indulnak, "
-"hasznos lehet legalább egy Biblia, kommentár, lexikon vagy egy könyv "
-"telepítése, hogy gyorsan megismerje a &bibletime; alap lehetőségeit."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:69
msgstr ""
"<action> &bibletime; testreszabása</action> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé, hogy "
"a &bibletime; a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <link linkend="
-"\"hdbk-config-bt\">lehetőségek</link> részletes leírását.<action> "
-"&bibletime; testreszabása</action> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé, hogy a "
-"&bibletime; a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <link linkend="
"\"hdbk-config-bt\">lehetőségek</link> részletes leírását."
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
msgid "The &bibletime; handbook"
msgstr "&bibletime; kézikönyv"
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder>
+# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44
msgid "the &bibletime; team"
msgstr "a &bibletime; csapat"
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."
msgstr ""
-"&bibletime; egy Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver a Sword keretrendszerre "
-"alapozva."
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#~ msgid "Toolbar reference"
-#~ msgstr "Eszköztár leírás"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Please review <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">the preceding "
-#~ "section</link> for an explanation of the buttons that you find on the "
-#~ "toolbar. You can also <action>move the cursor over a button and wait a "
-#~ "few seconds</action> to activate the button's tooltip with a short "
-#~ "description."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Kérjük nézze meg az <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">előző részt</"
-#~ "link> az eszköztár gombjainak magyarázatához. Lehetősége van <action>az "
-#~ "egérmutatót a gomb fölé vinni</action>, és néhány másodpercen belül "
-#~ "megjelenik egy buborék súgó egy rövid leírással. Kérjük nézze meg az "
-#~ "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">előző részt</link> az eszköztár "
-#~ "gombjainak magyarázatához. Lehetősége van <action>az egérmutatót a gomb "
-#~ "fölé vinni</action>, és néhány másodpercen belül megjelenik egy buborék "
-#~ "súgó egy rövid leírással. "
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You can adapt the toolbar to your needs. Please use the following entry "
-#~ "in the main menu:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Szükségeinek megfelelően beállíthatja az eszköztárat, ehhez használja a "
-#~ "következő menüpontot:Szükségeinek megfelelően beállíthatja az "
-#~ "eszköztárat, ehhez használja a következő menüpontot:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#~ msgid "Configure toolbars"
-#~ msgstr "Eszköztárak testreszabása"
+"&bibletime; egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó "
+"szoftver."
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-toolbars\">this "
-#~ "section</link> for detailed instructions."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "A részletes információkért <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-"
-#~ "toolbars\">tekintse meg ezt a részt</link>.A részletes információkért "
-#~ "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-toolbars\">tekintse meg ezt "
-#~ "a részt</link>."
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-28 22:11-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-07 11:35+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch\n"
msgstr ""
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:7
-msgid "Configure BibleTime Dialog"
-msgstr "Configureer BibleTime Dialoog"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configure &bibletime; Dialog"
+msgstr "Configureer &bibletime; dialoog"
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
"programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the "
"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting "
"<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action="
-"\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can "
+"\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can "
"search in entire works."
msgstr ""
"U kunt een woord of zinsnede in het geopende leesvenster zoeken op dezelfde "
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
+"&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
"many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink url="
"\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache.org/"
"java/docs/index.html</ulink>"
"linkend=\"hdbk-reference-hotkeys\">deze sectie</link>."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:36
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<action>Closes BibleTime.</action> BibleTime will ask you if you want to "
+"<action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to "
"write unsaved changes to disk."
msgstr ""
"<action>Sluit BibleTime af.</action> BibleTime zal vragen of u onopgeslagen "
"<action>Opent de Zoekdialoog om alle geopende modules te doorzoeken</"
"action>. Meer modules kunnen worden toegevoegd in de Zoekdialoog."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:197
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a "
"schrijven. Deze zal dus overschreven worden met de huidige sessie. Het "
"volgende item gaat over hoe je een nieuwe sessie kunt opslaan."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:222
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask "
"<action>Slaat de huidige sessie op onder een nieuwe naam</action>. Dit "
"vraagt u om een nieuwe naam om de sessie onder te bewaren."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:241
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"<action>Laad een bestaande sessie</action>. Dit zal een context menu "
"oproepen waarin u een bestaande sessie kunt selecteren om te laden."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:260
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"<action>Verwijderd een bestaande sessie</action>. Dit opent een context menu "
"waarin u een bestaande sessie kunt selecteren om te verwijderen."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:280
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the "
"opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of "
"the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it "
-"for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!)."
+"for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!)."
msgstr ""
"<action>Bepaalt het uitgangspunt voor de rangschikking van vensters</"
"action>. In het context menu dat geopend wordt, kunt u kiezen of u zelf de "
"rangschikking van de vensters wilt regelen (Handmatige modus) of dat u wilt "
"dat &bibletime; dit voor u doet (Automatische modi, probeer ze gewoon uit!)."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:306
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293
+msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Rangschikt alle geopende vensters trapsgewijs (achter elkaar)</"
+"action>"
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>."
+msgstr "<action>Stapelt alle leesvensters verticaal naast elkaar</action>"
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Stapelt alle geopende vensters horizontaal boven elkaar</action>."
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366
msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>."
msgstr "<action>Sluit alle geopende vensters</action>"
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:330
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can "
"aan uw behoeften. Kijk in <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">deze sectie</"
"link> voor details."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and "
"bookshelfmanager\">deze sectie</link> voor details."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:392
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453
msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:417
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of "
"the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> "
"contains information about &bibletime; software version, project "
"license agreement."
msgstr ""
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:450
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511
msgid "HotKeys index"
msgstr "Sneltoetsen index"
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:451
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the "
"zien), of u kunt het opzoeken in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">deze "
"sectie</link>."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:464
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525
msgid "Hotkey"
msgstr "Sneltoets"
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:465
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beschrijving"
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:474
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535
msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows."
msgstr "Gaat terug in de history van leesvensters"
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:481
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542
msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows."
msgstr "Gaat vooruit in de history van leesvensters"
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:490
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
"default bible."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"><menuchoice> "
"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; opent de zoekdialoog om in de "
"standaardbijbel te zoeken."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:504
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice><guimenu>Venster</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rangschikking vensters</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisch verticaal stapelen</guimenuitem></"
"menuchoice> equivalent; schakelt het automatisch stapelen van vensters in/"
"uit."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice><guimenu>Venster</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rangschikking vensters</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisch horizontaal stapelen</guimenuitem></"
"menuchoice> equivalent; Schakelt het automatisch stapelen van vensters in/"
"uit."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:530
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice><guimenu>Venster</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rangschikking vensters</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisch trapsgewijs (cascade)</guimenuitem></"
"menuchoice> equivalent; Schakelt het automatisch trapsgewijs rangschikking "
"van vensters in/uit."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:543
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; "
-"toggle manual window placement."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle manual window placement."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice><guimenu>Venster</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rangschikking vensters</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Handmatige modus</guimenuitem></menuchoice> "
"equivalent; schakelt de handmatige plaatsing van vensters in/uit."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:556
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"><menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Venster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Opslaan als nieuwe sessie</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; slaat de huidige lay-out op als "
"nieuwe sessie."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:570
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
-"</link>equivalent; closes all open windows."
+"</link> equivalent; closes all open windows."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"><menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Venster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Alles sluiten</guimenuitem></"
"menuchoice></link> equivalent; sluit alle geopende vensters."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:582
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646
msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows."
msgstr "Uitzoomen. Dit vermindert de lettergrootte van de leesvensters."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:590
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654
msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows."
msgstr "Inzoomen. Dit vergroot de lettergrootte van de leesvensters."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662
msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows."
msgstr "Selecteer alles. Dit selecteert alle tekst in de leesvensters."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:606
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard."
msgstr "Kopieëren. Dit kopieert de geselecteerde tekst naar het klembord."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:614
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679
msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window."
msgstr "Zoeken. Dit laat u zoeken binnen de tekst van een leesvenster."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:623
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-vertically\"><menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Venster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Verticaal stapelen</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice></link> equivalent; stapelt alle geopende vensters verticaal "
+"naast elkaar."
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-horizontally\"><menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Venster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Horizontaal stapelen</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice></link> equivalent; stapelt alle geopende vensters horizontaal "
+"boven elkaar."
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
+"link> windows equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"><menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Venster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Trapsgewijs</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice></link> equivalent; rangschikt alle geopende vensters trapsgewijs."
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
"currently opened works."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"><menuchoice> "
"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; opent de zoekdialoog om te "
"zoeken in alle modules die nu geopend zijn."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:637
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
+"link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"><menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Bestand</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Afsluiten</guimenuitem></"
"menuchoice></link> equivalent; sluit &bibletime; af."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:649
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr "Sluit het huidige venster."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:658
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook."
+"menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handboek</guimenuitem></"
"menuchoice> equivalent; opent het handboek."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bijbelstudie Howto</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice> equivalent; opent de Bijbelstudie Howto."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:683
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager."
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"
"\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Instellingen</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Boekenplank "
"Manager</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; opent de Boekenplank "
"Manager."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:698
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
+"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"><menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Beeld</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toon Boekenplank</guimenuitem></"
"menuchoice></link> equivalent; schakelt de weergave van de Boekenplank in/"
"uit."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
+"link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"><menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Beeld</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toon Vergrootglas</guimenuitem></"
msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."
msgstr "&bibletime; is een krachtig bijbelstudieprogramma voor &kde;"
+#~ msgid "Configure BibleTime Dialog"
+#~ msgstr "Configureer BibleTime Dialoog"
+
#~ msgid "Toolbar reference"
#~ msgstr "Werkbalk verwijzingen"
#~ "uitbreiden tot de volledige grootte van uw beeldscherm, waarbij het "
#~ "zoveel mogelijk ruimte gebruikt als mogelijk."
-#~ msgid "<action>Tiles all open read windows vertically</action>."
-#~ msgstr "<action>Stapelt alle leesvensters verticaal naast elkaar</action>"
-
-#~ msgid "<action>Tiles all open windows horizontally</action>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<action>Stapelt alle geopende vensters horizontaal boven elkaar</action>."
-
-#~ msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<action>Rangschikt alle geopende vensters trapsgewijs (achter elkaar)</"
-#~ "action>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> "
-#~ "<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </"
-#~ "menuchoice> </link>equivalent; cascades all open windows."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"><menuchoice> "
-#~ "<guimenu>Venster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Trapsgewijs</guimenuitem></"
-#~ "menuchoice></link> equivalent; rangschikt alle geopende vensters "
-#~ "trapsgewijs."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-vertically\"> "
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; tiles all open windows "
-#~ "vertically."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-vertically"
-#~ "\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Venster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Verticaal "
-#~ "stapelen</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; stapelt alle "
-#~ "geopende vensters verticaal naast elkaar."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-horizontally\"> "
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; tiles all open windows "
-#~ "horizontally."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile-horizontally"
-#~ "\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Venster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Horizontaal "
-#~ "stapelen</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; stapelt alle "
-#~ "geopende vensters horizontaal boven elkaar."
-
#~ msgid "Moves a bible or commentary read window to the next chapter."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Laat het leesvenster van een bijbel of bijbelcommentaar naar het volgende "
#~ msgid "Bookshelf Manager"
#~ msgstr "Boekenplank Manager"
-#~ msgid "Configure &bibletime; dialog"
-#~ msgstr "Configureer &bibletime; dialoog"
-
#~ msgid "Tip of the Day"
#~ msgstr "Tip van de dag"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-28 22:11-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-01 11:12-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:7
-msgid "Configure BibleTime Dialog"
+msgid "Configure &bibletime; Dialog"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
"programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the "
"<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting "
"<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo "
-"action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how "
+"action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how "
"you can search in entire works."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:312
msgid ""
-"BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
+"&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has "
"many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink "
"url=\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> "
"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:36
msgid ""
-"<action>Closes BibleTime.</action> BibleTime will ask you if you want to "
+"<action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to "
"write unsaved changes to disk."
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:197
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:195
msgid ""
"<action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a "
"context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:222
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:217
msgid ""
"<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask "
"for a new name to save the session to."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:241
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:233
msgid ""
"<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"where you can select an existing session to load."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:260
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249
msgid ""
"<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"where you can select an existing session that should be deleted."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:280
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265
msgid ""
"<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the "
"opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of "
"the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it "
-"for you (Automatical modes, just try them out!)."
+"for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:306
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:293
+msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:317
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:341
+msgid "<action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:366
msgid "<action>Closes all open windows</action>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:330
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:391
msgid ""
"<action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can "
"configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:359
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:420
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and "
"manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:392
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:453
msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:417
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:478
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of "
"the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:499
msgid ""
"<action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> "
"contains information about &bibletime; software version, project "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:450
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:511
msgid "HotKeys index"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:451
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:512
msgid ""
"This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the "
"handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to "
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:464
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:525
msgid "Hotkey"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:465
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:526
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:474
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:535
msgid "Moves back in the history of read windows."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:481
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:542
msgid "Moves forward in the history of read windows."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:490
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:551
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the "
"default bible."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:504
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:567
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement "
"mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement "
"mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
+"</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:530
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:594
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement "
-"mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
+"mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:543
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:607
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement "
-"mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice>equivalent; toggle manual window placement."
+"mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"equivalent; toggle manual window placement."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:556
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:620
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:570
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:634
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
-"</link>equivalent; closes all open windows."
+"</link> equivalent; closes all open windows."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:582
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:646
msgid "Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:590
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:654
msgid "Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:598
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:662
msgid "Select all. This selects all text in read windows."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:606
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
msgid "Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:614
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:679
msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:623
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:722
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"</link> windows equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:737
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all "
"currently opened works."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:637
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:752
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
-"</link>equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
+"</link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:649
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:764
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:658
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:773
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice>equivalent; opens the handbook."
+"</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:670
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:785
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy "
-"Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
+"Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:683
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:798
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf "
-"Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>equivalent; opens the Bookshelf "
+"Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf "
"Manager."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:698
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:813
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link>equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
+"</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:713
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:828
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
-"</link>equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
+"</link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# G�za Nov�k, 2009
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: howto-hu\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-21 12:33-0400\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-27 18:04+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-01 20:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: howto.pot\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <hu@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:4
msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible"
-msgstr "A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához"
+msgstr "A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
"deceived. [...]"
-msgstr "A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi, mintha birtokolnáknák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben ők keservesen csalódtak. [...]"
+msgstr "A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi, mintha birtokolnák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben ők keservesen csalódtak. [...]"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
-msgstr "Hozáállás Isten Szavához"
+msgstr "Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
-msgstr "Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni és memorizálni azt már mikroszkópikus betekintést enged az Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe."
+msgstr "Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni és memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintést enged az Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
msgid "Context"
-msgstr "szövegkörnyezet"
+msgstr "Szövegkörnyezet"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
-msgstr "Cézár <emphasis>Gall háborújából</emphasis> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 évvel későbbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan példánya 350-ből, több papirusztekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekből, míg János evangéliumának töredékeit Kr.u. 130-ból datálható."
+msgstr "Cézár <emphasis>Gall háborújából</emphasis> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 évvel későbbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan példánya 350-ből, több papirusz tekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekből, míg János evangéliumának töredékeit Kr.u. 130-ból datálható."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
"p. 25-26"
-msgstr "F.J.A. Hort, \"Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben\" szövegkritikája írja, 1.kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <emphasis>Élet Kérdései</emphasis> 25-26. oldalán "
+msgstr "F.J.A. Hort, \"Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben\" szöveg kritikája írja, 1.kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <emphasis>Élet Kérdései</emphasis> 25-26. oldalán "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
-msgstr "Mit tesz önért a Bibliatanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy \"<emphasis>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</emphasis>\" Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik."
+msgstr "Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy \"<emphasis>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</emphasis>\" Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
-msgstr "Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?"
+msgstr "Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
-msgstr "vígasztal -- \"Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk.\""
+msgstr "vigasztal -- \"Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
"Mine... </emphasis>\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jn. 8:32 \"<emphasis>És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká tesz titeket.</emphasis>\" Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták idézni. Feltételes, vagy feltétel nélküli az ígéret? Használni kell a tudás összes formáját? A válasz a mondat első felében van, a 31. versben: \"<emphasis>Ha ti megmaradtok az én beszédemben, bizonynyal az én tanítványaim vagytok;</emphasis>\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
msgid ""
"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Láthatjuk tehát, hogy ez egy feltételes ígéret, azaz szólni kell Isten igéjének igazságát."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
"doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
"ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
"away.\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A \"szél\" jelentésű görög szó, ami az Ef. 4:14-ben szerepel, <emphasis>erőszakos szél.</emphasis> \"<emphasis> Az, hogy nem vagyunk gyermekek, azt eredményezi, hogy nem dobálnak ide-oda a hullámok, védve vagyunk a tanítások akármi szelétől...</emphasis>\" Egyik dolog, amit az Ige tanulmányozása tesz értünk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszünk könnyen \"elfújhatók.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis>De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik,</emphasis> \"<emphasis>Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az Istennek hatalmát.</emphasis>\" Mt. 22:29"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
msgid "God's word"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Isten igéje"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
msgid "God's power"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Isten hatalma"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
msgid "A Book that Wars"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A könyv, amely harcol"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Szellemi páncél"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
msgid "Question"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kérdés"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
msgid "Answer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Válasz"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "5"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "5"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
msgid "How many are offensive?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mennyi támadó?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
msgid "One"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Egy"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Which one(s)?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Melyik(ek)?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "az ige - <foreignphrase>réma</foreignphrase>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Exhortations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bátorítás"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
"truth.</emphasis>\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "2 Tim. 2:15 \" <emphasis> Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak beszédét.</emphasis>\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to "
"God.</emphasis>\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kol. 3:16 \"<emphasis>A Krisztusnak beszéde lakozzék ti bennetek gazdagon, minden bölcsességben; tanítván és intvén egymást zsoltárokkal, dicséretekkel, lelki énekekkel, hálával zengedezvén a ti szívetekben az Úrnak.</emphasis>\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
msgid "Not a little!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nem kevés!"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the "
"body.</emphasis>\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Préd. 12:13-14 \"<emphasis>A bölcseknek beszédei hasonlatosak az ösztökéhez, és mint a szegek, erősen le vannak verve a gyülekezetek tanítóinak szavai; melyek egy pásztortól adattak. Mindezekből, fiam, intessél meg: a sok könyvek írásának nincs vége, és a sok tanulás fáradságára van a testnek.</emphasis>\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Függelék: \"Egyszer s mindenkorra\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Krisztus a vitatkozó,</emphasis> "
+"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
"which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
"\"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, "
"see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó hordozza a görög Újszövetségben, nevezetesen a <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> és az <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase> határozószó. Ezt úgy fordítják: egyszer, egyszer s mindenkorra jelentéssel. Úgy használva, hogy ami elvégeztetett, az örökre érvényes, és soha nem kell megismételni, és ezt alkalmazzák az ÚSZ-ben, mint megváltás és kinyilatkoztatás. Így Júdás apostol szerint is: a hit, amely egyszer a szenteknek adatott (Júd. 3), és a Római levél is mondja \"<emphasis>a bűnnek halt meg egyszer</emphasis>\" (Róm. 6:10; lásd még: 1 Pét. 3:18; Zsid. 9:26-28)."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola "
"gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Így mondhatjuk, hogy Isten beszélt egyszer, s mindenkorra és Krisztus szenvedett egyszer, s mindenkorra - mindenkiért. Ezt jelenti, hogy a Krisztusi kijelentés, és Krisztus megváltása egyszerre Krisztusban teljesedett be. Semmi sem adható hozzá, anélkül, hogy lekicsinyelnénk Krisztust... Ez az a két szikla, amin a protestáns reformáció alapul -- Isten kinyilatkoztatott az emberi hagyományok figyelembevétele nélkül, Krisztus pedig bevégezte a munkáját emberi szempontok figyelembevétele nélkül. A reformátorok remek jelmondata volt a <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> a fenhatóságunkat illetve, és a <foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> a megváltásunkat tekintve"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1 és a #4 program, vagy a #2 és az #5 együtt. Változtassa a programját évről évre, hogy friss legyen az Ige!"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy héten."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak megfelelően."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
"will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet olvas naponta sz Ószövetségből, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket, sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt."
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"
# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
"themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some "
"things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they "
"do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Már tanultunk a hármas szabályról: jelentés, környezet, kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnénk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai hermeneutikába való rövid bevezetéssel, aminek a célja, hogy felfedezzük az eredeti szerző szándékának jelentését (és a Szerzőét !). Míg a szakaszok alkalmazása sok lehet, addig értelmezésüket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga az írás mondja, hogy egyetlen szó sem támad az igében saját magyarázatból (2 Pét. 1:20 <quote> Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem támad saját magyarázatból.</quote>). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes megértés felfedezése felé, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellőzése az emberek számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak és követőiknek is. 2 Pét. 3: 16 <quote>a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a tudatlanok és állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyéb írásokat is, a magok vesztére.</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza? Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a szavaknak. Próbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentését megtalálni a következő lépések követésével:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
msgid "Definition"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Definíció"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"tense is also crucial."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az igeidő is döntő fontosságú."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög vagy héber szó (nem a magyar fordítás) előfordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy új megvilágításba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerző hogyan használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még értelmezési segítséget a szó használatában akár nem bibliai szövegekben is. Miért kell nekünk eredeti nyelven is megnéznünk, miért nem elég a magyar? <emphasis>Azért mert több görög szónak lehet ugyanaz a magyar fordítása, és a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltérő jelentésárnyalata is.</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Example 1A"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "1A példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New "
"Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
+"Jn. 20:17 <emphasis>\"Ne érints\"</emphasis> keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy hangzik, mintha Jézus nem akarta volna, hogy érintsék most, hogy feltámadt, mintha túl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ám ez korántsem helyes feltevés, nézzünk utána Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New "
+"Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991). művében."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
"involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to "
"stop doing something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing "
"something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Meghatározás: a János 20:17 ben található szó \"érints\" mellett a pim680 számot láthatjuk , ami a Strong -féle görög szótárra hivatkozik: \"680: haptomai a hapto származéka (681), érints. Pontos jelentése tartani valamit/valakit, hatást gyakorolva rá... Megkülönböztetendő a pselaphao (5584) szótól, melynek jelentése valaminek a felszínét érinteni. Most nézzük a pim jelentését: Present Imperative Active: \"Aktív beszéd, utasítást adhat valaminek a jövőbeli megcselekvésére, tagadó módban valamilyen cselekedet befejezésére.\" Ez itt egy negatív parancs, vagyis felszólítás arra, hogy fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1B"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "1B példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <emphasis>Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</emphasis> Mi ez a megkenés?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" "
"(Zodhiates p.851)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Az aleipho (218) - \"beolajozni\" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is amit a \"megken\" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - \"bekenni, bedörzsölni olajjal, hivatalra, vagy vallási szolgálatra felszentelni\" (Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidőt is, \"apta\" befejezett melléknévi igenév, ami egyszerű cselekményre utal, az igéhez való viszonya szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belüli főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött\" (Zodiathes 851.o)"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Az aleipho kereszthivatkozásai:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék őt."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing "
"them."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
msgid "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
msgid "Cross-references of chrio:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Chrio kereszthivatkozásai:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lk. 4:28 <quote>Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit felkentél, [...]"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és hatalommal, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
"cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "
"<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "
""chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget: <emphasis>"aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata, "chrio" pedig a szellemi</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról abban az időben, a jó szamaritánus esete, mikor gondoskodott a megvert emberről, olajat és bort tett a sebeire. Tehát az olaj gyógyszer volt abban az időben."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Akkor használjuk azt, amit éppen most tanultunk a Jakab 5:14 esetére <emphasis>Beteg-é valaki köztetek? Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</emphasis> A \"megkenvén\" szellemi vagy gyakorlati? Gyakorlati! "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tehát a görög igeidő szerint is a megkenvén helyesebben fordítva talán \"már megkenve\" vagyis a sorrend szerint előbb megkenni, majd imádkozni \"az Úrnak nevében\" vagyis az ima történik az Úr nevében, nem a megkenetés. Gyakorlatiasan ez az ige azt mondja, a vének előbb adjanak orvosságot, majd imádkozzanak a betegért az Úr nevében. Ugye milyen világos az egyensúlya a gyakorlatinak és a szelleminek a mi Urunkban! "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi a fejezet témája? a könyvé? Az ön értelmezése egyezik vele? Ha nem, az baj. Általában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szükséges a szakasz helyes értelmezéséhez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad bennünk, miután megpróbáltuk értelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetében, tovább kell keresnünk."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
msgid "Example 2A"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "2A példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <emphasis>\"születik víztől és Lélektől\"</emphasis> igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural "
"birth."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nem a vízkeresztség kérdéséről beszél itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arról a témáról, amiről Jézus és Nikodémus beszél. tekintsünk el a hirtelen témaváltástól, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az értelmezés félresiklott! A víz a magzatvíz, \"születni víztől\" = természetes születés."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
msgid "Example 2B"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "2B példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "1 Kor. 14:34 <quote> A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a gyülekezetekben,</quote> együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel <quote>Minden asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
msgid "Example 2C"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "2C példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ApCsel 2:38 <quote> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek bocsánatjára; "</quote>. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi újjászületésről szól? Ha ez az egyetlen igerész állna rendelkezésünkre, levonhatnánk ezt a következtetést. Ám a tiszta tanítás fényében máshol az újjászületés Krisztusban való hit által történik meg, ahogy máskülönben megérthettük. Péter sürgetése a bemerítkezésre/keresztelésre egy mód arra tekintve, hogy a hallgatósága válaszoljon az örömhírre. Ha a bemerítés/keresztelés lenne az út az újjászületéshez, hogyan írhatta Pál az 1 Kor. 1:17 -ben<emphasis> Mert nem azért küldött engem a Krisztus, hogy kereszteljek, hanem hogy az evangyéliomot hirdessem</emphasis>?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Először ne azt kérdezzük <quote> Mit jelent ez számomra</quote>, hanem <quote>Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?</quote> Csak ez után tegyük fel a kérdést: <quote>Mit jelent ez számomra?</quote> Be kell tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
msgid "Example 3A"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3A példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
"help explain the apparent contradiction."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<quote>Három nap és három éjjel</quote> (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a \"Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete\" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong kultusz követőit. Hogyan halhatott meg Jézus péntek délután, és támadhatott fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis \"harmadnapon feltámadni\" (Mt. 16:21)? A \"három\" és \"nap\" szó szerint vétele nem segít a látható ellentmondás feloldásában."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Szükségünk lesz egy kis történelmi csemegére: A zsidó nép bármely részét a napnak teljes napként számolták, úgy, mint ahogyan mi sem számolhatjuk a vizesvödröket részben. (ha hat és fél vödör vizünk van, mi is azt mondjuk, 7 vizesvödör van ott, igaz, egyik félig tele). Ugyanígy a zsidók a megkezdett napszakokat is teljes napként számolták, és a napok este 6-kor kezdődtek, és este 6-kor végződtek. Így péntek délután 3-6 : első nap. Péntek este 6 -tól szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tól vasárnap reggel 5-ig a harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
msgid "Example 3B"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "3B példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek között áthaladás megszokott módja volt a szövetségek megkötésének. Mindegyik fél átsétált a részek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez történjen vele is, ha nem a szövetség szerint él. Ám ebben az esetben csak az Úr sétált keresztül, így ez egyoldalú szövetség."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell értelmezni. Figyelnünk kell a kifejezésekre, melyeknek speciális jelentésük is lehet."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
msgid "Example 4A"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "4A példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<quote>gonosz szem</quote> Mt. 6:23-ban"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "1.szabály a \"gonosz\" és a \"szem\" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály, szövegkörnyezet: még jobban összezavar bennünket, nem illik sem az előtte lévő, sem a következő részekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen értelmezünk!"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, <quote>gonosz szem</quote>. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést: Mt. 20:15 \"<emphasis>Avagy nem szabad-é nékem a magaméval azt tennem, amit akarok? avagy a te szemed azért gonosz, mert én jó vagyok?</emphasis>\" Itt azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezés a fukar és irigy. Menjünk vissza Mt. 6 -hoz, és jegyezzük meg, hogy ez az értelmezés hogyan kapcsolja össze a szöveget."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
msgid "Example 4B"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "4B példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ésa. 59:1 <quote> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "5 Móz. 33:27 <quote>alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer meggyőztek embereket, hogy menjenek és tanítsák azt, hogy Isten lehet belőlünk, mint Ő! Egy előadáson, amelyet ők tartottak, egy csoport Mormon elöljáró kihívta Walter Martint (a <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis> szerzője) egy hasonló versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkérte a Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak még hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4 <quote>Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;</quote> W.M azt mondta ekkor: <quote>ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár</quote>. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint megértették az álláspontjuk nevetségességét."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a "
"meaning.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Az allegória: <emphasis> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése van.</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok Isten igéi, a bozótok az aggódás, kapzsiság stb. Mégis a legtöbb példázat nem allegória, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan történet, ami illusztrálja a mondanivalót. Veszélyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a példázatok alapján, összezavarhatnak. A tiszta írás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a véleményünket, ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
msgid "Example 5A"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "5A példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, "
"what do we have?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a történet egy dolgot tanít: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként tekintjük, mit kapunk?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek jogait, az ima \"bosszantja\" Őt, stb."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
msgid "Example 5B"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "5B példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
msgid ""
"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája becsapását."
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>"
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:14
msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A &bibletime; csapat (info@bibletime.info)"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
"the terms of the license <link "
"url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons "
"Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link> felhasználási feltételei szerint licenszelte. A magyar fordítást Novák Géza készítette."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"indicated."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön jelzettek."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
msgid "Abstract"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vázlat"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"Bible."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A <application>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</application> egy vezérfonal a biblia tanulmányozásához"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A &bibletime; csapat reménysége, hogy ez a \"hogyan\" provokálja olvasóit az írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni. "
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Armeens</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Kruisverwysings</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Voetnota</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Strong nommers</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation type="unfinished">
</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Woord opsoek</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished">Verre weergawe</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Ou Testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Moses/Pentateug/Torah</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Geskiedenis</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Profete</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Nuwe Testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Evangelies</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Briewe</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Paulus se briewe</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Арменски</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Настройки</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Бележки под линия</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation type="unfinished">номерация на Стронг</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Морфологични знаци:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation type="unfinished">
</translation>
<translation type="unfinished">[Мрежов]</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Стар Завет</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Петокнижие</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation type="unfinished">История</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Пророци</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Нов Завет</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Евангелия</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Послания</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Павлови послания</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>Zkratka</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>Křížový odkaz</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>Vysvětlivka</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Strongova čísla</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>Morfologie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>vyhledat slovo</translation>
</message>
<translation>Vzdálený</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>Stará Smlouva</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>Mojžíš/Pentateuch/Tóra</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>Spisy</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>Proroci</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>Nová Smlouva</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>Evangelia</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>Dopisy/Epištoly</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>Pavlovy epištoly</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>Forkortelse</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>Krydsreference</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>Fodnote</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Strongs</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>Morfologi</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>Ord søgning</translation>
</message>
<translation>Online</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>Gamle testamente</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>Historie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>Profeter</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>Nye Testamente</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>Evanggelier</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>Breve/Apostle</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>Paulus' Breve</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Information über</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutmoduledialog.cpp" line="25"/>
<source>Information About %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">BibleTime</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="93"/>
<source>&File</source>
<extracomment>Main menu item</extracomment>
<translation>&Datei</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="95"/>
<source>&View</source>
<extracomment>Main menu item</extracomment>
<translation>&Ansicht</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="97"/>
<source>&Search</source>
<extracomment>Main menu item</extracomment>
<translation>&Suche</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>&Window</source>
<extracomment>Main menu item</extracomment>
<translation>&Fenster</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Se&ttings</source>
<extracomment>Main menu item</extracomment>
<translation>Einstellungen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Help</source>
<extracomment>Main menu item</extracomment>
<translation>&Hilfe</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>BibleTime</source>
- <extracomment>Name of the main toolbar</extracomment>
<translation type="obsolete">BibleTime</translation>
</message>
<message>
<translation type="obsolete">Beenden</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="141"/>
<source>&Show toolbar</source>
<translation>&Werkzeugleiste anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Z&eige Lupe</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="128"/>
<source>&Fullscreen mode</source>
<translation>&Vollbildmodus</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="148"/>
- <source>Show Bookshelf</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="152"/>
- <source>Show Bookmarks</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="156"/>
- <source>Show Mag</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="181"/>
<source>&Save session</source>
<translation>Sitzung &speichern</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="194"/>
<source>&Load session</source>
<translation>Sitzung &laden</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>&Delete session</source>
<translation>Sitzung löschen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>&Arrangement mode</source>
<translation>&Anordnungs-Art</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>&Manual mode</source>
<translation>&Manuell</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>Auto-tile &vertically</source>
<extracomment>Vertical tiling means that windows are vertical, placed side by side</extracomment>
<translation>Automatisches &Vertikal-Kacheln</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="241"/>
<source>Auto-tile &horizontally</source>
<extracomment>Horizontal tiling means that windows are horizontal, placed on top of each other</extracomment>
<translation>Automatisches &Horizontal-Kacheln</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Auto-&cascade</source>
<extracomment>Cascading means that only one window is visible, others are behind that</extracomment>
<translation>Automatisches &Staffeln</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="263"/>
<source>&Cascade</source>
<translation>&Staffeln</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Tile &vertically</source>
<translation>&Vertikal kacheln</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Tile &horizontally</source>
<translation>&Horizontal kacheln</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="293"/>
- <source>Cl&ose all windows</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="296"/>
- <source>Close all open windows inside BibleTime</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Cl&ose all</source>
<translation type="obsolete">A&lle schließen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="320"/>
<source>&Handbook</source>
<translation>&Handbuch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="332"/>
<source>&Bible Study Howto</source>
<extracomment>"Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide</extracomment>
<translation>&Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_slots.cpp" line="482"/>
<source>Please enter a name for the new session.</source>
<translation>Bitte geben Sie einen Namen für die neue Sitzung ein.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="117"/>
<source>Quit BibleTime</source>
<translation>BibleTime verlassen</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Die Lupe anzeigen oder verbergen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="131"/>
<source>Toggle fullscreen mode of the main window</source>
<translation>Vollbildansicht des Hauptfensters umschalten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="163"/>
<source>Search in &open works...</source>
<translation>In &offenen Werken suchen...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Search in standard &Bible...</source>
<translation>In Standard&bibel suchen...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="187"/>
<source>Save as &new session...</source>
<translation>Als &neue Sitzung speichern</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="190"/>
<source>Create and save a new session</source>
<translation>Erstelle und speichere eine neue Sitzung</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="232"/>
<source>Automatically tile the open windows vertically (arrange side by side)</source>
<translation>Geöffnete Fenster automatisch vertikal (nebeneinander) anordnen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="244"/>
<source>Automatically tile the open windows horizontally (arrange on top of each other)</source>
<translation>Geöffnete Fenster automatisch horizontal (übereinander) anordnen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>Automatically cascade the open windows</source>
<translation>Geöffnete Fenster automatisch hintereinander anordnen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="266"/>
<source>Cascade the open windows</source>
<translation>Geöffnete Fenster hintereinander anordnen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="276"/>
<source>Vertically tile (arrange side by side) the open windows</source>
<translation>Geöffnete Fenster vertikal (nebeneinander) anordnen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="286"/>
<source>Horizontally tile (arrange on top of each other) the open windows</source>
<translation>Geöffnete Fenster horizontal (übereinander) anordnen)</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Alle geöffneten Fenster schließen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="303"/>
<source>&Configure BibleTime...</source>
<translation>BibleTime &konfigurieren</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="306"/>
<source>Set BibleTime's preferences</source>
<translation>BibleTime-Einstellungen vornehmen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="312"/>
<source>Bookshelf &Manager...</source>
<translation>Bücherregal-&Verwaltung</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="315"/>
<source>Configure your bookshelf and install/update/remove/index works</source>
<translation>Bücherregal konfigurieren und Werke installieren/aktualisieren/entfernen/indizieren</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="323"/>
<source>Open BibleTime's handbook</source>
<translation>BibleTimes Handbuch öffnen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="335"/>
<source>Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way.</source>
<translation>Öffne die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium, welche zu BibleTime gehört.<br/>Das ist eine Einführung in effizientes Bibelstudium.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="166"/>
<source>Search in all works that are currently open</source>
<translation>In allen gegenwärtig geöffneten Werken suchen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="106"/>
- <source>Main Toolbar</source>
- <extracomment>Name of the main toolbar</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="114"/>
- <source>&Quit</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="178"/>
<source>Search in the standard Bible</source>
<translation>In der Standard-Bibel suchen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_slots.cpp" line="482"/>
<source>New Session</source>
<translation>Neue Sitzung</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
<source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
- <translation>Initialisierung der Sword-Engine...</translation>
+ <translation type="obsolete">Initialisierung der Sword-Engine...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="71"/>
<source>Creating BibleTime's user interface...</source>
<translation>Erstellen der BibleTime-Benutzeroberfläche...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="73"/>
<source>Initializing menu- and toolbars...</source>
<translation>Initialisieren der Menü- und Werkzeugleiste...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="343"/>
- <source>&About BibleTime</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="52"/>
<source>Bookshelf</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Bücherregal</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="58"/>
<source>Bookmarks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Lesezeichen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Mag</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Lupe</translation>
</message>
-</context>
-<context>
- <name>BtAboutDialog</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="54"/>
- <source>BibleTime is an easy to use but powerful Bible study tool.</source>
+ <source>Main Toolbar</source>
+ <extracomment>Name of the main toolbar</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
- <source>We are looking for developers and translators.</source>
+ <source>&Quit</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="58"/>
- <source>If you would like to join our team, please send an email to info@bibletime.info.</source>
+ <source>Show Bookshelf</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="60"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2009, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <source>Show Bookmarks</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="159"/>
- <source>Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications.</source>
+ <source>Show Mag</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="161"/>
- <source>Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development.</source>
+ <source>Cl&ose all windows</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="163"/>
- <source>Please see </source>
+ <source>Close all open windows inside BibleTime</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="165"/>
- <source> for an overview of Qt licensing.</source>
+ <source>&About BibleTime</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
+</context>
+<context>
+ <name>BtAboutDialog</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="178"/>
- <source>You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions.</source>
+ <source>About BibleTime</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="180"/>
- <source>You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
+ <source>BibleTime is an easy to use but powerful Bible study tool.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="184"/>
- <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
+ <source>We are looking for developers and translators.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="70"/>
- <source>Contributors</source>
+ <source>If you would like to join our team, please send an email to info@bibletime.info.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="31"/>
- <source>About BibleTime</source>
+ <source>(c)1999-2009, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Contributors</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="72"/>
<source>The following people contributed to BibleTime:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
<source>documentation and translation manager</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="76"/>
<source>project founder, developer</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="77"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="79"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="93"/>
<source>designer</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="78"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="81"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="87"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="88"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="89"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="90"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="91"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="92"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="95"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="97"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="98"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>developer</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="82"/>
<source>packager</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="83"/>
<source>creator of The Sword Project</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="84"/>
<source>project manager, developer</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="85"/>
<source>domain sponsor</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="86"/>
<source>howto</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="94"/>
<source>documentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="96"/>
<source>tester, usability expert</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="102"/>
<source>The following people translated BibleTime into their language:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="122"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="136"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="141"/>
<source>The SWORD Project</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="156"/>
<source>This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="173"/>
+ <source>Qt Open Source Edition is intended for the development of Open Source applications.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Please see </source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source> for an overview of Qt licensing.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
<source>License</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="176"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
+ <message>
+ <source>You can download and use (but not distribute) the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtBookDropdownChooserButton</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/btdropdownchooserbutton.cpp" line="69"/>
<source>Select book</source>
<translation>Buch auswählen</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtChapterDropdownChooserButton</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/btdropdownchooserbutton.cpp" line="94"/>
<source>Select chapter</source>
<translation>Kapitel auswählen</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtIndexPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="43"/>
<source>If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts</source>
<translation>Wenn ausgewählt, werden keinem Werk zugeordnete Indizes gelöscht, wenn BibleTime startet</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="44"/>
<source>Automatically delete orphaned indexes when BibleTime starts</source>
<translation>Verwaiste Indizes automatisch beim Start von BibleTime löschen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Delete the selected indexes</source>
<translation>Die ausgewählten Indizes löschen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="57"/>
<source>Delete</source>
<translation>Löschen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="61"/>
<source>Create new indexes for the selected works</source>
<translation>Neue Indizes für ausgewählte Werke erstellen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="68"/>
<source>Work</source>
<translation>Werk</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="68"/>
<source>Index size</source>
<translation>Indexgröße</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="95"/>
<source>Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works.</source>
<translation>Erstellung neuer Such-Indizes und Löschen erstellter Indizes für installierte Werke</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>Search Indexes</source>
<translation>Suchindices</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="113"/>
<source>Works with indexes</source>
<translation>Werke mit Indices</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="118"/>
<source>Works without indexes</source>
<translation>Werke ohne indices</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="132"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>KiB</source>
<translation>KiB</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="62"/>
<source>Create...</source>
<translation>Erstelle...</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtInstallModuleChooserDialog</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallmodulechooserdialog.cpp" line="132"/>
<source>Install</source>
<translation>Installieren</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtInstallPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="192"/>
<source>Install/Update</source>
<translation>Installieren/Updaten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="188"/>
<source>Install and update works. Add remote or local sources, refresh them, select the works to be installed/updated and click Install.<br/><b>WARNING:</b> If you live in a persecuted country and don't want to risk detection don't use remote sources.</source>
<translation>Werke installieren und aktualisieren. Fügen Sie entfernte oder lokale Quellen hinzu, aktualisieren Sie diese, wählen Sie die Werke aus, die installiert/aktualisiert werden sollen und klicken Sie Installieren.<br/><b>WARNUNG:</b>Wenn Sie in einem Land mit religiöser Verfolgung leben und es nicht riskieren wollen, entdeckt zu werden, sollten Sie keine entfernten Quellen verwenden.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="100"/>
<source>Install path:</source>
<translation>Installationspfad</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="102"/>
<source>The path where the new works will be installed</source>
<translation>Der Pfad, in den neue Werke installiert werden</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="106"/>
<source>Configure paths where works are installed</source>
<translation>Ziel-Installations-Pfade neuer Werke konfigurieren</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Install...</source>
<translation>Installieren...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Install or update selected works</source>
<translation>Installation oder Aktualisierung ausgewählter Werke</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtInstallPathDialog</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="44"/>
<source>Works can be installed in one or more directories. After setting up directories here you can choose one of them in Install page.</source>
<translation>Werke können in einem oder mehreren Pfaden installiert werden. Nach dem Konfigurieren der Verzeichnisse, können Sie hier eines auf der Installations-Seite auswählen.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>BibleTime and the Sword library find the modules from all of these directories. If the directory is removed here it still exists in the system with all the works in it. ".sword" directory in your home directory is always used automatically and can't be removed or added.</source>
<translation>BibleTime und die Sword-Bibliothek finden die Module aus jedem dieser Verzeichnisse. Falls das Verzeichnis entfernt worden ist, existiert es hier inklusive aller darin enthaltenen Werke fort. Das \".sword\" Verzeichnis in Ihrem Home-Verzeichnis wird stets automatisch genutzt und kann nicht automatisch entfernt oder hinzugefügt werden.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="52"/>
<source>Configuration file for the paths is: </source>
<translation>Konfigurations-Datei für die Pfade ist:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="71"/>
<source>Add...</source>
<translation>Hinzufügen...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="77"/>
<source>Edit...</source>
<translation>Bearbeiten...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="83"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation>Entfernen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="107"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Choose directory</source>
<translation>Verzeichnis auswählen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="116"/>
<source>This directory is not writable, so works can not be installed here using BibleTime. Do you want to use this directory instead of the previous value?</source>
<translation>In dieses Verzeichnis kann nicht geschrieben werden, daher können hier keine Werke von BibleTime installiert werden. Möchten Sie dieses Verzeichnis statt der vorherigen Einstellung verwenden?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation>Warnung</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>This directory is not writable, so works can not be installed here using BibleTime. Do you still want to add it to the list of bookshelf directories?</source>
<translation>Dieses Verzeichnis ist nicht beschreibbar, sodass Werke durch BibleTime hier nicht installiert werden können. Möchten Sie es trotzdem in die Liste der Bücherregal-Verzeichnisse aufnehmen?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="36"/>
<source>Bookshelf Paths</source>
<translation>Bücherregal-Pfade</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="48"/>
<source>Configure bookshelf paths</source>
<translation>Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="72"/>
<source>Add new path</source>
<translation>Neuen Pfad hinzufügen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="78"/>
<source>Edit the selected path</source>
<translation>Ausgewählten Pfad bearbeiten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="84"/>
<source>Remove the selected path</source>
<translation>Ausgewählten Pfad entfernen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="116"/>
<source>Use Directory?</source>
<translation>Verzeichnis nutzen?</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtInstallProgressDialog</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="41"/>
<source>Work</source>
<translation>Werk</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="41"/>
<source>Progress</source>
<translation>Fortschritt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Anhalten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="83"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Alle anhalten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="145"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Abgeschlossen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Abgebrochen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>Vorbereiten der Installation...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="37"/>
<source>Install Progress</source>
<translation>Installations-Fortschritt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="142"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Fehler</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtModuleManagerDialog</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/btmodulemanagerdialog.cpp" line="38"/>
<source>Bookshelf Manager</source>
<translation>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="51"/>
<source>Work</source>
<translation>Werk</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="51"/>
<source>Install path</source>
<translation>Installationspfad</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="78"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation>Entfernen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="70"/>
<source>Remove installed works. Select the works and click Remove button.</source>
<translation>Entfernen installierter Werke. Wählen Sie die Werke aus und betätigen Sie die \"Entfernen\"-Schaltfläche.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="144"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>Sie haben folgende Werke ausgewählt:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Möchten Sie diese wirklich von Ihrem System entfernen?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Remove...</source>
<translation>Entfernen...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="57"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Entfernen der ausgewählten Werke</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="149"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Werke entfernen?</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceArea</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Work</source>
<translation>Werk</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Description</source>
<translation>Beschreibung</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Bearbeiten...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="88"/>
<source>Add...</source>
<translation>Hinzufügen...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="77"/>
<source>Refresh...</source>
<translation>Auffrischen...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="78"/>
<source>Refresh the list of works from this source</source>
<translation>Liste der Werke aus dieser Quelle auffrischen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="84"/>
<source>Delete...</source>
<translation>Löschen...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="85"/>
<source>Delete this source</source>
<translation>Diese Quelle löschen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Add new source</source>
<translation>Neue Quelle hinzufügen</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation>Quelle löschen?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation>Möchten Sie diese Quelle wirklich löschen?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation>Abbrechen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation>Quelle wird aktualisiert</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation>Verbinde...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation>Aktualisiere...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation>Entfernt:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation>Lokal:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation>Werke installieren/aktualisieren?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation>Möchten Sie diese Werke wirklich installieren?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation>Nur eine Version eines Werkes kann installiert werden. Wählen Sie eine aus, wenn rot markierte Einträge vorliegen.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation>Kein Verzeichnis!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation>Nicht lesbar!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation>Warnung</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation>Das Zielverzeichnis ist nicht beschreibbar oder existiert nicht. Die Installation wird fehlschlagen, wenn dieser Umstand vorher nicht behoben wird.</translation>
</message>
+ <message>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtVerseDropdownChooserButton</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/btdropdownchooserbutton.cpp" line="118"/>
<source>Select verse</source>
<translation>Vers auswählen</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CBibleReadWindow</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="91"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="155"/>
<source>Next book</source>
<translation>Nächstes Buch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="95"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="160"/>
<source>Previous book</source>
<translation>Vorheriges Buch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="99"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="165"/>
<source>Next chapter</source>
<translation>Nächstes Kapitel</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="103"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="170"/>
<source>Previous chapter</source>
<translation>Vorheriges Kapitel</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="107"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Next verse</source>
<translation>Nächster Vers</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="111"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="180"/>
<source>Previous verse</source>
<translation>Vorheriger Vers</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="123"/>
<source>Copy chapter</source>
<translation>Kapitel kopieren</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="129"/>
<source>Save chapter as plain text</source>
<translation>Sichere Kapitel als reinen Text</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="132"/>
<source>Save chapter as HTML</source>
<translation>Kapitel als HTML speichern</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="137"/>
<source>Print chapter</source>
<translation>Kapitel drucken</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="201"/>
<source>Reference only</source>
<translation>Nur Referenzen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Text of reference</source>
<translation>Text des Verses</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="209"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="220"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="232"/>
<source>Reference with text</source>
<translation>Versangabe mit Text</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="213"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="236"/>
<source>Chapter</source>
<translation>Kapitel</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="224"/>
<source>Chapter as plain text</source>
<translation>Kapitel als normaler Text</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Chapter as HTML</source>
<translation>Kapitel als HTML</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>Bible window</source>
<translation>Bibelfenster</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Copy...</source>
<translation>Kopieren...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="278"/>
<source>Save...</source>
<translation>Speichern...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="290"/>
<source>Print...</source>
<translation>Drucken...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="386"/>
<source>Copy chapter to clipboard ...</source>
<translation>Kapitel in Zwischenablage kopieren...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="386"/>
<source>Copying</source>
<translation>Kopiere</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="407"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="425"/>
<source>Saving chapter ...</source>
<translation>Speichere das Kapitel ...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="407"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="425"/>
<source>Saving</source>
<translation>Speichere</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="193"/>
<source>Strong's search</source>
<translation>Strong-Suche</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Find all occurences of the Strong number currently under the mouse cursor</source>
<translation>Alle Stellen der unterhalb des Maus-Zeigers auftretenden Strong-Nummer finden</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CBookReadWindow</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp" line="70"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp" line="87"/>
<source>Toggle tree view</source>
<translation>Baumstruktur umschalten...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp" line="95"/>
<source>Copy entry with text</source>
<translation>Kopiere Eintrag mit Text</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp" line="98"/>
<source>Save entry as plain text</source>
<translation>Sichere Eintrag als reinenText</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp" line="100"/>
<source>Save entry as HTML</source>
<translation>Sichere Eintrag als HTML</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>Print entry with text</source>
<translation>Drucke Eintrag mit Text</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CBookmarkIndex</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Bookmarks</source>
<translation>Lesezeichen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>New folder</source>
<translation>Neuer Ordner</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Rename folder</source>
<translation>Ordner umbenennen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="682"/>
<source>Delete Items</source>
<translation>Einträge löschen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="682"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete the selected items and child-items?</source>
<translation>Möchten Sie wirklich diesen Eintrag und eventuelle Untereinträge löschen?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="793"/>
<source>The work to which the bookmark points to is not installed.</source>
<translation>Das Werk, auf welches das Lesezeichen verweist, ist nicht installiert.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="106"/>
<source>Change bookmark description...</source>
<translation>Die Lesezeichen-Beschreibung verändern...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="109"/>
<source>Print bookmarks...</source>
<translation>Lesezeichen drucken...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="111"/>
<source>Remove selected items...</source>
<translation>Ausgewählte Elemente entfernen...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="107"/>
<source>Import to folder...</source>
<translation>Zu Verzeichnis importieren...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="108"/>
<source>Export from folder...</source>
<translation>Aus Verzeichnis exportieren...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="399"/>
<source>Can drop only bookmarks or one folder</source>
<translation>Kann nur Lesezeichen oder ein einziges Verzeichnis verwerfen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="404"/>
<source>Can't drop folder into the folder itself or into its subfolder</source>
<translation>Kann den Ordner nicht in sich selbst oder in seine Unterordner verwerfen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="411"/>
<source>Copy</source>
<translation>Kopiere</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="412"/>
<source>Move</source>
<translation>Bewegen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="471"/>
<source>Drag references from text views to this view</source>
<translation>Referenzen von der Textansicht in diese Ansicht mitführen</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CBookshelfIndex</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="85"/>
<source>Bookshelf</source>
<translation>Bücherregal</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="107"/>
<source>Grouping</source>
<translation>Gruppierung</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Category/Language</source>
<translation>Kategorie/Sprache</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Category</source>
<translation>Kategorie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Language/Category</source>
<translation>Sprache/Kategorie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="142"/>
<source>Language</source>
<translation>Sprache</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="188"/>
<source>Edit</source>
<translation>Bearbeiten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="484"/>
<source>Search</source>
<translation>Suche</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Suche in</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="588"/>
<source>Enter the unlock key for this work.</source>
<translation>Geben Sie den Schlüssel für dieses Werke ein</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>Search...</source>
<translation>Suche...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>Unlock...</source>
<translation>Entschlüsseln...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>About...</source>
<translation>Über...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="619"/>
<source>Hide/Unhide Works</source>
<translation>Werke verstecken/zeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="620"/>
<source>Select the works to be hidden.</source>
<translation>Wählen Sie Werke aus, die versteckt werden sollen.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="151"/>
<source>Works only</source>
<translation>Nur Werke</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="166"/>
<source>Hide/unhide works...</source>
<translation>Werke sichtbar/unsichtbar machen...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="173"/>
<source>Show hidden</source>
<translation>Versteckte anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="195"/>
<source>Plain text...</source>
<translation>Reintext...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="201"/>
<source>HTML...</source>
<translation>HTML...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="517"/>
- <source>Search in %1...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="532"/>
<source>Search in selected...</source>
<translation>In ausgewählten suchen...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="587"/>
<source>Unlock Work</source>
<translation>Werk lösen</translation>
</message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Search in %1...</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
</context>
<context>
<name>CCommentaryReadWindow</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="39"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="119"/>
<source>Next book</source>
<translation>Nächstes Buch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="43"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Previous book</source>
<translation>Vorheriges Buch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="47"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="129"/>
<source>Next chapter</source>
<translation>Nächstes Kapitel</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="51"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="134"/>
<source>Previous chapter</source>
<translation>Vorheriges Kapitel</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="55"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Next verse</source>
<translation>Nächster Vers</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="59"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="144"/>
<source>Previous verse</source>
<translation>Vorheriger Vers</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Kommentarfenster</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="82"/>
<source>Synchronize</source>
<translation>Synchronisieren</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/ccommentaryreadwindow.cpp" line="87"/>
<source>Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window</source>
<translation>Synchronisiere den angezeigten Eintrag dieses Werks mit dem aktiven Bibelfenster</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CConfigurationDialog</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cconfigurationdialog.cpp" line="37"/>
<source>Configure BibleTime</source>
<translation>BibleTime konfigurieren</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CDisplaySettingsButton</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp" line="53"/>
<source>Display settings: No options available</source>
<translation>Anzeigeeinstellungen. Keine Einstellungen verfügbar.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp" line="57"/>
<source>Display settings</source>
<translation>Anzeigeeinstellungen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp" line="41"/>
<source>Display options</source>
<translation>Anzeigeeinstellungen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Use linebreaks after each verse</source>
<translation>Zeilenumbruch nach jedem Vers</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp" line="120"/>
<source>Show headings</source>
<translation>Überschriften anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp" line="123"/>
<source>Highlight words of Jesus</source>
<translation>Worte Jesu hervorheben</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp" line="126"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation>Hebräische Vokalzeichen anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp" line="129"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation>Hebräische Kantillationszeichen anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp" line="132"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation>Griechische Akzente anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp" line="135"/>
<source>Use alternative textual variant</source>
<translation>Alternative Textvarianten verwenden</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp" line="138"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation>Querverweise auf Bibelstellen anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp" line="141"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation>Morphologische Segmentierung anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbuttons.cpp" line="118"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation>Versnummern anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CDisplaySettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="70"/>
<source>Display templates</source>
<translation>Anzeigevorlage</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="81"/>
<source>Available display styles:</source>
<translation>Verfügbare Anzeigestile:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="91"/>
<source>Style preview</source>
<translation>Stilvorschau:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>For God so loved the world, that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him should not perish, but have eternal life.</source>
<translation>Denn Gott hat die Menschen so sehr geliebt, dass er seinen einzigen Sohn für sie hergab. Jeder, der an ihn glaubt, wird nicht zugrunde gehen, sondern das ewige Leben haben,</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="137"/>
<source>For God didn't send his Son into the world to judge the world, but that the world should be saved through him.</source>
<translation>Gott hat nämlich seinen Sohn nicht zu den Menschen gesandt, um über sie Gericht zu halten, sondern um sie zu retten,</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="144"/>
<source>He who believes in him is not judged. He who doesn't believe has been judged already, because he has not believed in the name of the one and only Son of God.</source>
<translation>Wer an ihn glaubt, der wird nicht verurteilt werden. Wer aber nicht an den einzigen Sohn Gottes glaubt, über den ist wegen seines Unglaubens das Urteil schon gesprochen.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="149"/>
<source>This is the judgment, that the light has come into the world, and men loved the darkness rather than the light; for their works were evil.</source>
<translation>Und so vollzieht sich das Urteil: Das Licht ist in die Welt gekommen, aber die Menschen lieben die Finsternis mehr als das Licht. Denn alles, was sie tun, ist böse.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="154"/>
<source>For everyone who does evil hates the light, and doesn't come to the light, lest his works would be exposed.</source>
<translation>Wer Böses tut, scheut das Licht und bleibt lieber im Dunkeln, damit niemand seine Taten sehen kann.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="159"/>
<source>But he who does the truth comes to the light, that his works may be revealed, that they have been done in God.</source>
<translation>Wer aber die Wahrheit Gottes liebt und das tut, was er will, der tritt ins Licht! An ihm zeigt sich: Gott selber bestimmt sein Handeln.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="71"/>
<source>Display templates define how text is displayed.</source>
<translation>Anzeige-Vorlagen definieren die Text-Darstellung.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="60"/>
<source>Show the BibleTime logo on startup</source>
<translation>Das BibleTime-Logo beim Starten zeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="59"/>
<source>Show startup logo</source>
<translation>Das Start-Logo zeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Display</source>
<translation>Anzeige</translation>
</message>
+ <message>
+ <source></source>
+ <translation></translation>
+ </message>
</context>
<context>
<name>CDisplayWindow</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="128"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="199"/>
<source>Back in history</source>
<translation>Zurück im Verlauf</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="136"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>Forward in history</source>
<translation>Vorwärts im Verlauf</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="151"/>
<source>Open the search dialog with the works of this window</source>
<translation>Das Suchfenster mit den Werken dieses Fensters öffnen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="101"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="160"/>
<source>Zoom in</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="105"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="166"/>
<source>Zoom out</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="109"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="172"/>
<source>Close</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="113"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="178"/>
<source>Select all</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Alle auswählen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="117"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="184"/>
<source>Copy</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Kopiere</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="121"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="190"/>
<source>Find...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CFontChooser</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cfontchooser.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Size:</source>
<translation>Größe:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cfontchooser.cpp" line="76"/>
<source>Font name:</source>
<translation>Schriftname:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cfontchooser.cpp" line="87"/>
<source>Font style:</source>
<translation>Schriftstil:</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Schriftgröße auswählen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="192"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Bold</source>
<translation>Fett</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="205"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>Italic</source>
<translation>Kursiv</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="217"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>Underline</source>
<translation>Unterstreichen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="232"/>
<source>Left</source>
<translation>Links</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="243"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="248"/>
<source>Center</source>
<translation>Mitte</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Right</source>
<translation>Rechts</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>Select all</source>
<translation>Alle auswählen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="282"/>
<source>HTML editor window</source>
<translation>HTML-Editor-Fenster</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
<source>Font</source>
<translation>Schrift</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Font size</source>
<translation>Schriftgröße</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="182"/>
<source>Font color</source>
<translation>Schriftfarbe</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>Align left</source>
<translation>Links ausrichten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>Align right</source>
<translation>Rechts ausrichten</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CHTMLWriteWindow</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="62"/>
<source>Sync with active Bible</source>
<translation>Mit aktiver Bibel abgleichen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="73"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="77"/>
<source>Save text</source>
<translation>Text speichern</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="85"/>
<source>Delete current entry</source>
<translation>Ausgewählten Eintrag löschen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="96"/>
<source>Restore original text</source>
<translation>Den ursprünglichen Text wiederherstellen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="158"/>
<source>Module not writable</source>
<translation>Modul ist nicht schreibbar</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="160"/>
<source>Module is not writable.</source>
<translation>Das Modul ist nicht schreibbar.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="161"/>
<source>Either the module may not be edited, or you do not have write permission.</source>
<translation>Entweder darf das Modul nicht geschrieben werden oder Sie haben keine Schreibberechtigung.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="67"/>
<source>Synchronize (show the same verse) with the active Bible window</source>
<translation>Synchronisiere (zeige denselben Vers) mit dem aktiven Bibelfenster</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete current entry (no undo)</source>
<translation>Aktuellen Eintrag löschen (ohne Rückgängig-Funktion)</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="100"/>
<source>Restore original text, new text will be lost</source>
<translation>Original-Text wiederherstellen, neue Texte gehen verloren</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CInputDialog</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinputdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Clear</source>
<translation>Löschen</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CKeyReferenceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="92"/>
<source>Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item.</source>
<translation>Durchlaufen Sie die Listeneinträge. Drücken Sie die Taste und bewegen Sie die Maus um nach vorn oder hinten durch die Liste zu laufen.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="94"/>
<source>Next book</source>
<translation>Nächstes Buch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="96"/>
<source>Previous book</source>
<translation>Vorheriges Buch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Next chapter</source>
<translation>Nächstes Kapitel</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Previous chapter</source>
<translation>Vorheriges Kapitel</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Next verse</source>
<translation>Nächster Vers</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="106"/>
<source>Previous verse</source>
<translation>Vorheriger Vers</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CLanguageSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.cpp" line="162"/>
<source>Use custom font</source>
<translation>Benutzerdefinierte Schrift verwenden</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.cpp" line="50"/>
<source>Language for names of Bible books:</source>
<translation>Sprache der Bibelbücher-Namen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.cpp" line="52"/>
<source>The languages which can be used for the biblical booknames</source>
<translation>Die Sprachen die für die Bibelbücher-Namen verwendet werden können</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.cpp" line="134"/>
<source>The font selection below will apply to all texts in this language</source>
<translation>Die untenstehende Schriftauswahl wird für alle Texte in dieser Sprache gelten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Select the language in which the Biblical book names are displayed.</source>
<translation>Wählen Sie die Sprache in der die BIbelbücher-Namen angezeigt werden.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.cpp" line="127"/>
<source>Fonts</source>
<translation>Schriften</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.cpp" line="128"/>
<source>You can specify a custom font for each language.</source>
<translation>Sie können eine angepasste Schrift für jede Sprache spezifizieren.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.cpp" line="301"/>
<source>Languages</source>
<translation>Sprachen</translation>
</message>
+ <message>
+ <source></source>
+ <translation></translation>
+ </message>
</context>
<context>
<name>CLexiconKeyChooser</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/clexiconkeychooser.cpp" line="53"/>
<source>Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item.</source>
<translation>Durchlaufen Sie die Listeneinträge. Drücken Sie die Taste und bewegen Sie die Maus um nach vorn oder hinten durch die Liste zu laufen.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/clexiconkeychooser.cpp" line="51"/>
<source>Entries of the current work</source>
<translation>Einträge des aktuellen Werks</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/clexiconkeychooser.cpp" line="52"/>
<source>Next entry</source>
<translation>Nächster Eintrag</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/clexiconkeychooser.cpp" line="54"/>
<source>Previous entry</source>
<translation>Vorheriger Eintrag</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CLexiconReadWindow</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="55"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="94"/>
<source>Next entry</source>
<translation>Nächster Eintrag</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="59"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Previous entry</source>
<translation>Vorheriger Eintrag</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="63"/>
<source>Copy reference only</source>
<translation>Kopiere nur die Referenz</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Copy selected text</source>
<translation>Kopiere ausgewählten Text</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="69"/>
<source>Save entry as HTML</source>
<translation>Sichere Eintrag als HTML</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="72"/>
<source>Print reference only</source>
<translation>Drucke nur die Referenz</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Strong's Search</source>
<translation>Strongnummern-Suche</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="119"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="138"/>
<source>Reference only</source>
<translation>Nur Referenzen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="123"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="142"/>
<source>Entry with text</source>
<translation>Eintrag mit Text</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Entry as plain text</source>
<translation>Eintrag als normaler Text</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="134"/>
<source>Entry as HTML</source>
<translation>Eintrag als HTML</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>Lexicon window</source>
<translation>Lexikonfenster</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="230"/>
<source>Copy...</source>
<translation>Kopieren...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="239"/>
<source>Save...</source>
<translation>Speichern...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="255"/>
<source>Print...</source>
<translation>Drucken...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="296"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Saving entry ...</source>
<translation>Speichere den Eintrag ...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="296"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Saving</source>
<translation>Speichere</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CMainIndex</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp" line="26"/>
<source>Bookshelf</source>
<translation>Bücherregal</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp" line="27"/>
<source>Bookmarks</source>
<translation>Lesezeichen</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CModuleChooserButton</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp" line="96"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp" line="136"/>
<source>NONE</source>
<translation>NICHTS</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp" line="114"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Select a work</source>
<translation>Werk auswählen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp" line="117"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Select an additional work</source>
<translation>Zusätzliches Werk auswählen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbutton.cpp" line="177"/>
<source>[locked]</source>
<translation>[verschlüsselt]</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Erstelle Index für Werk:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp" line="42"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation>Abbrechen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp" line="44"/>
<source>Creating indices</source>
<translation>Erstellung der Indizes</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
- <source>Creating index for work: %1</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp" line="102"/>
<source>Indexing Is Cancelled</source>
<translation>Indizierung abgebrochen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp" line="102"/>
<source>Indexing is cancelled because modules are removed.</source>
<translation>Indizierung aufgrund entfernter Module abgebrochen.</translation>
</message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Creating index for work: %1</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
</context>
<context>
<name>CPlainWriteWindow</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="59"/>
<source>Sync with active Bible</source>
<translation>Mit aktiver Bibel abgleichen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="72"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="77"/>
<source>Save text</source>
<translation>Text speichern</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="85"/>
<source>Delete current entry</source>
<translation>Ausgewählten Eintrag löschen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="98"/>
<source>Restore original text</source>
<translation>Den ursprünglichen Text wiederherstellen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="144"/>
<source>Module not writable</source>
<translation>Modul ist nicht schreibbar.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>Module is not writable.</source>
<translation>Modul ist nicht schreibbar</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Either the module may not be edited, or you do not have write permission.</source>
<translation>Entweder darf das Modul nicht geschrieben werden oder Sie haben keine Schreibberechtigung.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="64"/>
<source>Synchronize (show the same verse) with the active Bible window</source>
<translation>Synrchonisiere (denselben Vers anzeigen) mit dem aktiven Bibelfenster</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Delete current entry (no undo)</source>
<translation>Aktuellen Eintrag löschen (ohne Rückgängig-Funktion)</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>Restore original text, new text will be lost</source>
<translation>Original-Text wiederherstellen, neuer Text geht verloren</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordModuleInfo</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="758"/>
<source>Version</source>
<translation>Version</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="759"/>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="764"/>
<source>unknown</source>
<translation>unbekannt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="762"/>
<source>Markup</source>
<translation>Formatierung</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="767"/>
<source>Location</source>
<translation>Ort</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="771"/>
<source>Language</source>
<translation>Sprache</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="776"/>
<source>Category</source>
<translation>Kategorie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="781"/>
<source>LCSH</source>
<translation>LCSH</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="785"/>
<source>Writable</source>
<translation>Schreibbar</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="786"/>
<source>yes</source>
<translation>Ja</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="786"/>
<source>no</source>
<translation>Nein</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="790"/>
<source>Unlock key</source>
<translation>Schlüssel</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="809"/>
<source>Features</source>
<translation>Merkmale</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="817"/>
<source>Take care, this work contains cult / questionable material!</source>
<translation>Achtung. dieses Modul enthält sektiererisches / fragwürdiges Material!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="820"/>
<source>About</source>
<translation>Über</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="851"/>
<source>Distribution license</source>
<translation>Verbreitungs-Lizenz</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="853"/>
<source>Distribution source</source>
<translation>Verbreitungs-Quelle</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="855"/>
<source>Distribution notes</source>
<translation>Verbreitungs-Anmerkungen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="857"/>
<source>Text source</source>
<translation>Textquellen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="859"/>
<source>Copyright notes</source>
<translation>Copyright-Anmerkungen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="861"/>
<source>Copyright holder</source>
<translation>Rechteinhaber</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="863"/>
<source>Copyright date</source>
<translation>Copyright-Datum</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="865"/>
<source>Copyright contact name</source>
<translation>Copyright-Kontaktperson</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="867"/>
<source>Copyright contact address</source>
<translation>Copyright-Kontaktadresse</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="869"/>
<source>Copyright contact email</source>
<translation>Copyright-Kontakt-eMail</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="44"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Standard-Werke</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Textfilter</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="363"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Arbeitsplatz</translation>
</message>
+ <message>
+ <source></source>
+ <translation></translation>
+ </message>
</context>
<context>
<name>CSwordSetupInstallSourcesDialog</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="48"/>
<source>Caption</source>
<translation>Beschreibung</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="63"/>
<source>Type</source>
<translation>Typ</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Server</source>
<translation>Server</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="69"/>
<source>Path</source>
<translation>Pfad</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Ok</source>
<translation>Ok</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="91"/>
<source>Discard</source>
<translation>Verwerfen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="104"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="112"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="119"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="126"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Error</source>
<translation>Fehler</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Please provide a caption.</source>
<translation>Bitte geben Sie eine Beschreibung an.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="113"/>
<source>A source with this caption already exists.<br>Please provide a different caption.</source>
<translation>Eine Quelle mit diesem Titel existiert bereits.<br>Bitte geben Sie einen anderen Titel an.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="119"/>
<source>Please provide a server name.</source>
<translation>Bitte geben Sie einen Servernamen an.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="126"/>
<source>Please provide a valid, readable path.</source>
<translation>Bitte geben Sie einen gültigen, lesbaren Pfad an.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Please provide a path.</source>
<translation>Bitte geben Sie einen Pfad an.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="40"/>
<source>New Installation Source</source>
<translation>Neue Installationsquelle</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CWriteWindow</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cwritewindow.cpp" line="121"/>
<source>Save text before closing?</source>
<translation>Den Text vor dem Schließen speichern?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cwritewindow.cpp" line="143"/>
<source>Save changed text?</source>
<translation>Geänderten Text speichern?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cwritewindow.cpp" line="121"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cwritewindow.cpp" line="143"/>
<source>Save Text?</source>
<translation>Text speichern?</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Lupe</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>Abkürzung</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>Querverweise</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>Fußnote</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Strong-Nummer</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>Morphologie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>Wortsuche</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="53"/>
<source>Copy</source>
<translation>Kopiere</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="64"/>
<source><small>This is the Mag viewer area. Hover the mouse over links or other items which include some data and the contents appear in the Mag after a short delay. Move the mouse into Mag rapidly or lock the view by pressing and holding Shift while moving the mouse.</small></source>
<translation><small>Das ist die Lupe. Bewegen Sie die Maus über Links oder andere Einträge, die zusätzliche Informationen enthalten, und die Inhalte werden mit kurzer Verzögerung im Lupenbereich erscheinen. Bewegen Sie die Maus zügig in den Lupenbereich oder frieren Sie den Lupenbereich durch Drücken und Halten von Shift ein, während Sie die Maus bewegen.</small></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>QCoreApplication</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="405"/>
<source>Indexing aborted</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="405"/>
<source>An internal error occurred while building the index.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="474"/>
<source>Search aborted</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="474"/>
<source>An internal error occurred while executing your search.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>QObject</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="137"/>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="257"/>
<source>Commentaries</source>
<translation>Kommentare</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="138"/>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="263"/>
<source>Cults/Unorthodox</source>
<translation>Sekten/Unorthodox</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="139"/>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="262"/>
<source>Maps and Images</source>
<translation>Karten und Bilder</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="140"/>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="261"/>
<source>Daily Devotionals</source>
<translation>Andachtsbücher</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="141"/>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>Lexicons and Dictionaries</source>
<translation>Lexika und Wörterbücher</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="142"/>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>Bibles</source>
<translation>Bibeln</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="143"/>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Glossaries</source>
<translation>Wörterbücher</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="144"/>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/btmoduletreeitem.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Books</source>
<translation>Bücher</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/filters/bt_osishtml.cpp" line="418"/>
<source>Added text</source>
<translation>Zusätzlicher Text</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="159"/>
- <source>Names of languages</source>
- <comment>No need to translate - see the longer comment (If there is no longer comment, it doesn't work yet :)) ------ </comment>
- <extracomment>The string "Names of languages" doesn't actually need translation. It is put here to help translators notice this help text. ------- The names of the languages should follow the conventions of your language. You can write the names with a capital first letter even if your language uses non-capitalized language names (they look better with capital first letter when they are listed). ------- To find the names of all languages from internet try searching for "names of languages in language_x" but in your own language, e.g. "kielten nimet suomeksi" in Finnish or "names of languages in english" in English. ------- You can find the language codes and names by googling for the standards mentioned below. ------- Preference order for locale codes are: ------- ISO 639-1 ------- ISO 639-2 ------- ISO 639-3 ------- x-E-XXX form is deprecated and no modules in repositories use it. If you find a module with x-E-XXX language, update the module.</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="164"/>
<source>Afrikaans</source>
<extracomment>Language name af</extracomment>
<translation>Afrikaans</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="167"/>
- <source>Amuzgo, Guerrero</source>
- <extracomment>Language name amu</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="169"/>
<source>English, Old (ca.450-1100)</source>
<extracomment>Language name ang</extracomment>
<translation>Altenglisch (ca. 450-1100)</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="171"/>
<source>Arabic</source>
<extracomment>Language name ar</extracomment>
<translation>Arabisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="174"/>
<source>Azerbaijani</source>
<extracomment>Language name az</extracomment>
<translation>Aserbaidschanisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="176"/>
- <source>Azerbaijani, South</source>
- <extracomment>Language name azb</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="181"/>
<source>Belarusian</source>
<extracomment>Language name be</extracomment>
<translation>Weißrussisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="183"/>
<source>Bulgarian</source>
<extracomment>Language name bg</extracomment>
<translation>Bulgarisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="189"/>
<source>Breton</source>
<extracomment>Language name br</extracomment>
<translation>Bretonisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="191"/>
<source>Bosnian</source>
<extracomment>Language name bs</extracomment>
<translation>Bosnisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="193"/>
<source>Catalan</source>
<extracomment>Language name ca</extracomment>
<translation>Katalanisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="196"/>
- <source>Chinantec, Comaltepec</source>
- <extracomment>Language name cco</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="198"/>
<source>Cebuano</source>
<extracomment>Language name ceb</extracomment>
<translation>Cebuano</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="200"/>
<source>Chamorro</source>
<extracomment>Language name ch</extracomment>
<translation>Chamorro</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="202"/>
- <source>Chontal, Highland Oaxaca</source>
- <extracomment>Language name chd</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="204"/>
- <source>Chinantec, Quiotepec</source>
- <extracomment>Language name chq</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="206"/>
- <source>Chinantec, Ozumacu00edn</source>
- <extracomment>Language name chz</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="209"/>
- <source>Cakchiquel, Western</source>
- <extracomment>Language name ckw</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="211"/>
- <source>Chinantec, Lalana</source>
- <extracomment>Language name cnl</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="213"/>
- <source>Chinantec, Tepetotutla</source>
- <extracomment>Language name cnt</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="215"/>
<source>Coptic</source>
<extracomment>Language name cop</extracomment>
<translation>Koptisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>Czech</source>
<extracomment>Language name cs</extracomment>
<translation>Tschechisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="219"/>
- <source>Chinantec, Sochiapan</source>
- <extracomment>Language name cso</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="221"/>
- <source>Chol, Tila</source>
- <extracomment>Language name cti</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="223"/>
- <source>Chatino, Western Highland</source>
- <extracomment>Language name ctp</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Church Slavic</source>
<extracomment>Language name cu</extracomment>
<translation>Kirchenslawisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Welsh</source>
<extracomment>Language name cy</extracomment>
<translation>Walisisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="230"/>
<source>Danish</source>
<extracomment>Language name da</extracomment>
<translation>Dänisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="232"/>
<source>German</source>
<extracomment>Language name de</extracomment>
<translation>Deutsch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="234"/>
- <source>Duruma</source>
- <extracomment>Language name dug</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>Greek, Modern (1453-)</source>
<extracomment>Language name el</extracomment>
<translation>Neugriechisch (ab 1453)</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="239"/>
<source>English</source>
<extracomment>Language name en</extracomment>
<translation>Englisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="241"/>
<source>American English</source>
<extracomment>Language name en_US</extracomment>
<translation>Amerikanisches Englisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>English, Middle (1100-1500)</source>
<extracomment>Language name enm</extracomment>
<translation>Mittelenglisch (1100-1500)</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="245"/>
<source>Esperanto</source>
<extracomment>Language name eo</extracomment>
<translation>Esperanto</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="247"/>
<source>Spanish</source>
<extracomment>Language name es</extracomment>
<translation>Spanisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="249"/>
<source>Estonian</source>
<extracomment>Language name et</extracomment>
<translation>Estnisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>Basque</source>
<extracomment>Language name eu</extracomment>
<translation>Baskisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Persian</source>
<extracomment>Language name fa</extracomment>
<translation>Persisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="255"/>
<source>Finnish</source>
<extracomment>Language name fi</extracomment>
<translation>Finnisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>French</source>
<extracomment>Language name fr</extracomment>
<translation>Französisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="261"/>
<source>Frisian</source>
<extracomment>Language name fy</extracomment>
<translation>Friesisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="263"/>
<source>Irish</source>
<extracomment>Language name ga</extracomment>
<translation>Irisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Gaelic (Scots)</source>
<extracomment>Language name gd</extracomment>
<translation>Gälisch (Schottland)</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="267"/>
- <source>Geez</source>
- <extracomment>Language name gez</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gothic</source>
<extracomment>Language name got</extracomment>
<translation>Gothisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Manx</source>
<extracomment>Language name gv</extracomment>
<translation>Gälisch der Isle of Man</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="276"/>
<source>Greek, Ancient (to 1453)</source>
<extracomment>Language name grc</extracomment>
<translation>Altgriechisch (bis 1453)</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="278"/>
<source>Hebrew</source>
<extracomment>Language name he</extracomment>
<translation>Hebräisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="280"/>
<source>Hausa</source>
<extracomment>Language name hau</extracomment>
<translation>Hausa</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="282"/>
<source>Hawaiian</source>
<extracomment>Language name haw</extracomment>
<translation>Hawaiisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Hindi</source>
<extracomment>Language name hi</extracomment>
<translation>Hindi</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Croatian</source>
<extracomment>Language name hr</extracomment>
<translation>Kroatisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Hungarian</source>
<extracomment>Language name hu</extracomment>
<translation>Ungarisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="293"/>
- <source>Huave, San Mateo Del Mar</source>
- <extracomment>Language name huv</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Armenian</source>
<extracomment>Language name hy</extracomment>
<translation>Armenisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Indonesian</source>
<extracomment>Language name id</extracomment>
<translation>Indonesisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="303"/>
<source>Icelandic</source>
<extracomment>Language name is</extracomment>
<translation>Isländisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="305"/>
<source>Italian</source>
<extracomment>Language name it</extracomment>
<translation>Italienisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="307"/>
- <source>Itzu00e1</source>
- <extracomment>Language name itz</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="309"/>
- <source>Ixil, San Juan Cotzal</source>
- <extracomment>Language name ixl</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="312"/>
<source>Japanese</source>
<extracomment>Language name ja</extracomment>
<translation>Japanisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="314"/>
- <source>Jacalteco, Eastern</source>
- <extracomment>Language name jac</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="316"/>
- <source>Javanese, Caribbean</source>
- <extracomment>Language name jvn</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="318"/>
<source>Georgian</source>
<extracomment>Language name ka</extracomment>
<translation>Georgisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="320"/>
- <source>Kekchu00ed</source>
- <comment>kek</comment>
- <extracomment>Language name kek</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="373"/>
- <source>(Multiple languages)</source>
- <extracomment>Language name mul (meaning that the work has multiple languages)</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="375"/>
- <source>Mam, Central</source>
- <extracomment>Language name mvc</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="377"/>
- <source>Mam, Todos Santos Cuchumatu00e1n</source>
- <extracomment>Language name mvj</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="379"/>
- <source>Mixe, Juquila</source>
- <extracomment>Language name mxq</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="381"/>
- <source>Mixtec, Jamiltepec</source>
- <extracomment>Language name mxt</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="328"/>
<source>Korean</source>
<extracomment>Language name ko</extracomment>
<translation>Koreanisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="331"/>
<source>Kurdish</source>
<extracomment>Language name ku</extracomment>
<translation>Kurdisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="335"/>
<source>Kirghiz</source>
<extracomment>Language name ky</extracomment>
<translation>Kirgisisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="337"/>
<source>Latin</source>
<extracomment>Language name la</extracomment>
<translation>Latein</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="339"/>
- <source>Lacandon</source>
- <extracomment>Language name lac</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="346"/>
<source>Lithuanian</source>
<extracomment>Language name lt</extracomment>
<translation>Litauisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="348"/>
<source>Latvian</source>
<extracomment>Language name lv</extracomment>
<translation>Lettländisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="350"/>
- <source>Malagasy</source>
- <extracomment>Language name mg</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="353"/>
<source>Maori</source>
<extracomment>Language name mi</extracomment>
<translation>Maorisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="355"/>
- <source>Mixe, Isthmus</source>
- <extracomment>Language name mir</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="357"/>
- <source>Mixtec, Coatzospan</source>
- <extracomment>Language name miz</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="359"/>
<source>Macedonian</source>
<extracomment>Language name mk</extracomment>
<translation>Makedonisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="361"/>
- <source>Mixtec, Silacayoapan</source>
- <extracomment>Language name mks</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="366"/>
<source>More</source>
<extracomment>Language name mos</extracomment>
<translation>Maorisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="369"/>
<source>Malay</source>
<extracomment>Language name ms</extracomment>
<translation>Malaisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="371"/>
<source>Maltese</source>
<extracomment>Language name mt</extracomment>
<translation>Maltesisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="391"/>
<source>Low German; Low Saxon</source>
<extracomment>Language name nds</extracomment>
<translation>Plattdeutsch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="393"/>
<source>Nepali</source>
<extracomment>Language name ne</extracomment>
<translation>Nepalesisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="395"/>
- <source>Nahuatl, Guerrero</source>
- <extracomment>Language name ngu</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="397"/>
- <source>Nahuatl, Northern Oaxaca</source>
- <extracomment>Language name nhy</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="400"/>
<source>Dutch</source>
<extracomment>Language name nl</extracomment>
<translation>Niederländisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="402"/>
<source>Norwegian Nynorsk</source>
<extracomment>Language name nn</extracomment>
<translation>Neu-Norwegisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="404"/>
<source>Norwegian</source>
<extracomment>Language name no</extracomment>
<translation>Norwegisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="413"/>
- <source>Otomi, Queru00e9taro</source>
- <extracomment>Language name otq</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="416"/>
<source>Papiamento</source>
<extracomment>Language name pap</extracomment>
<translation>Papiamento</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="421"/>
<source>Polish</source>
<extracomment>Language name pl</extracomment>
<translation>Polnisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="427"/>
- <source>Persian (Dari)</source>
- <extracomment>Language name prs</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="431"/>
<source>Portuguese</source>
<extracomment>Language name pt</extracomment>
<translation>Portugiesisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="433"/>
<source>Brasilian Portuguese</source>
<extracomment>Language name pt_BR</extracomment>
<translation>Brasilianisches Portugiesisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="436"/>
- <source>Quichu00e9, West Central</source>
- <extracomment>Language name qut</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Romanian</source>
<extracomment>Language name ro</extracomment>
<translation>Rumänisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="442"/>
<source>Russian</source>
<extracomment>Language name ru</extracomment>
<translation>Russisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="447"/>
<source>Scots</source>
<extracomment>Language name sco</extracomment>
<translation>Schottisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="453"/>
<source>Slovak</source>
<extracomment>Language name sk</extracomment>
<translation>Slowakisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="455"/>
<source>Slovenian</source>
<extracomment>Language name sl</extracomment>
<translation>Slowenisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="459"/>
<source>Somali</source>
<extracomment>Language name so</extracomment>
<translation>Somalisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="461"/>
<source>Albanian</source>
<extracomment>Language name sq</extracomment>
<translation>Albanisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="469"/>
<source>Swedish</source>
<extracomment>Language name sv</extracomment>
<translation>Schwedisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="471"/>
<source>Swahili</source>
<extracomment>Language name sw</extracomment>
<translation>Suaheli</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="473"/>
<source>Syriac</source>
<extracomment>Language name syr</extracomment>
<translation>Syrisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="475"/>
<source>Tamil</source>
<extracomment>Language name ta</extracomment>
<translation>Tamilisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="479"/>
<source>Thai</source>
<extracomment>Language name th</extracomment>
<translation>Thailändisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="482"/>
<source>Tagalog</source>
<extracomment>Language name tl</extracomment>
<translation>Tagalog</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="486"/>
<source>Tswana</source>
<extracomment>Language name tn</extracomment>
<translation>Sezuan</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="488"/>
<source>Turkish</source>
<extracomment>Language name tr</extracomment>
<translation>Türkisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="492"/>
- <source>Tektiteko</source>
- <extracomment>Language name ttc</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="495"/>
<source>Tahitian</source>
<extracomment>Language name ty</extracomment>
<translation>Tahitisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="497"/>
- <source>Tzotzil, Zinacantu00e1n</source>
- <extracomment>Language name tzz</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="500"/>
<source>Ukrainian</source>
<extracomment>Language name uk</extracomment>
<translation>Ukrainisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="503"/>
- <source>Orya</source>
- <extracomment>Language name ury</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="505"/>
- <source>Uspanteco</source>
- <extracomment>Language name usp</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="508"/>
<source>Vietnamese</source>
<extracomment>Language name vi</extracomment>
<translation>Vietnamesisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="512"/>
<source>Xhosa</source>
<extracomment>Language name xh</extracomment>
<translation>Xhosa</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="179"/>
<source>Bavarian</source>
<extracomment>Language name bar</extracomment>
<translation>Bayrisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Zarma</source>
- <extracomment>Language name x-E-DJE</extracomment>
<translation type="obsolete">Zarma</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Alemannisch</source>
- <extracomment>Language name x-E-GSW</extracomment>
<translation type="obsolete">Alemannisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Haitian Creole French</source>
- <extracomment>Language name x-E-HAT</extracomment>
<translation type="obsolete">Haitisch-kreolisches Französisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Shuar</source>
- <extracomment>Language name x-E-JIV</extracomment>
<translation type="obsolete">Shuar</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Kabyle</source>
- <extracomment>Language name x-E-KAB</extracomment>
<translation type="obsolete">Kabyle</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Lombard</source>
<extracomment>Language name lmo</extracomment>
<translation>Lombardisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Tok Pisin</source>
- <extracomment>Language name x-E-PDG</extracomment>
<translation type="obsolete">Tok Pisin</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="419"/>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="425"/>
<source>Uma</source>
<extracomment>Language name ppk
----------
</message>
<message>
<source>Romani, Vlax</source>
- <extracomment>Language name x-E-RMY</extracomment>
<translation type="obsolete">Romani, Vlax</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Sango</source>
- <extracomment>Language name x-E-SAJ</extracomment>
<translation type="obsolete">Sango</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Sranan</source>
<extracomment>Language name srn</extracomment>
<translation>Sranan</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="516"/>
<source>Yiddish</source>
<extracomment>Language name yi</extracomment>
<translation>Yiddisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="521"/>
- <source>Zapotec, San Juan Guelavu00eda</source>
- <extracomment>Language name zab</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="523"/>
- <source>Zapotec, Mitla</source>
- <extracomment>Language name zaw</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="525"/>
<source>Chinese</source>
<extracomment>Language name zh</extracomment>
<translation>Chinesisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="527"/>
- <source>Zapotec, Amatlu00e1n</source>
- <extracomment>Language name zpo</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="529"/>
- <source>Zapotec, Zoogocho</source>
- <extracomment>Language name zpq</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="531"/>
- <source>Zapotec, Yalu00e1lag</source>
- <extracomment>Language name zpu</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="533"/>
- <source>Zapotec, Chichicapan</source>
- <extracomment>Language name zpv</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="535"/>
- <source>Zapotec, Southern Rincon</source>
- <extracomment>Language name zsr</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="537"/>
- <source>Zapotec, Quioquitani-Quieru00ed</source>
- <extracomment>Language name ztq</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="539"/>
- <source>Zapotec, Yatee</source>
- <extracomment>Language name zty</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="541"/>
<source>Zulu</source>
<extracomment>Language name zu</extracomment>
<translation>Zulu</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp" line="432"/>
<source>Footnotes</source>
<translation>Fußnoten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp" line="433"/>
<source>Strong's numbers</source>
<translation>Strongnummern</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp" line="434"/>
<source>Headings</source>
<translation>Überschriften</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp" line="435"/>
<source>Morphological tags</source>
<translation>Morphologische Tags</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp" line="436"/>
<source>Lemmas</source>
<translation>Wurzeln</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp" line="437"/>
<source>Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation>Hebräische Vokalzeichen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp" line="438"/>
<source>Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation>Hebräische Kantillationszeichen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp" line="439"/>
<source>Greek accents</source>
<translation>Griechische Akzente</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Red letter words</source>
<translation>Rot markierte Worte Jesu</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp" line="441"/>
<source>Textual variants</source>
<translation>Textvarianten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp" line="442"/>
<source>Scripture cross-references</source>
<translation>Bibel-Querverweise</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.cpp" line="443"/>
<source>Morph segmentation</source>
<translation>Morphologische Segmentierung</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="224"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Exportieren</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="33"/>
<source>Local</source>
<translation>Lokal</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="34"/>
<source>Remote</source>
<translation>Internet</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>Altes Testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>Mose/Pentateuch/Torah</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>Geschichte</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>Propheten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>Neues Testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>Evangelien</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>Briefe/Episteln</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>Paulus-Briefe</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cexportmanager.cpp" line="473"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/cdisplay.cpp" line="155"/>
<source>HTML files</source>
<translation>HTML-Dateien</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cexportmanager.cpp" line="473"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cexportmanager.cpp" line="475"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cexportmanager.cpp" line="477"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/cdisplay.cpp" line="155"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/cdisplay.cpp" line="158"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkfolder.cpp" line="43"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkfolder.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>All files</source>
<translation>Alle Dateien</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cexportmanager.cpp" line="475"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/cdisplay.cpp" line="158"/>
<source>Text files</source>
<translation>Textdateien</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cexportmanager.cpp" line="483"/>
<source>Save file</source>
<translation>Speichere Datei</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/cdisplay.cpp" line="162"/>
<source>Save document ...</source>
<translation>Speichere Dokument ...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/creaddisplay.cpp" line="64"/>
<source>Print keys</source>
<translation>Einträge drucken</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkfolder.cpp" line="43"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkfolder.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>BibleTime bookmark files</source>
<translation>BibleTime-Lesezeichen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkitem.cpp" line="159"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/profile/cprofile.cpp" line="24"/>
<source>unknown</source>
<translation>unbekannt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkitem.cpp" line="141"/>
<source>Change description ...</source>
<translation>Beschreibung ändern...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkitem.cpp" line="141"/>
<source>Enter a new description for the chosen bookmark.</source>
<translation>Geben Sie eine neue Beschreibung des Lesezeichens ein.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkfolder.cpp" line="74"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="586"/>
<source>New folder</source>
<translation>Neuer Ordner</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="62"/>
<source>The file already exists.</source>
<translation>Die Datei existiert bereits.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="63"/>
<source>Do you want to overwrite it?</source>
<translation>Möchten Sie die Datei überschreiben?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="83"/>
<source>Error</source>
<translation>Fehler</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="85"/>
<source>The file couldn't be saved.</source>
<translation>Die Datei konnte nicht gespeichert werden.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="86"/>
<source>Please check permissions etc.</source>
<translation>Bitte überprüfen Sie die Zugriffsrechte usw.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="192"/>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="241"/>
<source>Take care, this work contains cult / questionable material!</source>
<translation>Achtung. dieses Modul enthält sektiererisches / fragwürdiges Material!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="196"/>
<source>Language</source>
<translation>Sprache</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="199"/>
<source>Unlock key</source>
<translation>Schlüssel</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="200"/>
<source>not set</source>
<translation>nicht gesetzt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="204"/>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Version</source>
<translation>Version</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Options</source>
<translation>Optionen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/migrationutil.cpp" line="55"/>
<source>Settings Migration</source>
<translation>Übernahme von Einstellungen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/migrationutil.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>It appears you have a BibleTime configuration from KDE 3 stored in %1, and you have not migrated it to this version. Would you like to import it?</source>
<translation>Sie haben eine BibleTime-Konfiguration aus KDE3 in %1, und sie haben sie noch nicht in diese Version migriert. Möchten sie diese Konfiguration jetzt importieren?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="246"/>
<source>Encrypted - needs unlock key</source>
<translation>Verschlüsselt - benötigt Schlüssel</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="262"/>
<source>Double click for more information</source>
<translation>Klicken Sie doppelt für weitere Informationen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="250"/>
<source>Updated version available!</source>
<translation>Aktualisierte Version verfügbar!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Installed version</source>
<translation>Installierte Version</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="289"/>
<source>Haitian Creole</source>
<extracomment>Language name ht</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished">Haitanisches Kreol</translation>
<translation type="obsolete">Kekchi</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="383"/>
<source>Burmese</source>
<extracomment>Language name my</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="386"/>
- <source>Norwegian Bokmu00e5l</source>
- <extracomment>Language name nb</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="388"/>
- <source>Nahuatl, Michoacu00e1n</source>
- <extracomment>Language name ncl</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="423"/>
<source>Potawatomi</source>
<extracomment>Language name pot</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="484"/>
<source>Klingon</source>
<extracomment>Language name tlh</extracomment>
<translation>Klingonisch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="514"/>
- <source>Mixtec, Diuxi-Tilantongo</source>
- <extracomment>Language name xtd</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="518"/>
<source>Yoryba</source>
<extracomment>Language name yo</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/filters/bt_osishtml.cpp" line="435"/>
<source>Verb tense changed</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/instbackend.cpp" line="187"/>
<source>Can't write file</source>
<translation>Kann Datei nicht schreiben</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/instbackend.cpp" line="187"/>
<source>The Sword config file can't be written!</source>
<translation>Die Sword-Konfigurationsdatei kann nicht geschrieben werden!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkfolder.cpp" line="44"/>
<source>Export Bookmarks</source>
<translation>Lesezeichen exportieren</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkfolder.cpp" line="57"/>
<source>Import bookmarks</source>
<translation>Lesezeichen importieren</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/ctoolclass.cpp" line="60"/>
<source>Overwrite File?</source>
<translation>Datei überschreiben?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchresultarea.cpp" line="580"/>
<source>Parsing Strong's Numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Strong-Nummern verfolgen</translation>
</message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Names of languages</source>
+ <comment>No need to translate - see the longer comment (If there is no longer comment, it doesn't work yet :)) ------ </comment>
+ <extracomment>The string "Names of languages" doesn't actually need translation. It is put here to help translators notice this help text. ------- The names of the languages should follow the conventions of your language. You can write the names with a capital first letter even if your language uses non-capitalized language names (they look better with capital first letter when they are listed). ------- To find the names of all languages from internet try searching for "names of languages in language_x" but in your own language, e.g. "kielten nimet suomeksi" in Finnish or "names of languages in english" in English. ------- You can find the language codes and names by googling for the standards mentioned below. ------- Preference order for locale codes are: ------- ISO 639-1 ------- ISO 639-2 ------- ISO 639-3 ------- x-E-XXX form is deprecated and no modules in repositories use it. If you find a module with x-E-XXX language, update the module.</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Amuzgo, Guerrero</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name amu</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Azerbaijani, South</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name azb</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Chinantec, Comaltepec</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name cco</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Chontal, Highland Oaxaca</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name chd</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Chinantec, Quiotepec</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name chq</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Chinantec, Ozumacu00edn</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name chz</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Cakchiquel, Western</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name ckw</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Chinantec, Lalana</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name cnl</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Chinantec, Tepetotutla</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name cnt</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Chinantec, Sochiapan</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name cso</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Chol, Tila</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name cti</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Chatino, Western Highland</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name ctp</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Duruma</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name dug</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Geez</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name gez</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Huave, San Mateo Del Mar</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name huv</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Itzu00e1</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name itz</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Ixil, San Juan Cotzal</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name ixl</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Jacalteco, Eastern</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name jac</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Javanese, Caribbean</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name jvn</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Kekchu00ed</source>
+ <comment>kek</comment>
+ <extracomment>Language name kek</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Lacandon</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name lac</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Malagasy</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name mg</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Mixe, Isthmus</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name mir</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Mixtec, Coatzospan</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name miz</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Mixtec, Silacayoapan</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name mks</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>(Multiple languages)</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name mul (meaning that the work has multiple languages)</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Mam, Central</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name mvc</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Mam, Todos Santos Cuchumatu00e1n</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name mvj</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Mixe, Juquila</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name mxq</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Mixtec, Jamiltepec</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name mxt</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Norwegian Bokmu00e5l</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name nb</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Nahuatl, Michoacu00e1n</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name ncl</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Nahuatl, Guerrero</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name ngu</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Nahuatl, Northern Oaxaca</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name nhy</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Otomi, Queru00e9taro</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name otq</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Persian (Dari)</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name prs</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Quichu00e9, West Central</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name qut</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Tektiteko</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name ttc</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Tzotzil, Zinacantu00e1n</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name tzz</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Orya</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name ury</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Uspanteco</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name usp</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Mixtec, Diuxi-Tilantongo</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name xtd</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Zapotec, San Juan Guelavu00eda</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name zab</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Zapotec, Mitla</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name zaw</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Zapotec, Amatlu00e1n</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name zpo</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Zapotec, Zoogocho</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name zpq</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Zapotec, Yalu00e1lag</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name zpu</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Zapotec, Chichicapan</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name zpv</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Zapotec, Southern Rincon</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name zsr</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Zapotec, Quioquitani-Quieru00ed</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name ztq</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Zapotec, Yatee</source>
+ <extracomment>Language name zty</extracomment>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
</context>
<context>
<name>QPushButton</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="29"/>
<source>OK</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="31"/>
<source>Open</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="33"/>
<source>Save</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="35"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished">Abbrechen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="37"/>
<source>Close</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="39"/>
<source>Discard</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished">Verwerfen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="41"/>
<source>Apply</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="43"/>
<source>Reset</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>Restore defaults</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="47"/>
<source>Help</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="49"/>
<source>Save All</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="51"/>
<source>Yes</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="53"/>
<source>Yes to all</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="55"/>
<source>No</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="57"/>
<source>No to all</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
</context>
-<context>
- <name>Search::BtSearchAdvOptionsArea</name>
- <message>
- <source>Search for:</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Suche nach:</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>&Search</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">&Suche</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Start to search the text in the chosen works</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Den Text in den ausgewählten Werken suchen</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Some of the words (OR is added between the words)</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Einige der Wörter(OR wird zwischen die Wörter hinzugefügt)</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Full lucene syntax</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Vollständige lucene-Syntax</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>The text you want to search for</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Den zu suchenden Text</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
<context>
<name>Search::BtSearchOptionsArea</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="100"/>
<source>Search for:</source>
<translation>Suche nach:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="107"/>
<source>&Search</source>
<translation>&Suche</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="109"/>
<source>Start to search the text in the chosen works</source>
<translation>Den Text in den ausgewählten Werken suchen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Ch&oose...</source>
<translation>A&uswählen...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="114"/>
<source>Choose works for the search</source>
<translation>Werke für die Suche auswählen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="117"/>
<source>S&etup...</source>
<translation>&Einrichten...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="136"/>
<source>All of the words (AND is added between the words)</source>
<translation>Jedes der Worte (AND wird zwischen die Wörter hinzugefügt)</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="140"/>
<source> (<a href='syntax_help'>full syntax</a>)</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="151"/>
<source>Scope:</source>
<translation>Bereich:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="172"/>
<source>The text you want to search for</source>
<translation>Den zu suchenden Text</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="176"/>
<source>Works:</source>
<translation>Werke:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Works to Search in</source>
<translation>Zu durchsuchende Werke</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Select the works which should be searched.</source>
<translation>Wählen Sie die Werke aus, in denen gesucht werden soll.</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Grundlegende Einführung in die Suchsyntax</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="447"/>
<source>No search scope</source>
<translation>Kein Suchbereich</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="131"/>
<source>All words</source>
<translation>Alle Wörter</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="119"/>
- <source>Configure predefined scopes for search</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Some words</source>
<translation>Einige Wörter</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="134"/>
<source>Free</source>
<translation>Frei</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="137"/>
<source>Some of the words (OR is added between the words)</source>
<translation>Einige der Wörter(OR wird zwischen die Wörter hinzugefügt)</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="138"/>
<source>Full lucene syntax</source>
<translation>Vollständige lucene-Syntax</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="141"/>
- <source>Click the link to get help for search syntax</source>
+ <source>Choose the scope (books/chapters/verses to search in).<br />Applicable for Bibles and commentaries.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="162"/>
- <source>Choose the scope (books/chapters/verses to search in).<br />Applicable for Bibles and commentaries.</source>
+ <source>Configure predefined scopes for search</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Click the link to get help for search syntax</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="355"/>
<source><p>This help is mainly for 'Full syntax' option. 'All words' and 'Some words' options have more limited syntax; <a href='#wildcards'>wildcards</a> and <a href='#fields'>text fields</a> are supported for them. Some other syntax features may give strange or wrong results with All words/Some words.</p></source>
<extracomment>Don't translate words inside <> tags! Translate 'All words' etc. indentically to the Search dialog options.</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="360"/>
<source><p id='links'><A href='#allsome'>Which words to find</A><br /><A href='#grouping'>Grouping and order</A><br /><A href='#wildcards'>Wildcards (partial words)</A><br /><A href='#fields'>Text fields (different parts of text)</A><br/><A href='#lucene'>Other syntax features</A><br/></p></source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="370"/>
<source><h1><A name='allsome'>Which words to find</A></h1><p>Search terms are separated by spaces. <strong>AND</strong> (all words), <strong>OR</strong> (some words) and <strong>NOT</strong> (not the following word) can be added between the words. If none is added explicitly OR is used automatically. '<strong>+</strong>word' means the word must be in the results, '<strong>-</strong>word' means it must not be in the results.</p></source>
<extracomment>Syntax words (AND, OR...) must not be translated.</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="375"/>
<source><p><table><tr><td>jesus AND god</td><td>Finds verses with both 'Jesus' and 'God'</td></tr><tr><td>jesus OR god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' or 'God' or both</td></tr><tr><td>jesus NOT god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' but with no 'God'</td></tr><tr><td>+jesus -god</td><td>Finds verses with 'Jesus' but with no 'God'</td></tr></table></p></source>
<extracomment>In examples words to be searched for may be translated, but syntax words (AND, OR...) must not be translated.</extracomment>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="386"/>
<source><h1><A name='grouping'>Grouping and order</A></h1><p>Words can be grouped with <strong>parenthesis</strong>. Strict word order can be defined with <strong>quotes</strong>.</p></source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="391"/>
<source><p><table><tr><td>(a AND b) OR c</td><td>Finds verses with both 'a' AND 'b', and verses with 'c'</td></tr><tr><td>"says lord"</td><td>Finds e.g. '...Isaiah says, "Lord...' but not '...says the LORD'</td></tr><tr><td>"says the lord"</td><td>Finds all verses with 'says the LORD'</td></tr></table></p></source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="400"/>
<source><h1><A name='wildcards'>Wildcards (partial words)</A></h1><p>'<strong>*</strong>' matches any sequence of 0 or more characters, while '<strong>?</strong>' matches any single character. A wildcard can not be used in the beginning of a word.</p></source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="404"/>
<source><p><table><tr><td>a*</td><td>All words beginning with 'a'</td></tr><tr><td>a*a</td><td>'Assyria', 'aroma', 'abba' etc.</td></tr><tr><td>a?</td><td>'at' and 'an'</td></tr><tr><td>a??a</td><td>'abba', 'area', 'Asia' etc.</td></tr></table></p></source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="415"/>
<source><h1><A name='fields'>Text fields (different parts of text)</A></h1><p>Available text fields:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:</td><td>Searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>Searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>Searches Strong's numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>Searches morphology codes</td></tr></table></p></source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="423"/>
<source><p>Examples:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:Jesus</td><td>Finds headings with 'Jesus'</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:Jesus AND footnote:said</td><td>Finds footnotes with 'Jesus' and 'said'</td></tr><tr><td>strong:G846</td><td>Finds verses with Strong's Greek number 846</td></tr><tr><td>morph:"N-NSF"</td><td>Finds verses with morphology code 'N-NSF'</td></tr></table></p></source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="431"/>
<source><h1><A name='lucene'>Other syntax features</A></h1><p>BibleTime uses the CLucene search engine. You can read more on the <a href='http://lucene.apache.org/java/1_4_3/queryparsersyntax.html'>lucene syntax web page</a> (in external browser).</p></source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="439"/>
<source>Search Syntax Help</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>Search::BtSearchResultArea</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchresultarea.cpp" line="91"/>
<source>Text of the selected search result item</source>
<translation>Text des ausgewählten Suchergebnis-Eintrags</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>Search::CModuleResultView</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="54"/>
<source>Work</source>
<translation>Werk</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="54"/>
<source>Hits</source>
<translation>Treffer</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="68"/>
<source>Copy...</source>
<translation>Kopieren...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="70"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Reference only</source>
<translation>Nur Referenzen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="73"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="83"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Reference with text</source>
<translation>Versangabe mit Text</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="78"/>
<source>Save...</source>
<translation>Speichern...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="88"/>
<source>Print...</source>
<translation>Drucken...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="250"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Copy search result...</source>
<translation>Suchergebnis kopieren...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="250"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Copying search result</source>
<translation>Kopiere Suchergebnis</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="270"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="280"/>
<source>Save search result...</source>
<translation>Suchergebnis speichern...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="270"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="280"/>
<source>Saving search result</source>
<translation>Speichere Suchergebnis</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="290"/>
<source>Print search result...</source>
<translation>Suchergebnis drucken...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="290"/>
<source>Printing search result</source>
<translation>Drucke Suchergebnis</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="53"/>
<source>Works chosen for the search and the number of the hits in each work</source>
<translation>Für die Suche ausgewählte Werke und die Trefferanzahl in jedem Werk</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>Search::CRangeChooserDialog</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="102"/>
<source>S&earch range:</source>
<translation>Suchbereich:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="122"/>
<source>&Name:</source>
<translation>&Name:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Edi&t current range:</source>
<translation>Aktuellen Bereich &bearbeiten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="138"/>
<source>Parsed search range:</source>
<translation>Ausgewerteter Suchbereich:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="196"/>
<source>New range</source>
<translation>Neuer Suchbereich</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="273"/>
<source><invalid name of search range></source>
<translation><ungültiger Name des Suchbereiches></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="106"/>
<source>Select a scope from the list to edit the search ranges</source>
<translation>Wählen Sie einen Bereich aus der Liste um die Suchgrenzen zu editieren</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="110"/>
<source>&Add new scope</source>
<translation>&Neuen Suchbereich hinzufügen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="111"/>
<source>Add a new search scope. First enter an appropriate name, then edit the search ranges.</source>
<translation>Einen neuen Suchbereich hinzufügen. Geben Sie einen geeigneten Namen ein und bearbeiten Sie dann den Suchbereich.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="113"/>
<source>Delete current &scope</source>
<translation>Aktuellen &Suchbereich löschen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="114"/>
<source>Delete the selected search scope</source>
<translation>Ausgewählten Suchbereich löschen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="126"/>
<source>Change the name of the selected search scope</source>
<translation>Den Namen des ausgewählten Suchbereichs verändern</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
<source>Change the search ranges of the selected search scope item. Have a look at the predefined search scopes to see how search ranges are constructed.</source>
<translation>Die Suchbereiche des aktuellen Eintrags bearbeiten. Schauen Sie sich die vordefinierten Suchbereiche an, um einen Eindruck davon zu bekommen, wie Suchbereiche aufgebaut sind.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="142"/>
<source>The search ranges which will be used for the search, parsed to the canonical form</source>
<translation>Die Suchgrenzen werden für die Suche genutzt, übertragen auf die kanonische Form</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="96"/>
<source>Setup Search Scopes</source>
<translation>Suchbereiche einstellen</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>Search::CSearchAnalysisScene</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/analysis/csearchanalysisscene.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>Save Search Analysis</source>
<translation>Suchanalyse speichern</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/analysis/csearchanalysisscene.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>HTML files (*.html;*.HTML;*.HTM;*.htm)</source>
<translation>HTML-Dateien (*.html;*.HTML;*.HTM;*.htm)</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/analysis/csearchanalysisscene.cpp" line="244"/>
<source>BibleTime Search Analysis</source>
<translation>BibleTime-Suchanalyse BibleTime</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/analysis/csearchanalysisscene.cpp" line="245"/>
<source>Search text :</source>
<translation>Suchtext:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/analysis/csearchanalysisscene.cpp" line="247"/>
<source>Book</source>
<translation>Buch</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/analysis/csearchanalysisscene.cpp" line="248"/>
<source>Total hits</source>
<translation>Gesamte Treffer</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/analysis/csearchanalysisscene.cpp" line="280"/>
- <source>Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a></source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Created by</source>
<translation type="obsolete">Erstellt mit</translation>
</message>
+ <message>
+ <source>Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a></source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
</context>
<context>
<name>Search::CSearchDialog</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp" line="109"/>
<source>Missing indices</source>
<translation>Fehlende Indexe</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp" line="79"/>
<source>Search</source>
<translation>Suche</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp" line="110"/>
<source>One or more works need indexing before they can be searched.
This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing?</source>
<translation>Für ein oder mehrere Werke müssen Indices erstellt werden, bevor darin gesucht werden kann.
Das kann eine Weile dauern. Mit der Indizierung fortfahren?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp" line="232"/>
<source>&Analyze results...</source>
<translation>Ergebnisse &analysieren...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
<source>Show a graphical analyzis of the search result</source>
<translation>Eine grafische Analyse des Suchergebnisses anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp" line="239"/>
<source>&Close</source>
<translation>&Schließen</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>Search::CSearchResultView</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Results</source>
<translation>Ergebnisse</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="54"/>
<source>Copy...</source>
<translation>Kopieren...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="57"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="71"/>
<source>Reference only</source>
<translation>Nur Referenzen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="61"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="75"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="83"/>
<source>Reference with text</source>
<translation>Versangabe mit Text</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="68"/>
<source>Save...</source>
<translation>Speichern...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Print...</source>
<translation>Drucken...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="177"/>
<source>Print search result...</source>
<translation>Suchergebnis drucken...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="177"/>
<source>Printing search result</source>
<translation>Drucke Suchergebnis</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="187"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Save search result...</source>
<translation>Suchergebnis speichern...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="187"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Saving search result</source>
<translation>Speichere Suchergebnis</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="223"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="241"/>
<source>Copy search result...</source>
<translation>Suchergebnis kopieren...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="223"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="241"/>
<source>Copying search result</source>
<translation>Kopiere Suchergebnis</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>Search result of the selected work</source>
<translation>Suchergebnis des ausgewählten Werks</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="62"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked .</source>
<translation>Standardmodule werden benutzt, wenn kein konkretes Modul angegeben wurde. Dies kann z.B. bei Querverweisen in Bibeln oder Lexika auftreten.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="70"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Bibel:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="74"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>Die Standard-Bibel wird genutzt, wenn ein Verweis auf eine Bibel betätigt wird</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Kommentar:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="84"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>Der Standard-Kommentar wird genutzt, wenn ein Verweis auf einen Kommentar betätigt wird</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lexikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="94"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Das Standard-Lexikon wird genutzt, wenn ein Verweis auf ein Lexikon betätigt wird</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="100"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Andachtsbuch:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>Die Standard-Andacht wird für die Anzeige einer kurzen Start-Andacht genutzt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="110"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Hebräisches Strong-Lexikon</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="114"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Das Standard-Hebräisch-Lexikon wird genutzt, wenn ein Verweis auf ein Hebräisch-Lexikon betätigt wird</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="120"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Griechisches Strong-Lexikon</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Das Standard-Griechisch-Lexikon wird genutzt, wenn ein Verweis auf ein Griechisch-Lexikon betätigt wird</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Hebräisches Morphologie-Lexikon</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="134"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>Das Standard-Morphologie-Lexikon für hebräische Texte wird genutzt, wenn ein Verweis auf eine morphologische Markierung in einem Hebräisch-Text betätigt wird</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="140"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Griechisches Morphologie-Lexikon</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="144"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>Das Standard-Morphologie-Lexikon für griechische Texte wird genutzt, wenn ein Verweis auf eine morphologische Markierung in einem Griechisch-Text betätigt wird</translation>
</message>
+ <message>
+ <source></source>
+ <translation></translation>
+ </message>
</context>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation>Zeilenumbruch nach jedem Vers einfügen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="303"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation>Versnummern anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="308"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation>Abschnittsüberschriften anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="314"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation>Querverweise auf Bibelstellen anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="319"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation>Griechische Akzente anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="324"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation>Hebräische Vokalzeichen anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation>Hebräische Kantillationszeichen anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="334"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation>Morphologische Segmentierung anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="339"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation>Textvarianten verwenden</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Filter kontrollieren die Text-Erscheinung. Hier können Sie Standard-Einstellungen für alle Filter spezifizieren. Sie können diese Einstellungen in jedem Anzeige-Fenster übergehen.</translation>
</message>
+ <message>
+ <source></source>
+ <translation></translation>
+ </message>
</context>
<context>
<name>findTextDialog</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="13"/>
<source>Find Text</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="41"/>
<source>The text you want to search for</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Den zu suchenden Text</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="51"/>
<source>Seach with case sensitivity</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="54"/>
<source>Case &sensitive</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="92"/>
<source>Find the previous location of the text</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="95"/>
<source>&Previous</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="102"/>
<source>Find the next location of the text</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="105"/>
<source>&Next</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="115"/>
<source>Close the dialog</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="118"/>
<source>&Close</source>
<translation type="unfinished">&Schließen</translation>
</message>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE TS>
<TS version="2.0" language="en_GB">
-<defaultcodec></defaultcodec>
<context>
<name>BTAboutModuleDialog</name>
<message>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
<source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
- <translation>Initialising the Sword engine...</translation>
+ <translation type="obsolete">Initialising the Sword engine...</translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
+ <translation>Initialising the SWORD engine...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="71"/>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation>Borrar fuente?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation>Realmente desea eliminar esta fuente?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation>Cancelar</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation>Refrescando fuente</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation>Conectando....</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation>Refrescando...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation>Remoto:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation>Local:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation>Instalar/Actualizar trabajos?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation>Realmente desea instalar estos trabajos?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation>Solamente una version de un trabajo puede ser instalado al mismo tiempo. Seleccione solamente uno si hay elementos marcados con rojo.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation>No es un directorio!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation>No es lejible!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation>Advertencia</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation>El directorio destino no es escribible o no existe. la instalacion fallara a menos que esto sea resuelto primero.</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>Abreviación</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>Referencias cruzadas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>Notas al pie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Números de Strong</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>Etiquetas morfológicas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>Buscar palabra</translation>
</message>
<translation>Remoto</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>Antiguo Testamento</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>Moisés/Pentateuco/Torá</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>Historia</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>Profetas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>Nuevo Testamento</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>Evangelios</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>Cartas/Epístolas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>Las Epístolas de Pablo</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutmoduledialog.cpp" line="25"/>
<source>Information About %1</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Informatsioon %1 kohta</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="106"/>
<source>Main Toolbar</source>
<extracomment>Name of the main toolbar</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Peamine tööriistariba</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="114"/>
<source>&Quit</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Välju</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="148"/>
<source>Show Bookshelf</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Näita raamaturiiulit</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Show Bookmarks</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Näita järjehoidjaid</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="156"/>
<source>Show Mag</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Näita infopaneeli</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="181"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Cl&ose all windows</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Sulge &kõik aknad</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Close all open windows inside BibleTime</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Sulge kõik BibleTime sees avatud aknad</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Cl&ose all</source>
<translation>Uus sessioon</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
<source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
- <translation>Sword mootori käivitamine...</translation>
+ <translation type="obsolete">Sword mootori käivitamine...</translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="71"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="180"/>
<source>You can give away or distribute the program if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
- <translation>Te võite edasi anda või levitada programmi, kui Te sellega samuti levitate programmi lähtekoodi.</translation>
+ <translation>Te võite programmi edasi anda või levitada, kui Te sellega samuti programmi lähtekoodi levitate.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="184"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="31"/>
<source>About BibleTime</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Info BibleTime kohta</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="72"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="76"/>
<source>project founder, developer</source>
- <translation>Projekti looja, arendaja</translation>
+ <translation>projekti looja, arendaja</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="77"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="122"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Mõned nimed võivad puududa, palun saatke e-mail aadressile bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net kui märkate vigu või puuduvaid nimesid.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="136"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>SWORD teek, versioon %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools-- covered by the GNU General Public License-- that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>BibleTime kasutab SWORD projekti. Projekt SWORD on CrossWire Bible Society vaba piiblitarkvara projekt, mille eesmärk on luua mitmeplatvormilisi vaba tarkvara tööriistu - litsenseeritud GNU General Public Licence all --mis võimaldavad programmeerijatel ja piibliühingutel kirjutada uut piiblitarkvara kiiremini ja lihtsamalt.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="141"/>
<source>The SWORD Project</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Projekt SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="156"/>
<source>This program uses Qt Open Source Edition version %1.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Käesolev programm kasutab Qt Open Source Edition versiooni %1 raamistikku.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="173"/>
<source>License</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Litsents</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="176"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>BibleTime on välja antud GPL litsentsi all.</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="43"/>
<source>If selected, those indexes which have no corresponding work will be deleted when BibleTime starts</source>
- <translation>Kui valitud, siis kustutatakse automaatselt BibleTime käivitamisel indeksid, millele vastavat teost pole paigaldatud</translation>
+ <translation>Kui valitud, siis kustutatakse BibleTime käivitamisel automaatselt need indeksid, millele vastavat teost pole paigaldatud</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="44"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="188"/>
<source>Install and update works. Add remote or local sources, refresh them, select the works to be installed/updated and click Install.<br/><b>WARNING:</b> If you live in a persecuted country and don't want to risk detection don't use remote sources.</source>
<translatorcomment>"remote" -> "kaug-" is fuzzy</translatorcomment>
- <translation>Paigalda ja uuenda teoseid. Lisa kaug- ja kohalikke allikaid, värskenda neid, vali teosed paigaldamiseks/uuendamiseks ning vajuta Paigalda.<br/><b>HOIATUS:</b> Kui Te elate riigis, kus Teid võidakse taga kiusata, ning Te ei soovi riskeerida teie avastamisega, ärge kasutage kaug-allikaid.</translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Paigalda ja uuenda teoseid. Lisa kaug- ja kohalikke allikaid, värskenda neid, vali teosed paigaldamiseks/uuendamiseks ning vajuta Paigalda.<br/><b>HOIATUS:</b> Kui Te elate riigis, kus Teid võidakse taga kiusata, ning Te ei soovi riskeerida Teie avastamisega, ärge kasutage kaug-allikaid.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="192"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="106"/>
<source>Configure paths where works are installed</source>
- <translation>Seadista asukohtad, kuhu uued teosed paigaldatakse</translation>
+ <translation>Seadista asukohad, kuhu uued teosed paigaldatakse</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="124"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Install or update selected works</source>
- <translation>Paigalda või uuenda valitud teoseid</translation>
+ <translation>Paigalda või uuenda valitud teosed</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>BibleTime and the Sword library find the modules from all of these directories. If the directory is removed here it still exists in the system with all the works in it. ".sword" directory in your home directory is always used automatically and can't be removed or added.</source>
- <translation>BibleTime ja Swordi teek leiavad üles moodulid kõikidest nendest kataloogidest. Kui kataloog eemaldatakse siin, eksisteerib see failisüsteemis ikka edasi koos kõikide sinna paigaldatud teostega. Kataloogi ".sword" Teie kodukaustas kasutatakse alati ning seda ei saa eemaldada ega lisada.</translation>
+ <translation>BibleTime ja Swordi teek leiavad üles moodulid kõikidest nendest kataloogidest. Kui kataloog siin eemaldatakse, jääb see siiski failisüsteemi alles koos kõikide sinna paigaldatud teostega. Kataloogi ".sword" Teie kodukaustas kasutatakse alati ning seda ei saa eemaldada ega lisada.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="52"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="107"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Choose directory</source>
- <translation>Vali kataloog</translation>
+ <translation>Valige kataloog</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="116"/>
<source>This directory is not writable, so works can not be installed here using BibleTime. Do you want to use this directory instead of the previous value?</source>
- <translation>Valitud kataloogi ei saa faile kirjutada, mistõttu pole BibleTime'l võimalik sinna paigaldada teoseid. Kas Te soovite sellest hoolimata kasutada nüüd valitud kataloogi eelneva asemel?</translation>
+ <translation>Valitud kataloogi ei saa faile kirjutada, mistõttu pole BibleTime'l võimalik sinna teoseid paigaldada. Kas soovite sellest hoolimata kasutada valitud kataloogi eelneva asemel?</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>This directory is not writable, so works can not be installed here using BibleTime. Do you still want to add it to the list of bookshelf directories?</source>
- <translation>Valitud kataloogi ei saa faile kirjutada, mistõttu pole BibleTime'l võimalik sinna paigaldada teoseid. Kas Te soovite sellest hoolimata kataloogi raamaturiiuli asukohtade hulka lisada?</translation>
+ <translation>Valitud kataloogi ei saa faile kirjutada, mistõttu pole BibleTime'l võimalik sinna teoseid paigaldada. Kas soovite sellest hoolimata valitud kataloogi raamaturiiuli asukohtade hulka lisada?</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="36"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="116"/>
<source>Use Directory?</source>
- <translation>Kasutada kataloogi?</translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Kasutada kataloogi?</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
- <translation>Ootamas järjekorras...</translation>
+ <translation>Ootel...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
- <translation>Paigaldamise ettevalmistamine...</translation>
+ <translation>Paigaldamiseks valmistumine...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="37"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="142"/>
<source>Failed</source>
- <translation>Ebaõnnestunud</translation>
+ <translation>Ebaõnnestus</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="51"/>
<source>Install path</source>
- <translation></translation>
+ <translation>Paigalduskoht</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="78"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="144"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
- <translation>Te valisite järgmised teos(ed):</translation>
+ <translation>Valisite järgmised teos(ed):</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
- <translation>Kas Te tõesti soovite need enda süsteemist eemaldada?</translation>
+ <translation>Kas soovite need tõesti enda süsteemist eemaldada?</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="56"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="84"/>
<source>Delete...</source>
- <translation>Kustuta...</translation>
+ <translation>Eemalda...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="85"/>
<source>Delete this source</source>
- <translation>Kustuta see allikas</translation>
+ <translation>Eemalda see allikas</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="89"/>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
- <translation>Kustutada allikas?</translation>
+ <translation>Eemaldada allikas?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
- <translation>Kas Te tõesti soovite kustutada selle allika?</translation>
+ <translation>Kas soovite tõesti selle allika BibleTime'st eemaldada?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation>Tühista</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation>Värskendamine allikast</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation>Ühendumine...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation>Värskendamine...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation>Võrgusolev:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation>Kohalik:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation>Paigalda/uuenda teosed?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
- <translation>Kas Te tõesti soovite need teosed paigaldada?</translation>
+ <translation>Kas soovite tõesti need teosed paigaldada?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation>Igast teosest saab paigaldatud olla ainult üks versioon. Punaselt märgitud elementide puhul valige ainult üks.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation>Ei ole kataloog!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation>Pole loetav!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation>Hoiatus</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
- <translation>Sihtkataloog pole kirjutatav või ei eksisteeri. Paigaldus ebaõnnestub kui seda viga enne ei parandata.</translation>
+ <translation>Sihtkataloog pole kirjutatav või ei eksisteeri. Paigaldus ebaõnnestub kui seda probleemi eelnevalt ei lahendata.</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Text of reference</source>
- <translation>Viidatud tekst</translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Viidatud tekst</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="209"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>Bible window</source>
- <translation>Piibli aken</translation>
+ <translation>Piibliaken</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="267"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="386"/>
<source>Copy chapter to clipboard ...</source>
- <translation>Kopeeri terve peatükk lõikelauale...</translation>
+ <translation>Peatüki kopeerimine...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="386"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp" line="95"/>
<source>Copy entry with text</source>
- <translation>Kopeeri kirje tekstiga</translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Kopeeri kirje tekstiga</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp" line="98"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>Print entry with text</source>
- <translation>Trüki kirje tekstiga</translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Trüki kirje tekstiga</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="471"/>
<source>Drag references from text views to this view</source>
- <translation>Lohistage viiteid tekstiakendest siia</translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Lohistage viiteid tekstiakendest siia</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>Unlock...</source>
- <translation>Võta lukust lahti...</translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Võta lukust lahti...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="223"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="588"/>
<source>Enter the unlock key for this work.</source>
- <translation>Sisestage võti selle teose avamiseks.</translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Sisestage võti selle teose avamiseks.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="619"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="195"/>
<source>Plain text...</source>
- <translation>Tavaline tekst...</translation>
+ <translation>Tavalist teksti...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="201"/>
<source>HTML...</source>
- <translation>HTML...</translation>
+ <translation>HTML'i...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="517"/>
<source>Search in %1...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Otsi teosest %1...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="532"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="587"/>
<source>Unlock Work</source>
- <translation>Kaitstud teose avamine</translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Kaitstud teose avamine</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="71"/>
<source>Display templates define how text is displayed.</source>
- <translation>Kuvamallid määravad, kuidas kuvatakse teksti.</translation>
+ <translation>Kuvamallid määravad, kuidas teksti kuvatakse.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cdisplaysettings.cpp" line="60"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="160"/>
<source>Zoom in</source>
<translatorcomment>"Suurenda kirjasuurust" would probably be better for zooming text</translatorcomment>
- <translation>Suurenda</translation>
+ <translation>Suumi sisse</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="105"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="166"/>
<source>Zoom out</source>
<translatorcomment>"Vähenda kirjasuurust" would probably be better for zooming text</translatorcomment>
- <translation>Vähenda</translation>
+ <translation>Suumi välja</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="109"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="232"/>
<source>Left</source>
<translatorcomment>fuzzy</translatorcomment>
- <translation>Vasakjoondus</translation>
+ <translation>Vasakule</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="243"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="248"/>
<source>Center</source>
<translatorcomment>fuzzy</translatorcomment>
- <translation>Keskjoondus</translation>
+ <translation>Keskele</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Right</source>
<translatorcomment>fuzzy</translatorcomment>
- <translation>Paremjoondus</translation>
+ <translation>Paremale</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="277"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="85"/>
<source>Delete current entry</source>
- <translation>Kustuta praegune kirje</translation>
+ <translation>Kustuta see kirje</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="96"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete current entry (no undo)</source>
- <translation>Kustuta praegune kirje (kustutamist ei saa tagasi võtta)</translation>
+ <translation>Kustuta see kirje (kustutamist ei saa tagasi võtta)</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp" line="100"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="92"/>
<source>Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item.</source>
- <translatorcomment>fuzzy</translatorcomment>
- <translation>Elemendi valimiseks vajutage seda nuppu ja liigutage hiirekursorit üles või alla.</translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Elemendi valimiseks vajutage seda nuppu ja liigutage hiirekursorit üles või alla.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="94"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/clexiconkeychooser.cpp" line="53"/>
<source>Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item.</source>
- <translatorcomment>fuzzy</translatorcomment>
- <translation>Elemendi valimiseks vajutage seda nuppu ja liigutage hiirekursorit üles või alla.</translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Elemendi valimiseks vajutage seda nuppu ja liigutage hiirekursorit üles või alla.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/clexiconkeychooser.cpp" line="51"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Strong's Search</source>
- <translation>Strongi otsing</translation>
+ <translation>Strongi numbrite otsing</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="119"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="123"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="142"/>
<source>Entry with text</source>
- <translation>Kirje tekstiga</translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Kirje tekstiga</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="130"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Creating index for work: %1</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Teose %1 indekseerimine</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp" line="102"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="85"/>
<source>Delete current entry</source>
- <translatorcomment>"Kustuta see kirje" for "Delete this entry?"</translatorcomment>
- <translation>Kustuta praegune kirje</translation>
+ <translation>Kustuta see kirje</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="98"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Delete current entry (no undo)</source>
- <translatorcomment>"Kustuta see kirje" for "Delete this entry"</translatorcomment>
- <translation>Kustuta praegune kirje (kustutamist ei saa tagasi võtta)</translation>
+ <translation>Kustuta see kirje (kustutamist ei saa tagasi võtta)</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp" line="103"/>
<location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="759"/>
<location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="764"/>
<source>unknown</source>
- <translation>tundmatu</translation>
+ <translation>teadmata</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="762"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="853"/>
<source>Distribution source</source>
- <translation>Distributsiooni lähteallikas</translation>
+ <translation>Distributsiooni allikas</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="855"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="40"/>
<source>New Installation Source</source>
- <translation>Uus paigalduse lähteallikas</translation>
+ <translation>Uus paigalduse allikas</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<translation><small>See on infokuva, kus näidatakse peale lühikest viivitust infot mitmete teoste elementide (hüperlinkide jms) kohta, kui hiirekursoriga nende kohale satutakse. Liigutage hiirekursor kiiresti infokuva peale või hoidke all tõsteklahvi (<i>shift</i>) hiirt liigutades.</small></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>Lühend</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>Ristviited</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>Allmärkus</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Strongi numbrid</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>Morfoloogia</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>Sõnaotsing</translation>
</message>
<source>Names of languages</source>
<comment>No need to translate - see the longer comment (If there is no longer comment, it doesn't work yet :)) ------ </comment>
<extracomment>The string "Names of languages" doesn't actually need translation. It is put here to help translators notice this help text. ------- The names of the languages should follow the conventions of your language. You can write the names with a capital first letter even if your language uses non-capitalized language names (they look better with capital first letter when they are listed). ------- To find the names of all languages from internet try searching for "names of languages in language_x" but in your own language, e.g. "kielten nimet suomeksi" in Finnish or "names of languages in english" in English. ------- You can find the language codes and names by googling for the standards mentioned below. ------- Preference order for locale codes are: ------- ISO 639-1 ------- ISO 639-2 ------- ISO 639-3 ------- x-E-XXX form is deprecated and no modules in repositories use it. If you find a module with x-E-XXX language, update the module.</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished">Keelte nimed</translation>
+ <translation>Keelte nimed</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="164"/>
<translation>Võrgusolev</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>Vana Testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>Viis Moosese raamatut/Pentateuh/Toora</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>Ajalugu</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>Prohvetid</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>Uus Testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>Evangeeliumid</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>Kirjad/epistlid</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>Pauluse kirjad</translation>
</message>
<source>Discard</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished">Katkesta</translation>
+ <translation>Unusta</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="41"/>
<source>Reset</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Lähtesta</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>Restore defaults</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Taasta vaikeväärtused</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="47"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="107"/>
<source>&Search</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">&Otsing</translation>
+ <translation>&Otsi</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="109"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Select the works which should be searched.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Valige teosed, millest peaks otsima.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="447"/>
<source>No search scope</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Otsinguulatus on määramata</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="131"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="119"/>
<source>Configure predefined scopes for search</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Halda eeldefineeritud otsinguulatusi</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="133"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="138"/>
<source>Full lucene syntax</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Täielik Lucene' süntaks</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="141"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="53"/>
<source>Works chosen for the search and the number of the hits in each work</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Otsinguks valitud teosed koos leitud vastete arvuga iga teose kohta</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="102"/>
<source>S&earch range:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">&Eeldefineeritud otsinguulatused:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="122"/>
<source>&Name:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Nimi:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Edi&t current range:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">&Muuda valitud ulatust:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="138"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/analysis/csearchanalysisscene.cpp" line="280"/>
<source>Created by <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a></source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Genereeritud <a href="http://www.bibletime.info/">BibleTime</a> poolt</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE TS>
<TS version="2.0" language="fi_FI">
-<defaultcodec></defaultcodec>
<context>
<name>BTAboutModuleDialog</name>
<message>
<translation>Uusi istunto</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
<source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
- <translation>Alustetaan Sword...</translation>
+ <translation type="obsolete">Alustetaan Sword...</translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="71"/>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation>Poista lähde?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation>Haluatko todella poistaa tämän lähteen?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation>Peruuta</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation>Virkistetään lähde</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation>Yhdistetään...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation>Virkistetään...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation>Etä:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation>Paikallinen:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation>Ei ole kansio!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation>Ei luettavissa!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation>Asenna/päivitä teokset?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation>Haluatko todella asentaa nämä teokset?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation>Voit asentaa vain yhden version teoksesta samalla kerralla. Valitse vain yksi, jos teoksia on merkitty punaisella.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation>Varoitus</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation>Kohdekansioon ei ole kirjoitusoikeuksia tai sitä ei ole. Asennus epäonnistuu, kunnes tämä tilanne on korjattu.</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>Lyhenne</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>Ristiviittaukset</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>Alaviite</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Strongin numerot</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>Morfologia</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>Sanahaku</translation>
</message>
<translation>Verkko</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>Vanha testamentti</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>Mooses/Pentateukki/Toora</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>Historia</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>Profeetat</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>Uusi testamentti</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>Evankeliumit</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>Kirjeet/Epistolat</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>Paavalin kirjeet</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation>Supprimer la source ?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation>Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer cette source?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation>Annuler</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation>Rafraîchir la source</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation>Connection...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation>Rafraîchissement...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation>Distant:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation>Local:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation>Installation/MàJ de modules?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation>Voulez-vous vraiment installer ces modules ?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation>Seulement une version d'un module peut-être installée à la fois. Ne sélectionner qu'un seul des éléments marqués en rouge.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation>Pas un dossier!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation>Pas lisible!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation>Mise en garde</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation>Le dossier de destination n'est pas accessible en écriture ou n'existe pas. L'installation va échouer à moins que cela ne soit fixé.</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>Abréviation</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>Références croisées</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>Notes de pied de page</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Numéros Strong</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>Marques morphologiques</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>Recherche</translation>
</message>
<translation>Distant</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>Ancien Testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>Moïse/Pentateuque/Torah</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>Livres historiques</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>Prophètes</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>Nouveau Testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>Évangiles</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>Lettres/Épîtres</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>Épîtres de Paul</translation>
</message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="332"/>
<source>&Bible Study Howto</source>
<extracomment>"Howto" is a guide; if there's no natural translation for HowTo, translate it as Guide</extracomment>
- <translation>&Biblia tanulmányozás "hogyan"</translation>
+ <translation>Hogyan tanulmányozza a &Bibliát</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_slots.cpp" line="482"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="335"/>
<source>Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<BR>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way.</source>
- <translation>A Biblia tanulás "hogyan" megnyitása. <BR>Ez az útmutató bevezeti az eredményes Bibliatanulás módszerébe.</translation>
+ <translation>A "Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát" megnyitása. <BR>Ez az útmutató bevezeti az hatékony Biblia tanulmányozás módszerébe.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="166"/>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
- <translation>A Sword indítása...</translation>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
+ <translation>A SWORD indítása...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="71"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="343"/>
<source>&About BibleTime</source>
- <translation>&A BibleTimeról</translation>
+ <translation>&Névjegy</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="52"/>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>Rövidítés</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>Kereszthivatkozás</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>Lábjegyzet</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Strong számok</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>Morfológia</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>Szó keresés</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
- <translation>Evanéliumok</translation>
+ <translation>Evangéliumok</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="140"/>
<source> (<a href='syntax_help'>full syntax</a>)</source>
- <translation> (<a href='syntax_help'>teljes kifejezés</a></translation>
+ <translation> (<a href='syntax_help'>teljes kifejezés</a>)</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="151"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="134"/>
<source>Free</source>
- <translation>szabad</translation>
+ <translation>Egyéni</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="137"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="423"/>
<source><p>Examples:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:Jesus</td><td>Finds headings with 'Jesus'</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:Jesus AND footnote:said</td><td>Finds footnotes with 'Jesus' and 'said'</td></tr><tr><td>strong:G846</td><td>Finds verses with Strong's Greek number 846</td></tr><tr><td>morph:"N-NSF"</td><td>Finds verses with morphology code 'N-NSF'</td></tr></table></p></source>
- <translation><p>Páldák:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:Jézus</td><td>Fejléceket talál 'Jézus' kifejezéssel</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:JézusAND footnote:mondta</td><td>találatai 'Jézus' és 'mondta' a lábjegyzetekben</td></tr><tr><td>strong:G846</td><td>Strong's görög 846 számú kifekjezést tartalmazó verseket hoz,</td></tr><tr><td>morph:"N-NSF"</td><td>a 'N-NSF' morfológiai kódokat tartalmazó verseket találja meg</td></tr></table></p></translation>
+ <translation><p>Példák:<br /><table><tr><td>heading:Jézus</td><td>Fejléceket talál 'Jézus' kifejezéssel</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:JézusAND footnote:mondta</td><td>találatai 'Jézus' és 'mondta' a lábjegyzetekben</td></tr><tr><td>strong:G846</td><td>Strong's görög 846 számú kifekjezést tartalmazó verseket hoz,</td></tr><tr><td>morph:"N-NSF"</td><td>a 'N-NSF' morfológiai kódokat tartalmazó verseket találja meg</td></tr></table></p></translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="431"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/analysis/csearchanalysisscene.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>Save Search Analysis</source>
- <translation>Keresés elemzáésének mentése</translation>
+ <translation>Találatok elemzésének mentése</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/analysis/csearchanalysisscene.cpp" line="226"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
- <translation>Héber morfológiai lexikon</translation>
+ <translation>Héber morfológiai lexikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="134"/>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Armeno</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Preferenze</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation type="unfinished">note a piè di pagina</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Numeri di Strong </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Note Morfologiche</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation type="unfinished">
</translation>
<translation type="unfinished">Rinomina sessione</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vecchio testamento</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Mosè/Pentateuco/Torah</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Storia</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Profeti</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Nuovo testamento</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vangeli</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Lettere/Epistole </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Lettere di San Paolo </translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">단축</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">상호 참조</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation type="unfinished">각주</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation type="unfinished">스트롱 넘버</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation type="unfinished">형태학</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation type="unfinished">단어 찾기</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished">원격</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">구약 성서</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation type="unfinished">모세/모세5경/토라</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation type="unfinished">역사서</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation type="unfinished">선지서</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">신약 성서</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation type="unfinished">복음서</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">편지/서신서</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">바울서신</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>Afkorting</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>Kruisverwijzingen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>Voetnoot</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Strongs</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>Morfologie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>Woord opzoeken</translation>
</message>
<translation>Extern</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>Oude testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>Mozes/Pentateuch/Tora</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>Geschiedenis</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>Profeten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>Nieuwe testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>Evangeliën</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>Brieven</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>Brieven van Paulus</translation>
</message>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE TS>
-<TS version="2.0">
+<TS version="2.0" language="nn_NO">
<context>
<name>BTAboutModuleDialog</name>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutmoduledialog.cpp" line="25"/>
<source>Information About %1</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Informasjon om %1</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="148"/>
<source>Show Bookshelf</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Vis bokhylle</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Show Bookmarks</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Vis bokmerke</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="156"/>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="52"/>
<source>Bookshelf</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Bokhylle</translation>
+ <translation>Bokhylle</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="58"/>
<source>Bookmarks</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Bokmerke</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="65"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="31"/>
<source>About BibleTime</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Om BibleTime</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="72"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="79"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="93"/>
<source>designer</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>designar</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="78"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="98"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>developer</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>utviklar</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="82"/>
<source>packager</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>pakkar</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="83"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="173"/>
<source>License</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Lisens</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/htmldialogs/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="176"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/btdropdownchooserbutton.cpp" line="69"/>
<source>Select book</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Vel bok</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/btdropdownchooserbutton.cpp" line="94"/>
<source>Select chapter</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Vel kapittel</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="57"/>
<source>Delete</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Slett</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="61"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="68"/>
<source>Work</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Verk</translation>
+ <translation>Verk</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="68"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallmodulechooserdialog.cpp" line="132"/>
<source>Install</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Installer</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="192"/>
<source>Install/Update</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Installer/Oppdater</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="188"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Install...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Installer...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="125"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="77"/>
<source>Edit...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Rediger...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="83"/>
<source>Remove</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Fjern</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="107"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Warning</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Åtvaring</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpathdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Stopp</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="83"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="145"/>
<source>Completed</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Ferdig</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Avbroten</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Ventar på tur...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="225"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/btmodulemanagerdialog.cpp" line="38"/>
<source>Bookshelf Manager</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Bokhyllehandsamar</translation>
+ <translation>Bokhyllehandsamar</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="51"/>
<source>Work</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Verk</translation>
+ <translation>Verk</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="51"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="78"/>
<source>Remove</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Fjern</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="70"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Vil du verkeleg fjerne dei frå systemet ditt?</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Remove...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Fjern...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="57"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Fjern dei valde verka</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="149"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Fjern verk?</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Work</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Verk</translation>
+ <translation>Verk</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="101"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="85"/>
<source>Delete this source</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Fjern denne kjelda</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcearea.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Add new source</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Legg til ei ny kjelde</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Avbryt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Lokal:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Åtvaring</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/btdropdownchooserbutton.cpp" line="118"/>
<source>Select verse</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Vel vers</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="411"/>
<source>Copy</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Kopier</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="412"/>
<source>Move</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Flytt</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="471"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>Search...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Søk...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>Unlock...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Lås opp...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>About...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Om...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="619"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="201"/>
<source>HTML...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>HTML...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.cpp" line="517"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cconfigurationdialog.cpp" line="37"/>
<source>Configure BibleTime</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Set opp BibleTime</translation>
+ <translation>Set opp BibleTime</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="109"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="172"/>
<source>Close</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Lukk</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="113"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="178"/>
<source>Select all</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Vel alle</translation>
+ <translation>Vel alle</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="117"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="184"/>
<source>Copy</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Kopier</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="121"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="190"/>
<source>Find...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Finn...</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cfontchooser.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Size:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Storleik:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cfontchooser.cpp" line="76"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
<source>Font</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Skrifttype</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/display/chtmlwritedisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="94"/>
<source>Next book</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Neste bok</translation>
+ <translation>Neste bok</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="96"/>
<source>Previous book</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Førre bok</translation>
+ <translation>Førre bok</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Next chapter</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Neste kapittel</translation>
+ <translation>Neste kapittel</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Previous chapter</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Førre kapittel</translation>
+ <translation>Førre kapittel</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Next verse</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Neste vers</translation>
+ <translation>Neste vers</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp" line="106"/>
<source>Previous verse</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Førre vers</translation>
+ <translation>Førre vers</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.cpp" line="127"/>
<source>Fonts</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Skrifttypar</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.cpp" line="128"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.cpp" line="301"/>
<source>Languages</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Språk</translation>
+ <translation>Språk</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/clanguagesettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp" line="42"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Avbryt</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/cmoduleindexdialog.cpp" line="44"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Ok</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Ok</translation>
+ <translation>Ok</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="91"/>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>Forkorting</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>Kryssreferansar</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>Fotnotar</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Strong-tal</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>Morfologi</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>Slå opp ord</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="53"/>
<source>Copy</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Kopier</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="64"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="474"/>
<source>Search aborted</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Søket vart avbrote</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="474"/>
<translation>Fjernkjelde</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>Det gamle testamentet</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>Mosebøkene/Toraen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>Historie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>Profetane</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>Det nye testamentet</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>Evangelia</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>Breva</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>Paulus-breva</translation>
</message>
<source>OK</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Ok</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="31"/>
<source>Open</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Opne</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="33"/>
<source>Save</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Lagre</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="35"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Avbryt</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="37"/>
<source>Close</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Lukk</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="39"/>
<source>Help</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Hjelp</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="49"/>
<source>Yes</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Ja</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="53"/>
<source>No</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
<extracomment>Standard button</extracomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Nei</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="57"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="176"/>
<source>Works:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Verk:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="273"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp" line="79"/>
<source>Search</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Søk</translation>
+ <translation>Søk</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp" line="110"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="70"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Bibel:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="74"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Kommentar:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="84"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="100"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Andaktsbok:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="104"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="13"/>
<source>Find Text</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation type="unfinished">Finn tekst</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="41"/>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">
</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Tekst i vers</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Fotnoter</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Strongs nummer</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation type="unfinished">
</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation type="unfinished">
</translation>
<translation type="unfinished">Regulært utrykk</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Det Gamle Testamentet</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Moses/Pentateuch/Tora</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Historie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Profeter</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Det Nye Testamentet</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Evangeliene</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Brev/Epistlene</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Paulus' brev</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>Skrót</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>Odnośnik</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>Przypis</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Rdzenie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>Znaczniki morfologiczne</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>Szukaj słowa</translation>
</message>
<translation>[Zdalne]</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>Stary Testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>Tora/Pięcioksiąg</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>Księgi historyczne</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>Księgi prorockie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>Nowy Testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>Ewangelie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>Listy/Epistoły</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>Listy św. Pawła</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Abreviação</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Preferências</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Notas de rodapé</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Números de Strong</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Marcações morfológicas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Olhar acima da palavra</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished">[Remoto]</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Velho testamento</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Moisés/Pentateuco/Torá</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Histórico</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Profetas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Novo testamento</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Evangelho</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Cartas/Epístolas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Epístolas de Paulo</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation>Vrei să ştergi sursa?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation>Eşti sigur că vrei să ştergi sursa?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation>Anulează</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation>Reînnoire sursă</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation>Se conectează</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation>Reînnoire</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation>De pe Internet:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation>Local:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation>Vrei să instalezi/actualizezi modulele?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation>Eşti sigur că vrei să instalezi aceste module?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation>Doar un singur modul poate fi instalat deodată. Selectează doar un singur modul dacă sunt altele marcate cu roşu!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation>Nu este director!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation>Nu se poate citi!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Atenţie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>Abreviere</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>Trimiteri</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>Note de subsol</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Numere Strong</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>Analiză morfologică</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>Căutare cuvinte</translation>
</message>
<translation>De pe Internet</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>Vechiul Testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>Moise/Pentateuc/Tora</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>Istorice</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>Profeţi</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>Noul Testament</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>Evanghelii</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>Scrisori/Epistole</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>Epistolele lui Pavel</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>Сокращения </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>Перекрестные ссылки</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>Сноски</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Номера Стронга</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>Морфологические тэги</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>Поиск слова</translation>
</message>
<translation>Удаленный</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>Ветхий Завет</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>Пятикнижие Моисеево</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>Исторические книги</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>Пророческие книги</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>Новый Завет</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>Евангелия</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>Послания</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>Послания ап. Павла</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Skratka</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Krížové referencie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Poznámky pod čiarou</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Strongove čísla</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Morfologické príznaky</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Hľadanie slov</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished">Vzdialený</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Starý zákon</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Mojžišove knihy/Pentateuch/Tóra</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Histórické knihy</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Proroci</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Nový zákon</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Evanjeliá</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Listy/Epištoly</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Pavlove epištoly</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Förkortning</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Korsreferenser</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Fotnot</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Strongs</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Morfologi</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Leta upp ord</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished">Distans</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Gamla testamentet</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Moseböckerna/Pentateuken/Torah</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Historik</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Profeterna</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Nya testamentet</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Evangelierna</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Breven/Epistlarna</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Paulus epistlar</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Вірменська</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Властивості </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Зноски</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Номери Стронга</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Морфологічні теги</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation type="unfinished">
</translation>
<translation type="unfinished">Змінити назву сесії</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Старий Заповіт</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Мойсей/П'ятикнижжя/Тора</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Історичні</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Пророки</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Новий Заповіт</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Євангелія</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Листи/Післання</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Послання Павла</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation>Xoá nguồn không?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation>Bạn có thực sự muốn xoá nguồn này không?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation>Dừng</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation>Cập nhật nguồn</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation>Đang nối kết...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation>Đang cập nhật...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation>Từ Xa:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation>Địa phương:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation>Cài đặt/Cập nhật tác phâm?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation>Bạn có thực sự muốn cài đặt những tác phẩm này không?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation>Chỉ có thể có một phiên bản của một tác phẩm được cài dặt một lúc. Hãy chọn chỉ một nếu có điểm màu đỏ.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation>Không phải là thư mục đâu!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation>Không thể đọc được đâu!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Cảnh Cáo</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>缩写</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>参照</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>注释</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Strongs</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>构词学</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>词汇查询</translation>
</message>
<translation>远程</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>旧约</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>摩西五经/律法书</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>历史书</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>先知书</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>新约</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>四福音书</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>书信</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>保罗书信</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime.cpp" line="69"/>
- <source>Initializing the Sword engine...</source>
+ <source>Initializing the SWORD engine...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<context>
<name>BtSourceWidget</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="87"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="89"/>
<source>Delete Source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="88"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="90"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="122"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="124"/>
<source>Cancel</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="123"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="125"/>
<source>Refreshing Source</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="145"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="147"/>
<source>Connecting...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="194"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="195"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="196"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="197"/>
<source>Refreshing...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="251"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>Remote:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>Local:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="332"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="341"/>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="342"/>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="335"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="344"/>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Not a directory!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Not readable!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>Warning</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="324"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btsourcewidget.cpp" line="333"/>
<source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>InfoDisplay::CInfoDisplay</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="167"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source>Abbreviation</source>
<translation>縮寫</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="178"/>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="186"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="283"/>
<source>Cross references</source>
<translation>參照</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="314"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Footnote</source>
<translation>注釋</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="341"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="358"/>
<source>Strongs</source>
<translation>Strongs</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="419"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="440"/>
<source>Morphology</source>
<translation>構詞學</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="442"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="464"/>
<source>Word lookup</source>
<translation>詞彙查詢</translation>
</message>
<translation>遠端</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
<source>Old testament</source>
<translation>舊約</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="266"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
<source>Moses/Pentateuch/Torah</source>
<translation>摩西五經/律法書</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="267"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>History</source>
<translation>歷史書</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="268"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
<source>Prophets</source>
<translation>先知書</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>New testament</source>
<translation>新約</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="270"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
<source>Gospels</source>
<translation>四福音書</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="271"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="273"/>
<source>Letters/Epistles</source>
<translation>書信</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="272"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/config/cbtconfig.cpp" line="274"/>
<source>Paul's Epistles</source>
<translation>保羅書信</translation>
</message>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
-<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 20010904//EN"
-"http://www.w3.org/TR/2001/REC-SVG-20010904/DTD/svg10.dtd">
-<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 10.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 3.0.0 Build 76) -->
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
<svg
+ xmlns:a="http://ns.adobe.com/AdobeSVGViewerExtensions/3.0/"
+ xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ version="1.0"
width="125"
height="126"
viewBox="0.378 -0.411 125 126"
- overflow="visible"
- enable-background="new 0.378 -0.411 125 126"
- xml:space="preserve"
- xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
- xmlns:xml="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace"
- xmlns:a="http://ns.adobe.com/AdobeSVGViewerExtensions/3.0/"
- xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
- xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
- xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
id="svg1"
- sodipodi:version="0.32"
- inkscape:version="0.40pre2"
- xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
- xmlns:cc="http://web.resource.org/cc/"
- xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
- sodipodi:docname="control.svg"
- sodipodi:docbase="/home/jr/tmp"><defs
- id="defs257">
+ xml:space="preserve"
+ style="overflow:visible"><defs
+ id="defs257"><linearGradient
+ x1="51.9683"
+ y1="98.746101"
+ x2="43.653599"
+ y2="71.243797"
+ id="XMLID_11_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
+ <stop
+ id="stop131"
+ style="stop-color:#ffffff;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop133"
+ style="stop-color:#f6f6f8;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.1469" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop135"
+ style="stop-color:#dfdfe6;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.38170001" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop137"
+ style="stop-color:#b9b9c7;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.67519999" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop139"
+ style="stop-color:#87879f;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ </linearGradient><linearGradient
+ x1="31.7749"
+ y1="59.920898"
+ x2="32.5597"
+ y2="162.325"
+ id="XMLID_10_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
+ <stop
+ id="stop122"
+ style="stop-color:#ffffff;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop124"
+ style="stop-color:#545477;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ </linearGradient><linearGradient
+ x1="33.332001"
+ y1="10.3052"
+ x2="33.332001"
+ y2="91.4077"
+ id="XMLID_9_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
+ <stop
+ id="stop113"
+ style="stop-color:#ffffff;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop115"
+ style="stop-color:#545477;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ </linearGradient><linearGradient
+ x1="27.1982"
+ y1="51.623501"
+ x2="35.215801"
+ y2="90.617699"
+ id="XMLID_8_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
+ <stop
+ id="stop92"
+ style="stop-color:#ffffff;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop94"
+ style="stop-color:#fafafb;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.1671" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop96"
+ style="stop-color:#ededf1;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.35429999" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop98"
+ style="stop-color:#d6d6df;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.55129999" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop100"
+ style="stop-color:#b7b7c5;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.75510001" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop102"
+ style="stop-color:#8f8fa6;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.96210003" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop104"
+ style="stop-color:#87879f;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ </linearGradient><radialGradient
+ cx="-1847.9301"
+ cy="3778.8999"
+ r="12.4261"
+ fx="-1847.9301"
+ fy="3778.8999"
+ id="XMLID_18_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
+ gradientTransform="matrix(0.7071,0.7071,-0.7071,0.7071,4056.03,-1260.95)">
+ <stop
+ id="stop239"
+ style="stop-color:#fff042;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop241"
+ style="stop-color:#ff8300;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop243"
+ style="stop-color:#FFF042"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop245"
+ style="stop-color:#FFF042"
+ offset="0.5" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop247"
+ style="stop-color:#FF8300"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ </radialGradient><radialGradient
+ cx="-1848.89"
+ cy="3795.78"
+ r="10.8535"
+ fx="-1848.89"
+ fy="3795.78"
+ id="XMLID_17_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
+ gradientTransform="matrix(0.7071,0.7071,-0.7071,0.7071,4056.03,-1260.95)">
+ <stop
+ id="stop224"
+ style="stop-color:#fff042;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop226"
+ style="stop-color:#ff8300;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop228"
+ style="stop-color:#FFF042"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop230"
+ style="stop-color:#FFF042"
+ offset="0.5" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop232"
+ style="stop-color:#FF8300"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ </radialGradient><linearGradient
+ x1="67.614304"
+ y1="77.200203"
+ x2="67.614304"
+ y2="127.211"
+ id="XMLID_16_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
+ <stop
+ id="stop209"
+ style="stop-color:#fff042;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop211"
+ style="stop-color:#ff8300;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop213"
+ style="stop-color:#FFF042"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop215"
+ style="stop-color:#FFF042"
+ offset="0.5" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop217"
+ style="stop-color:#FF8300"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ </linearGradient><linearGradient
+ x1="60.141102"
+ y1="111.697"
+ x2="60.119598"
+ y2="84.804703"
+ id="XMLID_15_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
+ <stop
+ id="stop194"
+ style="stop-color:#fff042;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop196"
+ style="stop-color:#ff8300;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop198"
+ style="stop-color:#FFF042"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop200"
+ style="stop-color:#FFF042"
+ offset="0.5" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop202"
+ style="stop-color:#FF8300"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ </linearGradient><linearGradient
+ x1="59.269501"
+ y1="108.168"
+ x2="59.269501"
+ y2="75.704102"
+ id="XMLID_14_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
+ <stop
+ id="stop179"
+ style="stop-color:#ffca21;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop181"
+ style="stop-color:#cd5800;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop183"
+ style="stop-color:#FFCA21"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop185"
+ style="stop-color:#FFCA21"
+ offset="0.5" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop187"
+ style="stop-color:#CD5800"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ </linearGradient><linearGradient
+ x1="59.818802"
+ y1="132.78799"
+ x2="59.818802"
+ y2="77.7099"
+ id="XMLID_13_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
+ <stop
+ id="stop164"
+ style="stop-color:#744426;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop166"
+ style="stop-color:#de972b;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop168"
+ style="stop-color:#744426"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop170"
+ style="stop-color:#744426"
+ offset="0.5" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop172"
+ style="stop-color:#DE972B"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ </linearGradient><linearGradient
+ x1="59.658199"
+ y1="81.634804"
+ x2="59.658199"
+ y2="126.958"
+ id="XMLID_12_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
+ <stop
+ id="stop149"
+ style="stop-color:#ffff42;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <stop
+ id="stop151"
+ style="stop-color:#ff8300;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop153"
+ style="stop-color:#FFFF42"
+ offset="0" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop155"
+ style="stop-color:#FFFF42"
+ offset="0.5" />
+
+ <a:midPointStop
+ id="midPointStop157"
+ style="stop-color:#FF8300"
+ offset="1" />
+
+ </linearGradient>
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_1_"
+ x1="75.392601"
+ y1="82.644501"
+ x2="54.014801"
+ y2="81.498802"
id="linearGradient1508"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="75.3926"
- y1="82.6445"
- x2="54.0148"
- y2="81.4988" />
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_1_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_2_"
- id="linearGradient1509"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="89.0234"
+ x1="89.023399"
y1="104.07"
x2="60.771"
- y2="61.3099" />
+ y2="61.309898"
+ id="linearGradient1509"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_2_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_3_"
- id="linearGradient1510"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
x1="70.875"
y1="26.5327"
- x2="67.8211"
- y2="88.0051" />
+ x2="67.821098"
+ y2="88.005096"
+ id="linearGradient1510"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_3_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_4_"
+ x1="69.876999"
+ y1="73.993202"
+ x2="69.876999"
+ y2="4.1216002"
id="linearGradient1511"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="69.877"
- y1="73.9932"
- x2="69.877"
- y2="4.1216" />
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_4_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_5_"
+ x1="69.876999"
+ y1="44.162102"
+ x2="71.404404"
+ y2="123.193"
id="linearGradient1512"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="69.877"
- y1="44.1621"
- x2="71.4044"
- y2="123.193" />
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_5_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_6_"
- id="linearGradient1513"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="69.0498"
+ x1="69.049797"
y1="28.4648"
- x2="70.5683"
- y2="65.6773" />
+ x2="70.568298"
+ y2="65.677299"
+ id="linearGradient1513"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_6_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_7_"
- id="linearGradient1514"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="65.3594"
+ x1="65.359398"
y1="26.5508"
- x2="64.5962"
- y2="51.7491" />
+ x2="64.596199"
+ y2="51.7491"
+ id="linearGradient1514"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_7_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_8_"
- id="linearGradient1515"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
x1="27.1982"
- y1="51.6235"
- x2="35.2158"
- y2="90.6177" />
+ y1="51.623501"
+ x2="35.215801"
+ y2="90.617699"
+ id="linearGradient1515"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_8_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_9_"
- id="linearGradient1516"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="33.332"
+ x1="33.332001"
y1="10.3052"
- x2="33.332"
- y2="91.4077" />
+ x2="33.332001"
+ y2="91.4077"
+ id="linearGradient1516"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_9_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_10_"
- id="linearGradient1517"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
x1="31.7749"
- y1="59.9209"
+ y1="59.920898"
x2="32.5597"
- y2="162.325" />
-<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_11_"
- id="linearGradient1518"
+ y2="162.325"
+ id="linearGradient1517"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_10_"
gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
+ gradientTransform="translate(0,-1.3345629)" />
+<linearGradient
x1="51.9683"
- y1="98.7461"
- x2="43.6536"
- y2="71.2438" />
+ y1="98.746101"
+ x2="43.653599"
+ y2="71.243797"
+ id="linearGradient1518"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_11_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_12_"
+ x1="59.658199"
+ y1="81.634804"
+ x2="59.658199"
+ y2="126.958"
id="linearGradient1519"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="59.6582"
- y1="81.6348"
- x2="59.6582"
- y2="126.958" />
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_12_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_13_"
+ x1="59.818802"
+ y1="132.78799"
+ x2="59.818802"
+ y2="77.7099"
id="linearGradient1520"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="59.8188"
- y1="132.788"
- x2="59.8188"
- y2="77.7099" />
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_13_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_14_"
- id="linearGradient1521"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="59.2695"
+ x1="59.269501"
y1="108.168"
- x2="59.2695"
- y2="75.7041" />
+ x2="59.269501"
+ y2="75.704102"
+ id="linearGradient1521"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_14_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_15_"
- id="linearGradient1522"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="60.1411"
+ x1="60.141102"
y1="111.697"
- x2="60.1196"
- y2="84.8047" />
+ x2="60.119598"
+ y2="84.804703"
+ id="linearGradient1522"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_15_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<linearGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_16_"
+ x1="67.614304"
+ y1="77.200203"
+ x2="67.614304"
+ y2="127.211"
id="linearGradient1523"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="67.6143"
- y1="77.2002"
- x2="67.6143"
- y2="127.211" />
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_16_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" />
<radialGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
- xlink:href="#XMLID_17_"
+ cx="-1848.89"
+ cy="3795.78"
+ r="10.8535"
+ fx="-1848.89"
+ fy="3795.78"
id="radialGradient1524"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_17_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
+ gradientTransform="matrix(0.7071,0.7071,-0.7071,0.7071,4056.03,-1260.95)" />
+<radialGradient
+ cx="-1847.9301"
+ cy="3778.8999"
+ r="12.4261"
+ fx="-1847.9301"
+ fy="3778.8999"
+ id="radialGradient1525"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_18_"
gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- gradientTransform="matrix(0.707100,0.707100,-0.707100,0.707100,4056.030,-1260.950)"
+ gradientTransform="matrix(0.7071,0.7071,-0.7071,0.7071,4056.03,-1260.95)" />
+<linearGradient
+ x1="27.1982"
+ y1="51.623501"
+ x2="35.215801"
+ y2="90.617699"
+ id="linearGradient2670"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_8_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
+ gradientTransform="translate(-15.215069,-22.550905)" /><linearGradient
+ x1="33.332001"
+ y1="10.3052"
+ x2="33.332001"
+ y2="91.4077"
+ id="linearGradient2672"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_9_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
+ gradientTransform="translate(-15.215069,-22.550905)" /><linearGradient
+ x1="31.7749"
+ y1="59.920898"
+ x2="32.5597"
+ y2="162.325"
+ id="linearGradient2674"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_10_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
+ gradientTransform="translate(-15.215069,-23.885468)" /><linearGradient
+ x1="51.9683"
+ y1="98.746101"
+ x2="43.653599"
+ y2="71.243797"
+ id="linearGradient2676"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_11_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
+ gradientTransform="translate(-15.215069,-22.550905)" /><linearGradient
+ x1="59.658199"
+ y1="81.634804"
+ x2="59.658199"
+ y2="126.958"
+ id="linearGradient2678"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_12_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" /><linearGradient
+ x1="59.818802"
+ y1="132.78799"
+ x2="59.818802"
+ y2="77.7099"
+ id="linearGradient2680"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_13_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" /><linearGradient
+ x1="59.269501"
+ y1="108.168"
+ x2="59.269501"
+ y2="75.704102"
+ id="linearGradient2682"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_14_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" /><linearGradient
+ x1="60.141102"
+ y1="111.697"
+ x2="60.119598"
+ y2="84.804703"
+ id="linearGradient2684"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_15_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" /><linearGradient
+ x1="67.614304"
+ y1="77.200203"
+ x2="67.614304"
+ y2="127.211"
+ id="linearGradient2686"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_16_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" /><radialGradient
cx="-1848.89"
cy="3795.78"
+ r="10.8535"
fx="-1848.89"
fy="3795.78"
- r="10.8535" />
-<radialGradient
- inkscape:collect="always"
+ id="radialGradient2688"
+ xlink:href="#XMLID_17_"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
+ gradientTransform="matrix(0.7071,0.7071,-0.7071,0.7071,4056.03,-1260.95)" /><radialGradient
+ cx="-1847.9301"
+ cy="3778.8999"
+ r="12.4261"
+ fx="-1847.9301"
+ fy="3778.8999"
+ id="radialGradient2690"
xlink:href="#XMLID_18_"
- id="radialGradient1525"
gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- gradientTransform="matrix(0.707100,0.707100,-0.707100,0.707100,4056.030,-1260.950)"
- cx="-1847.93"
- cy="3778.9"
- fx="-1847.93"
- fy="3778.9"
- r="12.4261" />
-</defs>
-<metadata
- id="metadata256">
- <rdf:RDF
- id="RDF258">
- <cc:Work
- rdf:about=""
- id="Work259">
- <dc:format
- id="format260">image/svg+xml</dc:format>
- <dc:type
- id="type262"
- rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage" />
- </cc:Work>
- </rdf:RDF>
-</metadata>
-<sodipodi:namedview
- id="base"
- pagecolor="#ffffff"
- bordercolor="#666666"
- borderopacity="1.0"
- inkscape:pageopacity="0.0"
- inkscape:pageshadow="2"
- inkscape:zoom="2.4559706"
- inkscape:cx="79.155249"
- inkscape:cy="54.379571"
- inkscape:window-width="640"
- inkscape:window-height="528"
- inkscape:window-x="0"
- inkscape:window-y="0"
- inkscape:current-layer="svg1" />
+ gradientTransform="matrix(0.7071,0.7071,-0.7071,0.7071,4056.03,-1260.95)" /></defs>
+
+
<g
- id="g86"
- transform="matrix(1.498618,0.000000,0.000000,1.498618,0.621374,-63.11986)">
- <g
+ transform="matrix(1.498618,0,0,1.498618,0.621374,-63.11986)"
+ id="g86">
+
+
+
+
+ </g>
+
+<g
+ transform="matrix(1.498618,0,0,1.498618,23.503517,-28.781817)"
id="g88">
<linearGradient
- id="XMLID_8_"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="27.198200"
+ x1="27.1982"
y1="51.623501"
x2="35.215801"
- y2="90.617699">
+ y2="90.617699"
+ id="linearGradient2575"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
<stop
- offset="0"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,255,255)"
- id="stop92" />
+ id="stop2577"
+ style="stop-color:#ffffff;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
<stop
- offset="0.1671"
- style="stop-color:rgb(250,250,251)"
- id="stop94" />
+ id="stop2579"
+ style="stop-color:#fafafb;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.1671" />
<stop
- offset="0.3543"
- style="stop-color:rgb(237,237,241)"
- id="stop96" />
+ id="stop2581"
+ style="stop-color:#ededf1;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.35429999" />
<stop
- offset="0.5513"
- style="stop-color:rgb(214,214,223)"
- id="stop98" />
+ id="stop2583"
+ style="stop-color:#d6d6df;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.55129999" />
<stop
- offset="0.7551"
- style="stop-color:rgb(183,183,197)"
- id="stop100" />
+ id="stop2585"
+ style="stop-color:#b7b7c5;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.75510001" />
<stop
- offset="0.9621"
- style="stop-color:rgb(143,143,166)"
- id="stop102" />
+ id="stop2587"
+ style="stop-color:#8f8fa6;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.96210003" />
<stop
- offset="1"
- style="stop-color:rgb(135,135,159)"
- id="stop104" />
+ id="stop2589"
+ style="stop-color:#87879f;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
</linearGradient>
<path
- d="M 65.983000,93.860000 L 47.763000,75.640000 C 51.275000,66.881000 49.603000,56.637000 42.670000,49.703000 C 35.599000,42.634000 25.091000,41.032000 16.222000,44.819000 L 31.115000,59.710000 L 16.740000,74.085000 L 2.3260000,59.669000 C -0.65400000,68.188000 1.1510000,77.901000 7.8120000,84.561000 C 14.472000,91.221000 24.185000,93.028000 32.703000,90.048000 L 51.249000,108.59400 L 65.983000,93.860000 z "
- style="fill:url(#linearGradient1515)"
- id="path107" />
+ d="M 50.767931,71.309095 L 32.547931,53.089095 C 36.059931,44.330095 34.387931,34.086095 27.454931,27.152095 C 20.383931,20.083095 9.8759313,18.481095 1.0069313,22.268095 L 15.899931,37.159095 L 1.5249313,51.534095 L -12.889069,37.118095 C -15.869069,45.637095 -14.064069,55.350095 -7.4030687,62.010095 C -0.74306874,68.670095 8.9699313,70.477095 17.487931,67.497095 L 36.033931,86.043095 L 50.767931,71.309095 z"
+ id="path107"
+ style="fill:url(#linearGradient2670)" />
<path
- d="M 19.761000,74.757000 L 31.950000,62.569000 L 30.103000,60.722000 L 17.915000,72.910000 L 19.761000,74.757000 z "
- style="fill:none"
- id="path109" />
+ d="M 4.5459313,52.206095 L 16.734931,40.018095 L 14.887931,38.171095 L 2.6999313,50.359095 L 4.5459313,52.206095 z"
+ id="path109"
+ style="fill:none" />
<linearGradient
- id="XMLID_9_"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
x1="33.332001"
- y1="10.305200"
+ y1="10.3052"
x2="33.332001"
- y2="91.407700">
+ y2="91.4077"
+ id="linearGradient2593"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
<stop
- offset="0"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,255,255)"
- id="stop113" />
+ id="stop2595"
+ style="stop-color:#ffffff;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
<stop
- offset="1"
- style="stop-color:rgb(84,84,119)"
- id="stop115" />
+ id="stop2597"
+ style="stop-color:#545477;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
</linearGradient>
<path
- d="M 43.350000,49.022000 C 36.183000,41.857000 25.387000,39.860000 15.846000,43.934000 C 15.552000,44.059000 15.339000,44.323000 15.279000,44.636000 C 15.218000,44.949000 15.318000,45.273000 15.544000,45.499000 C 15.544000,45.499000 28.515000,58.471000 29.755000,59.710000 C 28.582000,60.883000 17.915000,71.551000 16.740000,72.724000 C 15.506000,71.489000 3.0050000,58.990000 3.0050000,58.990000 C 2.7710000,58.755000 2.4340000,58.658000 2.1110000,58.732000 C 1.9310000,58.773000 1.7710000,58.864000 1.6450000,58.990000 C 1.5440000,59.091000 1.4660000,59.213000 1.4170000,59.353000 C -1.8080000,68.571000 0.38200000,78.492000 7.1320000,85.242000 C 13.738000,91.848000 23.383000,94.073000 32.434000,91.139000 C 33.226000,91.932000 50.570000,109.27400 50.570000,109.27400 C 50.945000,109.65000 51.553000,109.65000 51.929000,109.27400 L 66.664000,94.541000 C 67.039000,94.166000 67.039000,93.556000 66.664000,93.180000 C 66.664000,93.180000 49.705000,76.221000 48.874000,75.391000 C 52.317000,66.149000 50.191000,55.866000 43.350000,49.022000 z M 41.989000,50.385000 C 48.434000,56.830000 50.351000,66.604000 46.869000,75.281000 C 46.726000,75.639000 46.809000,76.049000 47.082000,76.320000 C 47.082000,76.320000 63.341000,92.580000 64.623000,93.860000 C 63.444000,95.038000 52.427000,106.05500 51.249000,107.23100 C 49.967000,105.95100 33.384000,89.368000 33.384000,89.368000 C 33.123000,89.106000 32.734000,89.018000 32.385000,89.140000 C 23.870000,92.118000 14.714000,90.102000 8.4910000,83.880000 C 2.6300000,78.020000 0.50500000,69.556000 2.7690000,61.475000 C 4.6810000,63.387000 16.061000,74.766000 16.061000,74.766000 C 16.437000,75.141000 17.046000,75.141000 17.422000,74.766000 L 31.796000,60.392000 C 32.172000,60.016000 32.172000,59.407000 31.796000,59.031000 C 31.796000,59.031000 19.760000,46.995000 17.951000,45.186000 C 26.419000,42.148000 35.717000,44.111000 41.989000,50.385000 z "
- style="fill:url(#linearGradient1516)"
- id="path118" />
+ d="M 28.134931,26.471095 C 20.967931,19.306095 10.171931,17.309095 0.63093126,21.383095 C 0.33693126,21.508095 0.12393126,21.772095 0.063931262,22.085095 C 0.002931262,22.398095 0.10293126,22.722095 0.32893126,22.948095 C 0.32893126,22.948095 13.299931,35.920095 14.539931,37.159095 C 13.366931,38.332095 2.6999313,49.000095 1.5249313,50.173095 C 0.29093126,48.938095 -12.210069,36.439095 -12.210069,36.439095 C -12.444069,36.204095 -12.781069,36.107095 -13.104069,36.181095 C -13.284069,36.222095 -13.444069,36.313095 -13.570069,36.439095 C -13.671069,36.540095 -13.749069,36.662095 -13.798069,36.802095 C -17.023069,46.020095 -14.833069,55.941095 -8.0830687,62.691095 C -1.4770687,69.297095 8.1679313,71.522095 17.218931,68.588095 C 18.010931,69.381095 35.354931,86.723095 35.354931,86.723095 C 35.729931,87.099095 36.337931,87.099095 36.713931,86.723095 L 51.448931,71.990095 C 51.823931,71.615095 51.823931,71.005095 51.448931,70.629095 C 51.448931,70.629095 34.489931,53.670095 33.658931,52.840095 C 37.101931,43.598095 34.975931,33.315095 28.134931,26.471095 z M 26.773931,27.834095 C 33.218931,34.279095 35.135931,44.053095 31.653931,52.730095 C 31.510931,53.088095 31.593931,53.498095 31.866931,53.769095 C 31.866931,53.769095 48.125931,70.029095 49.407931,71.309095 C 48.228931,72.487095 37.211931,83.504095 36.033931,84.680095 C 34.751931,83.400095 18.168931,66.817095 18.168931,66.817095 C 17.907931,66.555095 17.518931,66.467095 17.169931,66.589095 C 8.6549313,69.567095 -0.50106874,67.551095 -6.7240687,61.329095 C -12.585069,55.469095 -14.710069,47.005095 -12.446069,38.924095 C -10.534069,40.836095 0.84593126,52.215095 0.84593126,52.215095 C 1.2219313,52.590095 1.8309313,52.590095 2.2069313,52.215095 L 16.580931,37.841095 C 16.956931,37.465095 16.956931,36.856095 16.580931,36.480095 C 16.580931,36.480095 4.5449313,24.444095 2.7359313,22.635095 C 11.203931,19.597095 20.501931,21.560095 26.773931,27.834095 z"
+ id="path118"
+ style="fill:url(#linearGradient2672)" />
<linearGradient
- id="XMLID_10_"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="31.774900"
+ x1="31.7749"
y1="59.920898"
- x2="32.559700"
- y2="162.32500">
+ x2="32.5597"
+ y2="162.325"
+ id="linearGradient2600"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
<stop
- offset="0"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,255,255)"
- id="stop122" />
+ id="stop2602"
+ style="stop-color:#ffffff;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
<stop
- offset="1"
- style="stop-color:rgb(84,84,119)"
- id="stop124" />
+ id="stop2604"
+ style="stop-color:#545477;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
</linearGradient>
<path
- d="M 44.354000,74.498000 C 47.331000,67.071000 45.914000,58.386000 40.035000,52.505000 C 35.394000,47.865000 29.009000,46.006000 22.872000,46.891000 L 33.389000,57.408000 C 34.667000,58.687000 34.667000,60.759000 33.389000,62.037000 L 19.347000,76.081000 C 18.069000,77.358000 15.995000,77.358000 14.718000,76.081000 L 4.7280000,66.089000 C 4.2310000,71.853000 6.1370000,77.723000 10.478000,82.065000 C 16.125000,87.711000 24.362000,89.243000 31.584000,86.717000 L 51.262000,106.39600 L 59.095000,89.240000 L 44.354000,74.498000 z "
- style="fill:url(#linearGradient1517)"
- id="path127" />
+ d="M 29.138931,50.612532 C 32.115931,43.185532 30.698931,34.500532 24.819931,28.619532 C 20.178931,23.979532 13.793931,22.120532 7.6569313,23.005532 L 18.173931,33.522532 C 19.451931,34.801532 19.451931,36.873532 18.173931,38.151532 L 4.1319313,52.195532 C 2.8539313,53.472532 0.77993126,53.472532 -0.49706874,52.195532 L -10.487069,42.203532 C -10.984069,47.967532 -9.0780687,53.837532 -4.7370687,58.179532 C 0.90993126,63.825532 9.1469313,65.357532 16.368931,62.831532 L 36.046931,82.510535 L 43.879931,65.354532 L 29.138931,50.612532 z"
+ id="path127"
+ style="fill:url(#linearGradient2674)" />
<linearGradient
- id="XMLID_11_"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
- x1="51.968300"
+ x1="51.9683"
y1="98.746101"
x2="43.653599"
- y2="71.243797">
+ y2="71.243797"
+ id="linearGradient2607"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
<stop
- offset="0"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,255,255)"
- id="stop131" />
+ id="stop2609"
+ style="stop-color:#ffffff;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
<stop
- offset="0.1469"
- style="stop-color:rgb(246,246,248)"
- id="stop133" />
+ id="stop2611"
+ style="stop-color:#f6f6f8;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.1469" />
<stop
- offset="0.3817"
- style="stop-color:rgb(223,223,230)"
- id="stop135" />
+ id="stop2613"
+ style="stop-color:#dfdfe6;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.38170001" />
<stop
- offset="0.6752"
- style="stop-color:rgb(185,185,199)"
- id="stop137" />
+ id="stop2615"
+ style="stop-color:#b9b9c7;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0.67519999" />
<stop
- offset="1"
- style="stop-color:rgb(135,135,159)"
- id="stop139" />
+ id="stop2617"
+ style="stop-color:#87879f;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
</linearGradient>
<path
- d="M 56.769000,105.30300 C 56.129000,105.94300 55.095000,105.94300 54.455000,105.30300 L 36.414000,87.261000 C 35.776000,86.621000 35.776000,85.586000 36.414000,84.948000 L 42.989000,78.371000 C 43.629000,77.732000 44.664000,77.732000 45.304000,78.371000 L 63.345000,96.414000 C 63.984000,97.053000 63.984000,98.089000 63.345000,98.727000 L 56.769000,105.30300 z "
- style="fill:url(#linearGradient1518)"
- id="path142" />
-
- </g>
+ d="M 41.553931,82.752095 C 40.913931,83.392095 39.879931,83.392095 39.239931,82.752095 L 21.198931,64.710095 C 20.560931,64.070095 20.560931,63.035095 21.198931,62.397095 L 27.773931,55.820095 C 28.413931,55.181095 29.448931,55.181095 30.088931,55.820095 L 48.129931,73.863095 C 48.768931,74.502095 48.768931,75.538095 48.129931,76.176095 L 41.553931,82.752095 z"
+ id="path142"
+ style="fill:url(#linearGradient2676)" />
- <g
+ </g><g
+ transform="matrix(1.498618,0,0,1.498618,0.7019411,-62.57701)"
id="g145">
<linearGradient
- id="XMLID_12_"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
x1="59.658199"
y1="81.634804"
x2="59.658199"
- y2="126.95800">
+ y2="126.958"
+ id="linearGradient2621"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
<stop
- offset="0"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,255,66)"
- id="stop149" />
+ id="stop2623"
+ style="stop-color:#ffff42;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
<stop
- offset="1"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,131,0)"
- id="stop151" />
+ id="stop2625"
+ style="stop-color:#ff8300;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0"
+ id="midPointStop153"
style="stop-color:#FFFF42"
- id="midPointStop153" />
+ offset="0" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0.5"
+ id="midPointStop155"
style="stop-color:#FFFF42"
- id="midPointStop155" />
+ offset="0.5" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="1"
+ id="midPointStop157"
style="stop-color:#FF8300"
- id="midPointStop157" />
+ offset="1" />
</linearGradient>
<path
- d="M 78.431000,102.57300 L 55.277000,79.418000 L 37.127000,97.566000 L 60.282000,120.72000 C 65.294000,125.73200 73.419000,125.73200 78.430000,120.72000 C 83.441000,115.70800 83.441000,107.58400 78.431000,102.57300 z "
- style="fill:url(#linearGradient1519)"
- id="path160" />
+ d="M 78.431,102.573 L 55.277,79.418 L 37.127,97.566 L 60.282,120.72 C 65.294,125.732 73.419,125.732 78.43,120.72 C 83.441,115.708 83.441,107.584 78.431,102.573 z"
+ id="path160"
+ style="fill:url(#linearGradient2678)" />
<linearGradient
- id="XMLID_13_"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
x1="59.818802"
y1="132.78799"
x2="59.818802"
- y2="77.709900">
+ y2="77.7099"
+ id="linearGradient2628"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
<stop
- offset="0"
- style="stop-color:rgb(116,68,38)"
- id="stop164" />
+ id="stop2630"
+ style="stop-color:#744426;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
<stop
- offset="1"
- style="stop-color:rgb(222,151,43)"
- id="stop166" />
+ id="stop2632"
+ style="stop-color:#de972b;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0"
+ id="midPointStop168"
style="stop-color:#744426"
- id="midPointStop168" />
+ offset="0" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0.5"
+ id="midPointStop170"
style="stop-color:#744426"
- id="midPointStop170" />
+ offset="0.5" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="1"
+ id="midPointStop172"
style="stop-color:#DE972B"
- id="midPointStop172" />
+ offset="1" />
</linearGradient>
<path
- d="M 56.065000,78.630000 C 55.630000,78.193000 54.925000,78.193000 54.487000,78.630000 L 36.340000,96.779000 C 35.904000,97.215000 35.904000,97.921000 36.340000,98.356000 L 59.493000,121.51000 C 64.931000,126.94800 73.779000,126.94800 79.219000,121.50900 C 84.657000,116.07000 84.657000,107.22200 79.219000,101.78200 L 56.065000,78.630000 z M 77.642000,103.36100 C 82.210000,107.92900 82.210000,115.36400 77.642000,119.93200 C 73.074000,124.50100 65.640000,124.50000 61.072000,119.93200 C 61.072000,119.93200 40.226000,99.085000 38.706000,97.566000 C 40.085000,96.189000 53.899000,82.374000 55.277000,80.996000 C 56.796000,82.516000 77.642000,103.36100 77.642000,103.36100 z "
- style="fill:url(#linearGradient1520)"
- id="path175" />
+ d="M 56.065,78.63 C 55.63,78.193 54.925,78.193 54.487,78.63 L 36.34,96.779 C 35.904,97.215 35.904,97.921 36.34,98.356 L 59.493,121.51 C 64.931,126.948 73.779,126.948 79.219,121.509 C 84.657,116.07 84.657,107.222 79.219,101.782 L 56.065,78.63 z M 77.642,103.361 C 82.21,107.929 82.21,115.364 77.642,119.932 C 73.074,124.501 65.64,124.5 61.072,119.932 C 61.072,119.932 40.226,99.085 38.706,97.566 C 40.085,96.189 53.899,82.374 55.277,80.996 C 56.796,82.516 77.642,103.361 77.642,103.361 z"
+ id="path175"
+ style="fill:url(#linearGradient2680)" />
<linearGradient
- id="XMLID_14_"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
x1="59.269501"
- y1="108.16800"
+ y1="108.168"
x2="59.269501"
- y2="75.704102">
+ y2="75.704102"
+ id="linearGradient2635"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
<stop
- offset="0"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,202,33)"
- id="stop179" />
+ id="stop2637"
+ style="stop-color:#ffca21;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
<stop
- offset="1"
- style="stop-color:rgb(205,88,0)"
- id="stop181" />
+ id="stop2639"
+ style="stop-color:#cd5800;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0"
+ id="midPointStop183"
style="stop-color:#FFCA21"
- id="midPointStop183" />
+ offset="0" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0.5"
+ id="midPointStop185"
style="stop-color:#FFCA21"
- id="midPointStop185" />
+ offset="0.5" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="1"
+ id="midPointStop187"
style="stop-color:#CD5800"
- id="midPointStop187" />
+ offset="1" />
</linearGradient>
<path
- d="M 74.268000,106.50600 C 75.273000,107.51200 75.987000,108.69800 76.411000,109.96100 C 76.453000,107.62900 75.585000,105.28400 73.806000,103.50600 L 54.719000,84.419000 L 42.129000,97.009000 L 46.370000,101.25000 L 57.690000,89.929000 L 74.268000,106.50600 z "
- style="fill:url(#linearGradient1521)"
- id="path190" />
+ d="M 74.268,106.506 C 75.273,107.512 75.987,108.698 76.411,109.961 C 76.453,107.629 75.585,105.284 73.806,103.506 L 54.719,84.419 L 42.129,97.009 L 46.37,101.25 L 57.69,89.929 L 74.268,106.506 z"
+ id="path190"
+ style="fill:url(#linearGradient2682)" />
<linearGradient
- id="XMLID_15_"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
x1="60.141102"
- y1="111.69700"
+ y1="111.697"
x2="60.119598"
- y2="84.804703">
+ y2="84.804703"
+ id="linearGradient2642"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
<stop
- offset="0"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,240,66)"
- id="stop194" />
+ id="stop2644"
+ style="stop-color:#fff042;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
<stop
- offset="1"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,131,0)"
- id="stop196" />
+ id="stop2646"
+ style="stop-color:#ff8300;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0"
+ id="midPointStop198"
style="stop-color:#FFF042"
- id="midPointStop198" />
+ offset="0" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0.5"
+ id="midPointStop200"
style="stop-color:#FFF042"
- id="midPointStop200" />
+ offset="0.5" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="1"
+ id="midPointStop202"
style="stop-color:#FF8300"
- id="midPointStop202" />
+ offset="1" />
</linearGradient>
<path
- d="M 73.805000,116.09600 C 75.504000,114.39900 76.369000,112.18600 76.410000,109.96100 C 75.986000,108.69800 75.272000,107.51200 74.267000,106.50600 L 55.180000,87.419000 L 43.860000,98.739000 L 61.215000,116.09600 C 64.692000,119.57300 70.329000,119.57300 73.805000,116.09600 z "
- style="fill:url(#linearGradient1522)"
- id="path205" />
+ d="M 73.805,116.096 C 75.504,114.399 76.369,112.186 76.41,109.961 C 75.986,108.698 75.272,107.512 74.267,106.506 L 55.18,87.419 L 43.86,98.739 L 61.215,116.096 C 64.692,119.573 70.329,119.573 73.805,116.096 z"
+ id="path205"
+ style="fill:url(#linearGradient2684)" />
<linearGradient
- id="XMLID_16_"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
x1="67.614304"
y1="77.200203"
x2="67.614304"
- y2="127.21100">
+ y2="127.211"
+ id="linearGradient2649"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
<stop
- offset="0"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,240,66)"
- id="stop209" />
+ id="stop2651"
+ style="stop-color:#fff042;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
<stop
- offset="1"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,131,0)"
- id="stop211" />
+ id="stop2653"
+ style="stop-color:#ff8300;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0"
+ id="midPointStop213"
style="stop-color:#FFF042"
- id="midPointStop213" />
+ offset="0" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0.5"
+ id="midPointStop215"
style="stop-color:#FFF042"
- id="midPointStop215" />
+ offset="0.5" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="1"
+ id="midPointStop217"
style="stop-color:#FF8300"
- id="midPointStop217" />
+ offset="1" />
</linearGradient>
<path
- d="M 74.600000,117.05500 C 70.743000,120.91100 64.488000,120.91100 60.630000,117.05400 C 56.772000,113.19700 56.772000,106.94100 60.630000,103.08300 C 64.488000,99.225000 70.743000,99.225000 74.600000,103.08300 C 78.458000,106.94100 78.458000,113.19600 74.600000,117.05500 z "
- style="fill:url(#linearGradient1523)"
- id="path220" />
+ d="M 74.6,117.055 C 70.743,120.911 64.488,120.911 60.63,117.054 C 56.772,113.197 56.772,106.941 60.63,103.083 C 64.488,99.225 70.743,99.225 74.6,103.083 C 78.458,106.941 78.458,113.196 74.6,117.055 z"
+ id="path220"
+ style="fill:url(#linearGradient2686)" />
<radialGradient
- id="XMLID_17_"
- cx="-1848.8900"
- cy="3795.7800"
- r="10.853500"
- fx="-1848.8900"
- fy="3795.7800"
- gradientTransform="matrix(0.707100,0.707100,-0.707100,0.707100,4056.030,-1260.950)"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
+ cx="-1848.89"
+ cy="3795.78"
+ r="10.8535"
+ fx="-1848.89"
+ fy="3795.78"
+ id="radialGradient2656"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
+ gradientTransform="matrix(0.7071,0.7071,-0.7071,0.7071,4056.03,-1260.95)">
<stop
- offset="0"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,240,66)"
- id="stop224" />
+ id="stop2658"
+ style="stop-color:#fff042;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
<stop
- offset="1"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,131,0)"
- id="stop226" />
+ id="stop2660"
+ style="stop-color:#ff8300;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0"
+ id="midPointStop228"
style="stop-color:#FFF042"
- id="midPointStop228" />
+ offset="0" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0.5"
+ id="midPointStop230"
style="stop-color:#FFF042"
- id="midPointStop230" />
+ offset="0.5" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="1"
+ id="midPointStop232"
style="stop-color:#FF8300"
- id="midPointStop232" />
+ offset="1" />
</radialGradient>
<path
- d="M 73.248000,115.70100 C 70.885000,118.06500 67.049000,118.06500 64.685000,115.70100 C 62.319000,113.33800 62.320000,109.50300 64.685000,107.13800 C 67.048000,104.77400 70.884000,104.77300 73.248000,107.13800 C 75.612000,109.50300 75.612000,113.33800 73.248000,115.70100 z "
- style="fill:url(#radialGradient1524)"
- id="path235" />
+ d="M 73.248,115.701 C 70.885,118.065 67.049,118.065 64.685,115.701 C 62.319,113.338 62.32,109.503 64.685,107.138 C 67.048,104.774 70.884,104.773 73.248,107.138 C 75.612,109.503 75.612,113.338 73.248,115.701 z"
+ id="path235"
+ style="fill:url(#radialGradient2688)" />
<radialGradient
- id="XMLID_18_"
cx="-1847.9301"
cy="3778.8999"
- r="12.426100"
+ r="12.4261"
fx="-1847.9301"
fy="3778.8999"
- gradientTransform="matrix(0.707100,0.707100,-0.707100,0.707100,4056.030,-1260.950)"
- gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse">
+ id="radialGradient2663"
+ gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse"
+ gradientTransform="matrix(0.7071,0.7071,-0.7071,0.7071,4056.03,-1260.95)">
<stop
- offset="0"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,240,66)"
- id="stop239" />
+ id="stop2665"
+ style="stop-color:#fff042;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="0" />
<stop
- offset="1"
- style="stop-color:rgb(255,131,0)"
- id="stop241" />
+ id="stop2667"
+ style="stop-color:#ff8300;stop-opacity:1"
+ offset="1" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0"
+ id="midPointStop243"
style="stop-color:#FFF042"
- id="midPointStop243" />
+ offset="0" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="0.5"
+ id="midPointStop245"
style="stop-color:#FFF042"
- id="midPointStop245" />
+ offset="0.5" />
<a:midPointStop
- offset="1"
+ id="midPointStop247"
style="stop-color:#FF8300"
- id="midPointStop247" />
+ offset="1" />
</radialGradient>
<path
- d="M 71.670000,114.12400 C 70.178000,115.61700 67.757000,115.61700 66.263000,114.12300 C 64.770000,112.63000 64.770000,110.20900 66.263000,108.71600 C 67.757000,107.22400 70.178000,107.22400 71.670000,108.71600 C 73.164000,110.20900 73.164000,112.63000 71.670000,114.12400 z "
- style="fill:url(#radialGradient1525)"
- id="path250" />
-
- </g>
-
- </g>
+ d="M 71.67,114.124 C 70.178,115.617 67.757,115.617 66.263,114.123 C 64.77,112.63 64.77,110.209 66.263,108.716 C 67.757,107.224 70.178,107.224 71.67,108.716 C 73.164,110.209 73.164,112.63 71.67,114.124 z"
+ id="path250"
+ style="fill:url(#radialGradient2690)" />
-</svg>
+ </g></svg>
\ No newline at end of file
unsigned int CSwordBibleModuleInfo::bookNumber(const QString &book) {
unsigned int bookNumber = 0;
- bool found = false;
- int min = 0;
- int max = 1;
//find out if we have ot and nt, only ot or only nt
initBounds();
bookNumber = ((key->Testament() > 1) ? key->BMAX[0] : 0) + key->Book();
#else
+ bool found = false;
+ int min = 0;
+ int max = 1;
if ((m_hasOT>0 && m_hasNT>0) || (m_hasOT == -1 && m_hasNT == -1)) {
min = 0;
return m_entryList;
}
+ if ( name() == QString("EReo_en")) {
+ qWarning("Module EReo_en is buggy and will not be loaded.");
+ return m_entryList;
+ }
+
QString dir(util::filesystem::DirectoryUtil::getUserCacheDir().absolutePath());
QFile f1(
QString(dir)
buf.append("<span class=\"crossreference\">");
#ifdef SWORD_SIMPLERENDER
sword::SWBuf footnoteNumber = tag.getAttribute("swordFootnote");
- sword::SWBuf footnoteBody = myModule->getEntryAttributes()["Footnote"][footnoteNumber]["body"];
+ sword::SWBuf footnoteBody = myUserData->entryAttributes["Footnote"][footnoteNumber]["body"];
buf += myModule->RenderText(footnoteBody);
#endif
}
//Sword includes
#include <swbuf.h>
+#include <swmodule.h>
#include <osishtmlhref.h>
namespace Filters {
noteType = Unknown;
swordFootnote = 1;
inCrossrefNote = false;
+ entryAttributes = module->getEntryAttributes();
}
unsigned short int swordFootnote;
bool inCrossrefNote;
+ sword::AttributeTypeList entryAttributes;
enum NoteType {
Unknown,
color:darkGray;
font-weight:bold;
border-bottom:1px solid gray;
- font-size:90%;
text-align: right;
}
#infodisplay > p, #infodisplay * > p,
#infodisplay > .para, #infodisplay * > .para
{ /* We only format the first p child in a special way */
- font-size:95%;
text-align:justify !important;
color:black;
margin:0px;
#infodisplay .entry {
padding:2px;
text-align:justify !important;
- font-size:95%;
margin-bottom:10px;
margin-left:15px;
}
text-align: right !important;
}
#infodisplay .entry .entry { /*No smaller font size for nested entries*/
- font-size:100%;
margin:0px;
}
#infodisplay .entry .entry[dir=rtl] { /*No smaller font size for nested entries*/
margin:0px;
text-align:left !important;
font-weight:bold;
- font-size:100%;
}
#infodisplay .rangeheading {
}
#infodisplay > p, #infodisplay * > p { /* We only format the first p child in a special way */
- font-size:80%;
}
/*Required for cross references*/
#infodisplay .entry {
- font-size:80%;
}
#infodisplay .entry .entry { /* No smaller font size for nested entries */
- font-size:100% !important;
}
#infodisplay .entryname {
font-weight:bold;
#infodisplay {
margin:0;
padding:0;
- font-size:100%;
}
#infodisplay .footnoteinfo h3, #infodisplay .strongsinfo h3, #infodisplay .morphinfo h3, #infodisplay .translationinfo h3, #infodisplay .crossrefinfo h3 {
color:darkGray;
font-weight:bold;
border-bottom:1px solid gray;
- font-size:100%;
text-align:left !important;
}
#infodisplay > p, #infodisplay * > p { /* We only format the first p child in a special way */
- font-size:100%;
text-align:justify;
color:black;
margin:0px;
#infodisplay .entry {
padding:2px;
text-align:justify;
- font-size:100%;
margin-bottom:10px;
margin-left:15px;
}
#infodisplay .entry .entry { /*No smaller font size for nested entries*/
- font-size:100%;
margin:0px;
}
#infodisplay .entryname {
margin:0px;
text-align:left;
font-weight:bold;
- font-size:100%;
}
#infodisplay .rangeheading {
color: black;
font-weight: bold;
border-bottom: 1px solid black;
- font-size: 90%;
margin: 0 0 3px 0;
}
#infodisplay > p { /* We only format the first p child in a special way */
- font-size: 90%;
color: black;
margin: 0px;
padding: 0px;
#infodisplay .entry {
padding: 2px;
text-align: justify;
- font-size: 80%;
margin: 0 0 10px 10px;
}
#infodisplay .entry .entry { /*No smaller font size for nested entries*/
- font-size: 100%;
margin: 0px;
}
#infodisplay .entryname {
margin: 0px;
text-align: left;
font-weight: bold;
- font-size: 90%;
}
#infodisplay .rangeheading {
Q_ASSERT(m);
if (!m)
return;
-
boost::scoped_ptr<CSwordKey> key( CSwordKey::createInstance(m) );
key->key( key_text );
CDisplayTemplateMgr* mgr = CPointers::displayTemplateManager();
CDisplayTemplateMgr::Settings settings;
settings.pageCSS_ID = "infodisplay";
- // settings.langAbbrev = "";
+
+ // lookup text and wrap in a "div" with language set to module language
+ QString lang = m->language()->abbrev();
+ QString renderedText = key->renderedText();
+ QString divText = "<div class=\"infodisplay\" lang=\"";
+ divText.append(lang);
+ divText.append("\">");
+ divText.append(renderedText);
+ divText.append("</div>");
+
QString content = mgr->fillTemplate(CBTConfig::get
- (CBTConfig::displayStyle), key->renderedText(), settings);
+ (CBTConfig::displayStyle), divText, settings);
+
m_htmlPart->setText(content);
- // qWarning("setting text:\n%s", content.latin1());
}
void CInfoDisplay::setInfo(const InfoType type, const QString& data) {
// qWarning("rendered the tree: %s", renderer.renderKeyTree(tree).latin1());
//spanns containing rtl text need dir=rtl on their parent tag to be aligned properly
- return QString("<div class=\"crossrefinfo\"><h3>%1</h3><div class=\"para\" dir=\"%2\">%3</div></div>")
+ QString lang = "en"; // default english
+ if (module)
+ lang = module->language()->abbrev();
+ return QString("<div class=\"crossrefinfo\" lang=\"%1\"><h3>%2</h3><div class=\"para\" dir=\"%3\">%4</div></div>")
+ .arg(lang)
.arg(tr("Cross references"))
- .arg(module ? ((module->textDirection() == CSwordModuleInfo::LeftToRight) ? "ltr" : "rtl") : "")
+ .arg(module ? ((module->textDirection() == CSwordModuleInfo::LeftToRight) ? "ltr" : "rtl") : "")
.arg(renderer.renderKeyTree(tree));
}
: (const char*)text.toLatin1()
));
- return QString("<div class=\"footnoteinfo\"><h3>%1</h3><p>%2</p></div>")
+ return QString("<div class=\"footnoteinfo\" lang=\"%1\"><h3>%2</h3><p>%3</p></div>")
+ .arg(module->language()->abbrev())
.arg(tr("Footnote"))
.arg(text);
}
}
//if the module could not be found just display an empty lemma info
+ QString lang = "en"; // default english
+ if(module)
+ lang = module->language()->abbrev();
ret.append(
- QString("<div class=\"strongsinfo\"><h3>%1: %2</h3><p>%3</p></div>")
+ QString("<div class=\"strongsinfo\" lang=\"%1\"><h3>%2: %3</h3><p>%4</p></div>")
+ .arg(lang)
.arg(tr("Strongs"))
.arg(*it)
.arg(text)
}
//if the module wasn't found just display an empty morph info
- ret.append( QString("<div class=\"morphinfo\"><h3>%1: %2</h3><p>%3</p></div>")
+ QString lang = "en"; // default to english
+ if (module)
+ lang = module->language()->abbrev();
+ ret.append( QString("<div class=\"morphinfo\" lang=\"%1\"><h3>%2: %3</h3><p>%4</p></div>")
+ .arg(lang)
.arg(tr("Morphology"))
.arg(value)
.arg(text)
return QString::null;
}
- QString ret = QString("<div class=\"translationinfo\"><h3>%1: %2</h3><p>%3</p></div>")
+ QString ret = QString("<div class=\"translationinfo\" lang=\"%1\"><h3>%2: %3</h3><p>%4</p></div>")
+ .arg(module->language()->abbrev())
.arg(tr("Word lookup"))
.arg(data)
.arg(key->renderedText());
m_display->setLemma(lemma);
}
-void BtHtmlJsObject::mouseMoveEvent(const QString& /*attributes*/, const int& x, const int& y, const bool& shiftKey)
+// The mouse move event starts in the javascript function "mouseMoveHandler" in bthtml.js. It calls this function
+void BtHtmlJsObject::mouseMoveEvent(const QString& attributes, const int& x, const int& y, const bool& shiftKey)
{
if(!m_dndData.isDragging && m_dndData.mousePressed)
{
+ // If we have not started dragging, but the mouse button is down, create a the mime data
QPoint current(x,y);
if ((current - m_dndData.startPos).manhattanLength() > 4 /*qApp->startDragDistance()*/ )
{
- QDrag* d = 0;
+ QDrag* drag = 0;
if (m_dndData.url.size() != 0 )
{
// create a new bookmark drag!
CReferenceManager::Type type;
if ( !CReferenceManager::decodeHyperlink(m_dndData.url, moduleName, keyName, type) )
return;
- d = new QDrag(m_display->view());
+ drag = new QDrag(m_display->view());
BTMimeData* mimedata = new BTMimeData(moduleName, keyName, QString::null);
- d->setMimeData(mimedata);
+ drag->setMimeData(mimedata);
//add real Bible text from module/key
if (CSwordModuleInfo* module = CPointers::backend()->findModuleByName(moduleName))
{
mimedata->setText(key->strippedText()); // This works across applications!
}
}
-#if 0
- else if ((m_dndData.dragType == DNDData::Text) && !m_dndData.selection.isEmpty()) {
- d = new QDrag(KHTMLPart::view()->viewport());
- BTMimeData* mimedata = new BTMimeData(m_dndData.selection);
- d->setMimeData(mimedata);
- }
-#endif
- if (d) {
+ if (drag)
+ {
m_dndData.isDragging = true;
m_dndData.mousePressed = false;
-
- //first make a virtual mouse click to end the selection, if it's in progress
-// QMouseEvent e(QEvent::MouseButtonRelease, QPoint(0,0), Qt::LeftButton, Qt::LeftButton, Qt::NoModifier);
-// QApplication::sendEvent(view()->viewport(), &e);
- d->exec(Qt::CopyAction, Qt::CopyAction);
-
+ drag->exec(Qt::CopyAction, Qt::CopyAction);
}
}
}
else if (m_display->getMouseTracking() && !shiftKey)
{
- //no mouse button pressed and tracking enabled
- // After some millisecs the new timer activates the Mag window update, see timerEvent()
- // QObject has simple timer
- emit startTimer(CBTConfig::get(CBTConfig::magDelay));
+ // no mouse button pressed and tracking enabled
+ // start timer that updates the mag window
+ // Sets timer in javascript. See bthtml.js startTimer()
+ emit startTimer(CBTConfig::get(CBTConfig::magDelay));
+ m_prev_attributes = attributes;
+ // When the javascript timer interupts, the see timerEvent() in bthtml.js
+ // will call the timeOutEvent in this class
}
}
+// called from javascript timerEvent() in bthtml.js
void BtHtmlJsObject::timeOutEvent(const QString& attributes)
{
+ if (m_prev_attributes != attributes)
+ return;
+
+ m_prev_attributes = "";
CInfoDisplay::ListInfoData infoList;
QStringList attrList = attributes.split("||");
for (int i=0; i<attrList.count(); i++)
}
}
}
- // Update the mag if there is new content
+ // Update the mag if valid attributes were found
if (!(infoList.isEmpty()))
{
CPointers::infoDisplay()->setInfo(infoList);
}
}
+
+// clearing the previous attribute effectively stops any time out event
+// that is in progress
+void BtHtmlJsObject::clearPrevAttribute()
+{
+ m_prev_attributes = "";
+}
+
~BtHtmlJsObject(){}
void moveToAnchor(const QString& anchor);
void setBodyEditable(bool editable);
+ void clearPrevAttribute();
public slots: void mouseMoveEvent(const QString& attributes, const int& x, const int& y, const bool& shiftKey);
void mouseClick(const QString& url);
private:
int m_int;
BtHtmlReadDisplay* m_display;
+ QString m_prev_attributes;
struct DNDData
{
return QString();
}
+#include <QTextStream>
// Puts html text and javascript into QWebView
void BtHtmlReadDisplay::setText( const QString& newText )
{
QString jsText = newText;
+
+ QFile file("out.txt");
+ if (!file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text))
+ return;
+
+ QTextStream out(&file);
+ out << newText << "\n";
+
jsText.replace(body,jsBegin+javascript+jsEnd+body);
// Disconnect any previous connect and connect to slot that loads the javascript object
emit completed();
}
-// For debugging javascript
-#if 0
+// For debugging javascript - set breakpoint in this function to catch javascript error messages
+#if DEBUG_JS
void BtHtmlReadDisplay::javaScriptConsoleMessage (const QString& message, int lineNumber, const QString& sourceID )
{
}
e->ignore();
}
+bool BtHtmlReadDisplayView::event(QEvent* e)
+{
+ // If the mouse leaves the widget clear the previous attribute
+ // in bthtmljsobject. This cancels any time out event that
+ // is in progress.
+ if ( e->type() == QEvent::Leave )
+ m_display->m_jsObject->clearPrevAttribute();
+ return QWidget::event(e);
+}
\ No newline at end of file
*
**********/
-
-
#ifndef BTHTMLREADDISPLAY_H
#define BTHTMLREADDISPLAY_H
#include "creaddisplay.h"
//Qt includes
-//Added by qt3to4:
#include <QDragEnterEvent>
#include <QDropEvent>
#include <QTimerEvent>
class QWidget;
class QString;
class BtHtmlReadDisplay;
-
+class QEvent;
/** The implementation for the HTML read display.
* @author The BibleTime team
*/
-class BtHtmlReadDisplay : public QWebPage, public CReadDisplay {
+class BtHtmlReadDisplay : public QWebPage, public CReadDisplay
+{
Q_OBJECT
+
+ friend class BtHtmlReadDisplayView;
+
public:
//reimplemented functions from CDisplay
// Returns the right text part in the specified format.
- virtual const QString text( const CDisplay::TextType format = CDisplay::HTMLText, const CDisplay::TextPart part = CDisplay::Document );
+ virtual const QString text( const CDisplay::TextType format = CDisplay::HTMLText,
+ const CDisplay::TextPart part = CDisplay::Document );
// Sets the new text for this display widget.
virtual void setText( const QString& newText );
QMap<NodeInfoType, QString> m_nodeInfo;
int m_magTimerId;
-// For debugging javascript
-// void javaScriptConsoleMessage (const QString & message, int lineNumber, const QString & sourceID );
+// For debugging javascript - setbreakpoint in this function to catch javascript error messages
+//#define DEBUG_JS
+#ifdef DEBUG_JS
+ void javaScriptConsoleMessage (const QString & message, int lineNumber, const QString & sourceID );
+#endif
private:
void initJavascript();
void contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent* event);
BtHtmlReadDisplayView(BtHtmlReadDisplay* display, QWidget* parent);
~BtHtmlReadDisplayView();
+ bool event(QEvent* e);
private:
BtHtmlReadDisplay* m_display;
QRect rect;
rect.setX(parentWidget()->x());
rect.setY(parentWidget()->y());
- rect.setWidth(width());
- rect.setHeight(height());
+ rect.setWidth(parentWidget()->width());
+ rect.setHeight(parentWidget()->height());
settings->setGeometry(rect);
// settings->setScrollbarPositions( m_htmlWidget->view()->horizontalScrollBar()->value(), m_htmlWidget->view()->verticalScrollBar()->value() );
QRect rect;
rect.setX(parentWidget()->x());
rect.setY(parentWidget()->y());
- rect.setWidth(width());
- rect.setHeight(height());
+ rect.setWidth(parentWidget()->width());
+ rect.setHeight(parentWidget()->height());
settings->setGeometry(rect);
// settings->setScrollbarPositions( m_htmlWidget->view()->horizontalScrollBar()->value(), m_htmlWidget->view()->verticalScrollBar()->value() );
projects / bibletime.git / commitdiff
